Patent Grant
10512910
This application incorporates by reference in its entirety for all purposes U.S. Pat. No. 7,041,481, issued May 9, 2006.
This application incorporates by reference in their entireties for all purposes the following U.S. patent applications: Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009; Ser. No. 12/862,542, filed Aug. 24, 2010; Ser. No. 12/890,550, filed Sep. 24, 2010; Ser. No. 12/962,502, filed Dec. 7, 2010; Ser. No. 12/962,507, filed Dec. 7, 2010; Ser. No. 12/962,511, filed Dec. 7, 2010; Ser. No. 12/963,523, filed Dec. 8, 2010; Ser. No. 12/976,827, filed Dec. 22, 2010; Ser. No. 13/039,233, filed Mar. 2, 2011; Ser. No. 13/072,673, filed Mar. 25, 2011; Ser. No. 13/245,575, filed Sep. 26, 2011; Ser. No. 13/250,815, filed Sep. 30, 2011; Ser. No. 13/251,016, filed Sep. 30, 2011; Ser. No. 13/287,095, filed Nov. 1, 2011; Ser. No. 13/287,120, filed Nov. 1, 2011; Ser. No. 13/341,669, filed Dec. 30, 2011; Ser. No. 13/341,678, filed Dec. 30, 2011; Ser. No. 13/341,688, filed Dec. 30, 2011; Ser. No. 13/424,304, filed Mar. 19, 2012; Ser. No. 13/548,062, filed Jul. 12, 2012; Ser. No. 13/549,360, filed Jul. 13, 2012; Ser. No. 13/562,198, filed Jul. 30, 2012; Ser. No. 13/603,235, filed Sep. 4, 2012; Ser. No. 13/863,231, filed Apr. 15, 2013; Ser. No. 13/945,661, filed Jul. 18, 2013; Ser. No. 13/949,115, filed Jul. 23, 2013; Ser. No. 13/973,940, filed Aug. 22, 2013; Ser. No. 14/032,149, filed Sep. 19, 2013; Ser. No. 14/054,698, filed Oct. 15, 2013; and Ser. No. 14/099,750, filed Dec. 6, 2013.
This application incorporates by reference in their entireties for all purposes the following PCT patent applications: Ser. No. PCT/US2011/030077, filed Mar. 25, 2011; Ser. No. PCT/US2011/030097, filed Mar. 25, 2011; Ser. No. PCT/US2011/030101, filed Mar. 25, 2011; and Ser. No. PCT/US2012/048198, filed Jul. 25, 2012.
This application incorporates by reference in their entireties for all purposes the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/194,043, filed Sep. 23, 2008; Ser. No. 61/206,975, filed Feb. 5, 2009; Ser. No. 61/271,538, filed Jul. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/275,731, filed Sep. 1, 2009; Ser. No. 61/275,860, filed Sep. 2, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,200, filed Sep. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,203, filed Sep. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,204, filed Sep.21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,216, filed Sep.21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,249, filed Sep. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,270, filed Sep. 22, 2009; Ser. No. 61/309,837, filed Mar. 2, 2010; Ser. No. 61/309,845, filed Mar. 2, 2010; Ser. No. 61/317,635, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/317,684, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/341,065, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/341,218, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/380,981, filed Sep. 8, 2010; Ser. No. 61/409,106, filed Nov. 1, 2010; Ser. No. 61/409,473, filed Nov. 2, 2010; Ser. No. 61/410,769, filed Nov. 5, 2010; Ser. No. 61/417,241, filed Nov. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/454,373, filed Mar. 18, 2011; Ser. No. 61/467,347, filed Mar. 24, 2011; Ser. No. 61/507,560, filed Jul. 13, 2011; Ser. No. 61/507,082, filed Jul. 12, 2011; Ser. No. 61/510,013, filed Jul. 20, 2011; Ser. No. 61/511,445, filed Jul. 25, 2011; Ser. No. 61/513,474, filed Jul. 29, 2011; Ser. No. 61/530,340, filed Sep. 1, 2011; Ser. No. 61/601,514, filed Feb. 21, 2012; Ser. No. 61/624,199, filed Apr. 13, 2012; Ser. No. 61/674,516, filed Jul. 23, 2012; Ser. No. 61/692,635, filed Aug. 23, 2012; Ser. No. 61/703,200, filed Sep. 19, 2012; Ser. No. 61/714,033, filed Oct. 15, 2012; Ser. No. 61/734,296, filed Dec. 6, 2012; Ser. No. 61/759,775, filed Feb. 1, 2013;
This application incorporates by reference in its entirety for all purposes Joseph R. Lakowicz,
Assays are procedures for determining the presence, quantity, activity, and/or other properties or characteristics of components in a sample. In many cases, the samples to be assayed are complex, the components of interest within the samples—a nucleic acid, an enzyme, a virus, a bacterium, etc.—are only minor constituents of the samples, and the results of the assays are required quickly and/or for many samples. Unfortunately, current assay systems, such as polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assays for nucleic acids such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), may be slow, sensitive to sample complexity, and/or prone to reporting false positives, among other disadvantages. Thus, there is a need for improved assay systems.
The present disclosure provides droplet-based methods of analysis. In an exemplary method, a device having a port connected to a chamber may be selected. A sample-containing fluid may be placed into the port. A pressure differential may be created that drives the sample-containing fluid from the port to the chamber and separates the sample-containing fluid into droplets. A two-dimensional monolayer of the droplets may be formed in the chamber. At least a portion of the monolayer may be imaged.
The present disclosure provides systems, including apparatus and methods, for performing assays. These systems may involve, among others, (A) preparing a sample, such as a clinical or environmental sample, for analysis, (B) separating components of the samples by partitioning them into droplets or other partitions, each containing only about one component (such as a single copy of a nucleic acid target (DNA or RNA) or other analyte of interest), (C) amplifying or otherwise reacting the components within the droplets, (D) detecting the amplified or reacted components, or characteristics thereof, and/or (E) analyzing the resulting data. In this way, complex samples may be converted into a plurality of simpler, more easily analyzed samples, with concomitant reductions in background and assay times.
These and other aspects of the system are described below, in the following sections: (I) definitions, (II) system overview/architecture, (III) sample preparation/cartridge, (IV) droplet generator, (V) continuous flow thermocycler, (VI) detection, (VII) quantification/analysis, (VIII) controls and calibrations, (IX) clinical applications, and (X) multiplexed assays.
I. Definitions
Technical terms used in this disclosure have the meanings that are commonly recognized by those skilled in the art. However, the following terms may have additional meanings, as described below.
Emulsion—a composition comprising liquid droplets disposed in an immiscible carrier fluid, which also is liquid. The carrier fluid, also termed a background fluid, forms a continuous phase, which may be termed a carrier phase, a carrier, and/or a background phase. The droplets (e.g., aqueous droplets) are formed by at least one droplet fluid, also termed a foreground fluid, which is a liquid and which forms a droplet phase (which may be termed a dispersed phase or discontinuous phase). The droplet phase is immiscible with the continuous phase, which means that the droplet phase (i.e., the droplets) and the continuous phase (i.e., the carrier fluid) do not mix to attain homogeneity. The droplets are isolated from one another by the continuous phase and encapsulated (i.e., enclosed/surrounded) by the continuous phase.
The droplets of an emulsion may have any uniform or non-uniform distribution in the continuous phase. If non-uniform, the concentration of the droplets may vary to provide one or more regions of higher droplet density and one or more regions of lower droplet density in the continuous phase. For example, droplets may sink or float in the continuous phase, may be clustered in one or more packets along a channel, may be focused toward the center or perimeter of a flow stream, or the like.
Any of the emulsions disclosed herein may be monodisperse, that is, composed of droplets of at least generally uniform size, or may be polydisperse, that is, composed of droplets of various sizes. If monodisperse, the droplets of the emulsion may, for example, vary in volume by a standard deviation that is less than about plus or minus 100%, 50%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 2%, or 1% of the average droplet volume. Droplets generated from an orifice may be monodisperse or polydisperse.
An emulsion may have any suitable composition. The emulsion may be characterized by the predominant liquid compound or type of liquid compound in each phase. The predominant liquid compounds in the emulsion may be water and oil. “Oil” is any liquid compound or mixture of liquid compounds that is immiscible with water and that has a high content of carbon. In some examples, oil also may have a high content of hydrogen, fluorine, silicon, oxygen, or any combination thereof, among others. For example, any of the emulsions disclosed herein may be a water-in-oil (W/O) emulsion (i.e., aqueous droplets in a continuous oil phase). The oil may, for example, be or include at least one silicone oil, mineral oil, fluorocarbon oil, vegetable oil, or a combination thereof, among others. Any other suitable components may be present in any of the emulsion phases, such as at least one surfactant, reagent, sample (i.e., partitions thereof), other additive, label, particles, or any combination thereof. Standard emulsions become unstable when heated (e.g., to temperatures above 60° C.) when they are in a packed state (e.g., each droplet is near a neighboring droplet), because heat generally lowers interfacial tensions, which can lead to droplet coalescence. Thus, standard packed emulsions do not maintain their integrity during high-temperature reactions, such as PCR, unless emulsion droplets are kept out of contact with one another or additives (e.g., other oil bases, surfactants, etc.) are used to modify the stability conditions (e.g., interfacial tension, viscosity, steric hindrance, etc.). For example, the droplets may be arranged in single file and spaced from one another along a channel to permit thermal cycling in order to perform PCR. However, following this approach using a standard emulsion does not permit a high density of droplets, thereby substantially limiting throughput in droplet-based assays.
Any emulsion disclosed herein may be a heat-stable emulsion. A heat-stable emulsion is any emulsion that resists coalescence when heated to at least 50° C. A heat-stable emulsion may be a PCR-stable emulsion, which is an emulsion that resists coalescence throughout the thermal cycling of PCR (e.g., to permit performance of digital PCR). Accordingly, a PCR-stable emulsion may be resistant to coalescence when heated to at least 80° C. or 90° C., among others. Due to heat stability, a PCR-stable emulsion, in contrast to a standard emulsion, enables PCR assays to be performed in droplets that remain substantially monodisperse throughout thermal cycling. Accordingly, digital PCR assays with PCR-stable emulsions may be substantially more quantitative than with standard emulsions. An emulsion may be formulated as PCR stable by, for example, proper selection of carrier fluid and surfactants, among others. An exemplary oil formulation to generate PCR-stable emulsions for flow-through assays is as follows: (1) Dow Corning 5225C Formulation Aid (10% active ingredient in decamethylcyclopentasiloxane)—20% w/w, 2% w/w final concentration active ingredient, (2) Dow Corning 749 Fluid (50% active ingredient in decamethylcyclopentasiloxane)—5% w/w, 2.5% w/w active ingredient, and (3) Poly(dimethylsiloxane) Dow Corning 200® fluid, viscosity 5.0 cSt (25° C.)—75% w/w. An exemplary oil formulation to generate PCR-stable emulsions for batch assays is as follows: (1) Dow Corning 5225C Formulation Aid (10% active ingredient in decamethylcyclopentasiloxane)—20% w/w, 2% w/w final concentration active ingredient, (2) Dow Corning 749 Fluid (50% active ingredient in decamethylcyclopentasiloxane)—60% w/w, 30% w/w active ingredient, and (3) Poly(dimethylsiloxane) Dow Corning 200® fluid, viscosity 5.0 cSt (25° C.)—20% w/w.
Partition—a separated portion of a bulk volume. The partition may be a sample partition generated from a sample, such as a prepared sample, that forms the bulk volume. Partitions generated from a bulk volume may be substantially uniform in size or may have distinct sizes (e.g., sets of partitions of two or more discrete, uniform sizes). Exemplary partitions are droplets. Partitions may also vary continuously in size with a predetermined size distribution or with a random size distribution.
Droplet—a small volume of liquid, typically with a spherical shape, encapsulated by an immiscible fluid, such as a continuous phase of an emulsion. The volume of a droplet, and/or the average volume of droplets in an emulsion, may, for example, be less than about one microliter (i.e., a “microdroplet”) (or between about one microliter and one nanoliter or between about one microliter and one picoliter), less than about one nanoliter (or between about one nanoliter and one picoliter), or less than about one picoliter (or between about one picoliter and one femtoliter), among others. A droplet (or droplets of an emulsion) may have a diameter (or an average diameter) of less than about 1000, 100, or 10 micrometers, or of about 1000 to 10 micrometers, among others. A droplet may be spherical or nonspherical. A droplet may be a simple droplet or a compound droplet, that is, a droplet in which at least one droplet encapsulates at least one other droplet.
Surfactant—a surface-active agent capable of reducing the surface tension of a liquid in which it is dissolved, and/or the interfacial tension with another phase. A surfactant, which also or alternatively may be described as a detergent and/or a wetting agent, incorporates both a hydrophilic portion and a hydrophobic portion, which collectively confer a dual hydrophilic-lipophilic character on the surfactant. A surfactant may be characterized according to a Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance (HLB) value, which is a measure of the surfactant's hydrophilicity compared to its lipophilicity. HLB values range from 0-60 and define the relative affinity of a surfactant for water and oil. Nonionic surfactants generally have HLB values ranging from 0-20 and ionic surfactants may have HLB values of up to 60. Hydrophilic surfactants have HLB values greater than about 10 and a greater affinity for water than oil. Lipophilic surfactants have HLB values less than about 10 and a greater affinity for oil than water. The emulsions disclosed herein and/or any phase thereof, may include at least one hydrophilic surfactant, at least one lipophilic surfactant, or a combination thereof. Alternatively, or in addition, the emulsions disclosed herein and/or any phase thereof, may include at least one nonionic (and/or ionic) detergent. Furthermore, an emulsion disclosed herein and/or any phase thereof may include a surfactant comprising polyethyleneglycol, polypropyleneglycol, or Tween 20, among others.
Packet—a set of droplets or other isolated partitions disposed in the same continuous volume or volume region of a continuous phase. A packet thus may, for example, constitute all of the droplets of an emulsion or may constitute a segregated fraction of such droplets at a position along a channel. Typically, a packet refers to a collection of droplets that when analyzed in partial or total give a statistically relevant sampling to quantitatively make a prediction regarding a property of the entire starting sample from which the initial packet of droplets was made. The packet of droplets also indicates a spatial proximity between the first and the last droplets of the packet in a channel.
As an analogy with information technology, each droplet serves as a “bit” of information that may contain sequence specific information from a target analyte within a starting sample. A packet of droplets is then the sum of all these “bits” of information that together provide statistically relevant information on the analyte of interest from the starting sample. As with a binary computer, a packet of droplets is analogous to the contiguous sequence of bits that comprises the smallest unit of binary data on which meaningful computations can be applied. A packet of droplets can be encoded temporally and/or spatially relative to other packets that are also disposed in a continuous phase (such as in a flow stream), and/or with the addition of other encoded information (optical, magnetic, etc.) that uniquely identifies the packet relative to other packets.
Test—a procedure(s) and/or reaction(s) used to characterize a sample, and any signal(s), value(s), data, and/or result(s) obtained from the procedure(s) and/or reaction(s). A test also may be described as an assay. Exemplary droplet-based assays are biochemical assays using aqueous assay mixtures. More particularly, the droplet-based assays may be enzyme assays and/or binding assays, among others. The enzyme assays may, for example, determine whether individual droplets contain a copy of a substrate molecule (e.g., a nucleic acid target) for an enzyme and/or a copy of an enzyme molecule. Based on these assay results, a concentration and/or copy number of the substrate and/or the enzyme in a sample may be estimated.
Reaction—a chemical reaction, a binding interaction, a phenotypic change, or a combination thereof, which generally provides a detectable signal (e.g., a fluorescence signal) indicating occurrence and/or an extent of occurrence of the reaction. An exemplary reaction is an enzyme reaction that involves an enzyme-catalyzed conversion of a substrate to a product.
Any suitable enzyme reactions may be performed in the droplet-based assays disclosed herein. For example, the reactions may be catalyzed by a kinase, nuclease, nucleotide cyclase, nucleotide ligase, nucleotide phosphodiesterase, polymerase (DNA or RNA), prenyl transferase, pyrophospatase, reporter enzyme (e.g., alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, chloramphenicol acetyl transferse, glucuronidase, horse radish peroxidase, luciferase, etc.), reverse transcriptase, topoisomerase, etc.
Sample—a compound, composition, and/or mixture of interest, from any suitable source(s). A sample is the general subject of interest for a test that analyzes an aspect of the sample, such as an aspect related to at least one analyte that may be present in the sample. Samples may be analyzed in their natural state, as collected, and/or in an altered state, for example, following storage, preservation, extraction, lysis, dilution, concentration, purification, filtration, mixing with one or more reagents, pre-amplification (e.g., to achieve target enrichment by performing limited cycles (e.g., <15) of PCR on sample prior to PCR), removal of amplicon (e.g., treatment with uracil-d-glycosylase (UDG) prior to PCR to eliminate any carry-over contamination by a previously generated amplicon (i.e., the amplicon is digestable with UDG because it is generated with dUTP instead of dTTP)), partitioning, or any combination thereof, among others. Clinical samples may include nasopharyngeal wash, blood, plasma, cell-free plasma, buffy coat, saliva, urine, stool, sputum, mucous, wound swab, tissue biopsy, milk, a fluid aspirate, a swab (e.g., a nasopharyngeal swab), and/or tissue, among others. Environmental samples may include water, soil, aerosol, and/or air, among others. Research samples may include cultured cells, primary cells, bacteria, spores, viruses, small organisms, any of the clinical samples listed above, or the like. Additional samples may include foodstuffs, weapons components, biodefense samples to be tested for bio-threat agents, suspected contaminants, and so on.
Samples may be collected for diagnostic purposes (e.g., the quantitative measurement of a clinical analyte such as an infectious agent) or for monitoring purposes (e.g., to determine that an environmental analyte of interest such as a bio-threat agent has exceeded a predetermined threshold).
Analyte—a component(s) or potential component(s) of a sample that is analyzed in a test. An analyte is a specific subject of interest in a test where the sample is the general subject of interest. An analyte may, for example, be a nucleic acid, protein, peptide, enzyme, cell, bacteria, spore, virus, organelle, macromolecular assembly, drug candidate, lipid, carbohydrate, metabolite, or any combination thereof, among others. An analyte may be tested for its presence, activity, and/or other characteristic in a sample and/or in partitions thereof. The presence of an analyte may relate to an absolute or relative number, concentration, binary assessment (e.g., present or absent), or the like, of the analyte in a sample or in one or more partitions thereof. In some examples, a sample may be partitioned such that a copy of the analyte is not present in all of the partitions, such as being present in the partitions at an average concentration of about 0.0001 to 10,000, 0.001 to 1000, 0.01 to 100, 0.1 to 10, or one copy per partition.
Reagent—a compound, set of compounds, and/or composition that is combined with a sample in order to perform a particular test(s) on the sample. A reagent may be a target-specific reagent, which is any reagent composition that confers specificity for detection of a particular target(s) or analyte(s) in a test. A reagent optionally may include a chemical reactant and/or a binding partner for the test. A reagent may, for example, include at least one nucleic acid, protein (e.g., an enzyme), cell, virus, organelle, macromolecular assembly, potential drug, lipid, carbohydrate, inorganic substance, or any combination thereof, and may be an aqueous composition, among others. In exemplary embodiments, the reagent may be an amplification reagent, which may include at least one primer or at least one pair of primers for amplification of a nucleic acid target, at least one probe and/or dye to enable detection of amplification, a polymerase, nucleotides (dNTPs and/or NTPs), divalent magnesium ions, potassium chloride, buffer, or any combination thereof, among others.
Nucleic acid—a compound comprising a chain of nucleotide monomers. A nucleic acid may be single-stranded or double-stranded (i.e., base-paired with another nucleic acid), among others. The chain of a nucleic acid may be composed of any suitable number of monomers, such as at least about ten or one-hundred, among others. Generally, the length of a nucleic acid chain corresponds to its source, with synthetic nucleic acids (e.g., primers and probes) typically being shorter, and biologically/enzymatically generated nucleic acids (e.g., nucleic acid analytes) typically being longer.
A nucleic acid may have a natural or artificial structure, or a combination thereof. Nucleic acids with a natural structure, namely, deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA), generally have a backbone of alternating pentose sugar groups and phosphate groups. Each pentose group is linked to a nucleobase (e.g., a purine (such as adenine (A) or guanine (T)) or a pyrimidine (such as cytosine (C), thymine (T), or uracil (U))). Nucleic acids with an artificial structure are analogs of natural nucleic acids and may, for example, be created by changes to the pentose and/or phosphate groups of the natural backbone. Exemplary artificial nucleic acids include glycol nucleic acids (GNA), peptide nucleic acids (PNA), locked nucleic acid (LNA), threose nucleic acids (TNA), and the like.
The sequence of a nucleic acid is defined by the order in which nucleobases are arranged along the backbone. This sequence generally determines the ability of the nucleic acid to bind specifically to a partner chain (or to form an intramolecular duplex) by hydrogen bonding. In particular, adenine pairs with thymine (or uracil) and guanine pairs with cytosine. A nucleic acid that can bind to another nucleic acid in an antiparallel fashion by forming a consecutive string of such base pairs with the other nucleic acid is termed “complementary.”
Replication—a process forming a copy (i.e., a direct copy and/or a complementary copy) of a nucleic acid or a segment thereof. Replication generally involves an enzyme, such as a polymerase and/or a ligase, among others. The nucleic acid and/or segment replicated is a template (and/or a target) for replication.
Amplification—a reaction in which replication occurs repeatedly over time to form multiple copies of at least one segment of a template molecule. Amplification may generate an exponential or linear increase in the number of copies as amplification proceeds. Typical amplifications produce a greater than 1,000-fold increase in copy number and/or signal. Exemplary amplification reactions for the droplet-based assays disclosed herein may include the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or ligase chain reaction, each of which is driven by thermal cycling. The droplet-based assays also or alternatively may use other amplification reactions, which may be performed isothermally, such as branched-probe DNA assays, cascade-RCA, helicase-dependent amplification, loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), nucleic acid based amplification (NASBA), nicking enzyme amplification reaction (NEAR), PAN-AC, Q-beta replicase amplification, rolling circle replication (RCA), self-sustaining sequence replication, strand-displacement amplification, and the like. Amplification may utilize a linear or circular template.
Amplification may be performed with any suitable reagents. Amplification may be performed, or tested for its occurrence, in an amplification mixture, which is any composition capable of generating multiple copies of a nucleic acid target molecule, if present, in the composition. An amplification mixture may include any combination of at least one primer or primer pair, at least one probe, at least one replication enzyme (e.g., at least one polymerase, such as at least one DNA and/or RNA polymerase), and deoxynucleotide (and/or nucleotide) triphosphates (dNTPs and/or NTPs), among others. Further aspects of assay mixtures and detection strategies that enable multiplexed amplification and detection of two or more target species in the same droplet are described elsewhere herein, such as in Section X, among others.
PCR—nucleic acid amplification that relies on alternating cycles of heating and cooling (i.e., thermal cycling) to achieve successive rounds of replication. PCR may be performed by thermal cycling between two or more temperature set points, such as a higher melting (denaturation) temperature and a lower annealing/extension temperature, or among three or more temperature set points, such as a higher melting temperature, a lower annealing temperature, and an intermediate extension temperature, among others. PCR may be performed with a thermostable polymerase, such as Taq DNA polymerase (e.g., wild-type enzyme, a Stoffel fragment, FastStart polymerase, etc.), Pfu DNA polymerase, S-Tbr polymerase, Tth polymerase, Vent polymerase, or a combination thereof, among others. PCR generally produces an exponential increase in the amount of a product amplicon over successive cycles.
Any suitable PCR methodology or combination of methodologies may be utilized in the droplet-based assays disclosed herein, such as allele-specific PCR, assembly PCR, asymmetric PCR, digital PCR, endpoint PCR, hot-start PCR, in situ PCR, intersequence-specific PCR, inverse PCR, linear after exponential PCR, ligation-mediated PCR, methylation-specific PCR, miniprimer PCR, multiplex ligation-dependent probe amplification, multiplex PCR, nested PCR, overlap-extension PCR, polymerase cycling assembly, qualitative PCR, quantitative PCR, real-time PCR, RT-PCR, single-cell PCR, solid-phase PCR, thermal asymmetric interlaced PCR, touchdown PCR, or universal fast walking PCR, among others.
Digital PCR—PCR performed on portions of a sample to determine the presence/absence, concentration, and/or copy number of a nucleic acid target in the sample, based on how many of the sample portions support amplification of the target. Digital PCR may (or may not) be performed as endpoint PCR. Digital PCR may (or may not) be performed as real-time PCR for each of the partitions.
PCR theoretically results in an exponential amplification of a nucleic acid sequence (analyte) from a sample. By measuring the number of amplification cycles required to achieve a threshold level of amplification (as in real-time PCR), one can theoretically calculate the starting concentration of nucleic acid. In practice, however, there are many factors that make the PCR process non-exponential, such as varying amplification efficiencies, low copy numbers of starting nucleic acid, and competition with background contaminant nucleic acid. Digital PCR is generally insensitive to these factors, since it does not rely on the assumption that the PCR process is exponential. In digital PCR, individual nucleic acid molecules are separated from the initial sample into partitions, then amplified to detectable levels. Each partition then provides digital information on the presence or absence of each individual nucleic acid molecule within each partition. When enough partitions are measured using this technique, the digital information can be consolidated to make a statistically relevant measure of starting concentration for the nucleic acid target (analyte) in the sample.
The concept of digital PCR may be extended to other types of analytes, besides nucleic acids. In particular, a signal amplification reaction may be utilized to permit detection of a single copy of a molecule of the analyte in individual droplets, to permit data analysis of droplet signals for other analytes in the manner described in Section VII (e.g., using an algorithm based on Poisson statistics). Exemplary signal amplification reactions that permit detection of single copies of other types of analytes in droplets include enzyme reactions.
Qualitative PCR—a PCR-based analysis that determines whether or not a target is present in a sample, generally without any substantial quantification of target presence. In exemplary embodiments, digital PCR that is qualitative may be performed by determining whether a packet of droplets contains at least a predefined percentage of positive droplets (a positive sample) or not (a negative sample).
Quantitative PCR—a PCR-based analysis that determines a concentration and/or copy number of a target in a sample.
RT-PCR (reverse transcription-PCR)—PCR utilizing a complementary DNA template produced by reverse transcription of RNA. RT-PCR permits analysis of an RNA sample by (1) forming complementary DNA copies of RNA, such as with a reverse transcriptase enzyme, and (2) PCR amplification using the complementary DNA as a template. In some embodiments, the same enzyme, such as Tth polymerase, may be used for reverse transcription and PCR.
Real-time PCR—a PCR-based analysis in which amplicon formation is measured during the reaction, such as after completion of one or more thermal cycles prior to the final thermal cycle of the reaction. Real-time PCR generally provides quantification of a target based on the kinetics of target amplification.
Endpoint PCR—a PCR-based analysis in which amplicon formation is measured after the completion of thermal cycling.
Amplicon—a product of an amplification reaction. An amplicon may be single-stranded or double-stranded, or a combination thereof. An amplicon corresponds to any suitable segment or the entire length of a nucleic acid target.
Primer—a nucleic acid capable of, and/or used for, priming replication of a nucleic acid template. Thus, a primer is a shorter nucleic acid that is complementary to a longer template. During replication, the primer is extended, based on the template sequence, to produce a longer nucleic acid that is a complementary copy of the template. A primer may be DNA, RNA, an analog thereof (i.e., an artificial nucleic acid), or any combination thereof. A primer may have any suitable length, such as at least about 10, 15, 20, or 30 nucleotides. Exemplary primers are synthesized chemically. Primers may be supplied as at least one pair of primers for amplification of at least one nucleic acid target. A pair of primers may be a sense primer and an antisense primer that collectively define the opposing ends (and thus the length) of a resulting amplicon.
Probe—a nucleic acid connected to at least one label, such as at least one dye. A probe may be a sequence-specific binding partner for a nucleic acid target and/or amplicon. The probe may be designed to enable detection of target amplification based on fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET). An exemplary probe for the nucleic acid assays disclosed herein includes one or more nucleic acids connected to a pair of dyes that collectively exhibit fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) when proximate one another. The pair of dyes may provide first and second emitters, or an emitter and a quencher, among others. Fluorescence emission from the pair of dyes changes when the dyes are separated from one another, such as by cleavage of the probe during primer extension (e.g., a 5′ nuclease assay, such as with a TAQMAN probe), or when the probe hybridizes to an amplicon (e.g., a molecular beacon probe). The nucleic acid portion of the probe may have any suitable structure or origin, for example, the portion may be a locked nucleic acid, a member of a universal probe library, or the like. In other cases, a probe and one of the primers of a primer pair may be combined in the same molecule (e.g., AMPLIFLUOR primers or SCORPION primers). As an example, the primer-probe molecule may include a primer sequence at its 3′ end and a molecular beacon-style probe at its 5′ end. With this arrangement, related primer-probe molecules labeled with different dyes can be used in a multiplexed assay with the same reverse primer to quantify target sequences differing by a single nucleotide (single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs)). Another exemplary probe for droplet-based nucleic acid assays is a Plexor primer.
Label—an identifying and/or distinguishing marker or identifier connected to or incorporated into any entity, such as a compound, biological particle (e.g., a cell, bacteria, spore, virus, or organelle), or droplet. A label may, for example, be a dye that renders an entity optically detectable and/or optically distinguishable. Exemplary dyes used for labeling are fluorescent dyes (fluorophores) and fluorescence quenchers.
Reporter—a compound or set of compounds that reports a condition, such as the extent of a reaction. Exemplary reporters comprise at least one dye, such as a fluorescent dye or an energy transfer pair, and/or at least one oligonucleotide. Exemplary reporters for nucleic acid amplification assays may include a probe and/or an intercalating dye (e.g., SYBR Green, ethidium bromide, etc.).
Code—a mechanism for differentiating distinct members of a set. Exemplary codes to differentiate different types of droplets may include different droplet sizes, dyes, combinations of dyes, amounts of one or more dyes, enclosed code particles, or any combination thereof, among others. A code may, for example, be used to distinguish different packets of droplets, or different types of droplets within a packet, among others.
Binding partner—a member of a pair of members that bind to one another. Each member may be a compound or biological particle (e.g., a cell, bacteria, spore, virus, organelle, or the like), among others. Binding partners may bind specifically to one another. Specific binding may be characterized by a dissociation constant of less than about 10−4, 10−6, 10−8, or 10−10 M. Exemplary specific binding partners include biotin and avidin/streptavidin, a sense nucleic acid and a complementary antisense nucleic acid (e.g., a probe and an amplicon), a primer and its target, an antibody and a corresponding antigen, a receptor and its ligand, and the like.
Channel—an elongate passage for fluid travel. A channel generally includes at least one inlet, where fluid enters the channel, and at least one outlet, where fluid exits the channel. The functions of the inlet and the outlet may be interchangeable, that is, fluid may flow through a channel in only one direction or in opposing directions, generally at different times. A channel may include walls that define and enclose the passage between the inlet and the outlet. A channel may, for example, be formed by a tube (e.g., a capillary tube), in or on a planar structure (e.g., a chip), or a combination thereof, among others. A channel may or may not branch. A channel may be linear or nonlinear. Exemplary nonlinear channels include a channel extending along a planar flow path (e.g., a serpentine channel) a nonplanar flow path (e.g., a helical channel to provide a helical flow path). Any of the channels disclosed herein may be a microfluidic channel, which is a channel having a characteristic transverse dimension (e.g., the channel's average diameter) of less than about one millimeter. Channels also may include one or more venting mechanisms to allow fluid to enter/exit without the need for an open outlet. Examples of venting mechanisms include but are not limited to hydrophobic vent openings or the use of porous materials to either make up a portion of the channel or to block an outlet if present.
Fluidics Network—an assembly for manipulating fluid, generally by transferring fluid between compartments of the assembly and/or by driving flow of fluid along and/or through one or more flow paths defined by the assembly. A fluidics network may include any suitable structure, such as one or more channels, chambers, reservoirs, valves, pumps, thermal control devices (e.g., heaters/coolers), sensors (e.g., for measuring temperature, pressure, flow, etc.), or any combination thereof, among others.
II. System Overview/Architecture
This Section describes the architecture of illustrative systems, including methods and apparatus, for droplet-based assays. The features and aspects of the systems disclosed in this Section may be combined with one another and/or with any suitable aspects and features of methods and apparatus shown and/or described elsewhere in the present disclosure. Additional pertinent disclosure may be found in the U.S. provisional patent applications listed above under Cross-References and incorporated herein by reference, particularly Ser. No. 61/277,270, filed Sep. 22, 2009.
A. Exemplary Instrument-cartridge System for Sample Preparation and Analysis
Instrument 612 may be equipped with a sample loading region 616, a reagent fluidics assembly 618, a thermal cycler 620, a detector 622, control electronics 624 (i.e., a controller), and a user interface 626, among others. The instrument also may include a housing 628, which may support, position, fix, enclose, protect, insulate, and/or permit/restrict access to each other instrument component.
Sample loading region 616 may permit placement of sample cartridges 614 into the instrument, generally after a sample has been introduced into a port of each cartridge. The sample loading region may have an open configuration for receiving sample cartridges and a closed configuration that restricts cartridge introduction and removal (e.g., during instrument actuation of loaded sample cartridges). For example, the sample loading region may include a tray 630 that is an extendible and retractable and that receives the sample cartridges and positions the cartridges for operational engagement with instrument 612. The tray may be pulled out manually for loading sample cartridges into the tray and pushed in manually for cartridge operation, or may be coupled to a drive mechanism that drives opening and closing of the sample loading region.
Sample cartridges 614 are depicted in various positions in
Sample cartridges 614 may receive fluid for sample preparation from reagent fluidics assembly 618. Fluidics assembly 618 may include reagent cartridges or containers 634 (also see
Thermal cycler 620 may subject the droplets to thermal cycles that promote amplification, in preparation for detection of droplet signals by detector 622. Further aspects of thermal cyclers and detectors are described elsewhere herein, such as in Sections V and VI. After detection, the droplets and carrier fluid may flow to a waste receptacle 640.
Data from detector 622 may be communicated to control electronics 624. The control electronics may analyze the data (e.g., as described in Section VII), and communicate the data to user interface 626, among others. The control electronics also may receive input data, such as preferences, instructions, and/or commands, from the user interface. The control electronics may be in communication with and/or may be programmed to control any other aspects of system 600. For example, the control electronics may be in communication with cartridges 614. In some embodiments, each cartridge may be a “smart cartridge” that carries a memory device 627. The memory device may be readable by the controller, and, optionally, writable, too. The memory device may carry information about the cartridge, such as reagents pre-loaded to the cartridge, data about the loaded sample, aspects of sample processing performed by the cartridge, or any combination thereof, among others. The control electronics also may be connected to an external communication port 642, which also may provide data input/output. A power supply 644 (e.g., a line or battery power source) may provide power to the control electronics. The power may be conditioned by any suitable element(s) (e.g., a rectifier) between the power supply and the control electronics.
B. Exemplary Instrument for Analysis of Pre-prepared Samples
Instrument 650 may be equipped with a sample loading region 652, a reagent fluidics assembly 654, a thermal cycler 656, a detector 658, control electronics 660 (i.e., a controller), a user interface 662, and a housing 664, among others, which each may function generally as described above for system 610. However, sample loading region 652 and reagent fluidics assembly 654 may differ from the analogous structures in instrument 612. In particular, the sample preparation procedures performed in the sample cartridges of system 610 (see
Sample loading region 652 may include a tray 666 and an array of compartments or reservoirs 668, such as wells. Reservoirs 668 may be provided by a plate 670, such as a microplate, which may be received and/or supported by the tray. Plate 670 may be removable, to permit placing samples into reservoirs 668 while the plate is spaced from the instrument. Alternatively, or in addition, samples may be placed into reservoirs 668 while the reservoirs are supported by the tray/instrument. In some examples, plate 670 may be a droplet generator plate (e.g., see below in this Section and Sections III and IV). If structured as a droplet generator plate, the plate may generate droplets before or after the plate is loaded into instrument 650.
Each reservoir may receive a pre-prepared sample. The pre-prepared sample may or may not be in emulsion form. If not in emulsion form, the sample may have been processed before loading into the reservoir (e.g., processed by extraction, purification, lysis, concentration, dilution, reagent mixing, or any combination thereof), to ready the sample for droplet generation. Alternatively, the sample may be a pre-formed emulsion of droplets in an immiscible carrier fluid. The emulsion may be formed prior to loading the sample into the reservoir by partitioning into droplets an assay mixture that includes a sample and at least one reagent. Each droplet thus may contain a partition of the sample. Droplet packets from the emulsions may be transported serially or in parallel from reservoirs 668 to at least one thermal cycler 656 of the instrument.
User interface 662 of instrument 650 may (or may not) be different in configuration from user interface 626 of system 610 (compare
C. Overview of Droplet-based Assay Systems
At least one sample may be loaded, indicated at 682. The sample may be loaded by placing the sample into a port (e.g., a well, chamber, channel, etc.) defined by any of the system components disclosed herein. The sample may be loaded in any suitable form, such as unlysed or lysed, purified or crude, pre-mixed with reagent or not pre-mixed, diluted or concentrated, partitioned into droplets or non-partitioned, or the like. In some cases, a plurality of samples may be loaded into respective ports and/or into an array of reservoirs.
The sample may be processed, indicated at 684. Any suitable combination of sample processing steps may be performed after (and/or before) sample loading to prepare the sample for droplet generation. Exemplary processing steps are described in Section III.
Droplets may be generated from the sample, indicated at 686. For example, droplet generation may be performed after the sample has been modified by mixing it with one or more reagents to form a bulk assay mixture. Droplet generation may divide the bulk assay mixture into a plurality of partitioned assay mixtures (and thus sample partitions) that are isolated from one another in respective droplets by an intervening, immiscible carrier fluid. The droplets may be generated from a sample serially, such as from one orifice and/or one droplet generator (which may be termed an emulsion generator). Alternatively, the droplets may be generated in parallel from a sample, such as from two or more orifices and/or two or more droplet generators in fluid communication with (and/or supplied by) the same sample. As another example, droplets may be generated in parallel from a perforated plate defining an array of orifices. In some examples, the droplets may be generated in bulk, such as by agitation or sonication, among others. In some examples, a plurality of emulsions may be generated, either serially or in parallel, from a plurality of samples.
Droplets may be loaded (i.e., introduced) into a reaction site (also termed a reactor), indicated at 688. The droplets may be loaded by flow transport, which may be continuous or stopped one or more times. Thus, the droplets may (or may not) be stored, indicated at 690, at one or more discrete storage sites, after their generation and before loading into the reaction site. Alternatively, the droplets may be loaded into a reaction site without substantial flow, for example, with the droplets contained by a vessel that is moved to the reaction site. In other examples, the droplets may be generated at the reaction site (e.g., inside a thermal cycler). In any event, after droplet generation, droplets may be placed into a reaction site with the droplets disposed in a vial (or other vessel), a reaction channel (e.g., in tubing), an imaging chamber/flow cell with a high aspect ratio, or the like. Further aspects of droplet manipulation, such as selection for transport/loading, transport, storage, routing, pre-processing (e.g., heating), and concentration are described below in this Section.
A “reaction site” is a region where droplets are subjected to conditions to promote one or more reactions of interest, such as nucleic acid amplification. Accordingly, a reaction site may provide one or more temperature-controlled zones of fixed or varying temperature (and/or other physical conditions) suitable for a particular reaction(s) to be performed and/or promoted in the droplets. The reaction site may be a flow-through site, where the droplets are subjected to fixed or varying reaction conditions while flowing through at least one channel or may be a static site where the droplets are subjected to fixed or varying reaction conditions while the droplets are disposed in a stationary volume of fluid (i.e., not flowing). An exemplary reaction site, namely, a flow-based thermal cycler, is included in many of the exemplary systems of this Section and is described in more detail in Section V.
Droplets may be “reacted,” indicated at 692. More specifically, the droplets may be subjected to one or more suitable reaction conditions in a reaction site, according to the type of assay mixture(s) contained by the droplets, such that components of the droplets, or the droplets themselves, undergo a desired reaction (or change of state). For example, the droplets may be subjected to thermal cycling (or may be processed isothermally) for amplification assays, such as any of the assays described in Section I, among others.
Reaction of droplets generally subjects the droplets to one or more conditions that promote at least one binding and/or chemical reaction of interest in the droplets. Reaction of droplets also generally subjects the droplets to each condition for a predefined period (or periods) of time, which may be fixed or variable, and may be repeated. The droplets may be subjected to two or more conditions serially or in parallel, and once or a plurality of times, for example, cyclically. Exemplary conditions include a temperature condition (i.e., to maintain droplet temperature, heat droplets, and/or or cool droplets), exposure to light, variations in pressure, or the like.
Droplets may be reacted by flow through a reaction site, in a “flow reaction.” Droplets may be subjected to at least one condition that is uniform or that varies spatially along a flow path through the reaction site. For example, the temperature along the flow path may vary spatially, to heat and cool droplets as the droplets follow the flow path. In other words, the reaction site may include one, two, or more temperature-controlled zones of at least substantially fixed temperature that the droplets travel through. Further aspects of flow-through reaction sites with fixed temperature zones and thermal cycling are described elsewhere herein, such as in Section V, among others.
Droplets alternatively may be reacted while disposed in a static volume of fluid, that is, without substantial fluid flow, in a “static reaction.” For example, the droplets may react while disposed in a well or a chamber, among others. In this case, the droplets may be subjected to a fixed condition during the reaction (e.g., a fixed temperature for an isothermal reaction), or to a variable condition that varies temporally (i.e., with respect to time) during the reaction (without the requirement for the droplets to move). For example, the droplets may be held in a temperature-controlled zone that changes in temperature over time, such as cyclically to perform PCR. In any event, static reactions may permit batch reaction of arrays of emulsions in parallel, such as in batch amplification of emulsions.
Droplets may be detected, indicated at 694. Detection may be performed serially while the droplets are flowing (i.e., flow-based or dynamic detection). Alternatively, detection may be performed with the droplets disposed in a static volume of fluid (i.e., static detection, such as with flow stopped (i.e., stopped-flow detection)). In some examples, static detection (or dynamic detection) may include imaging a set of substantially static (or flowing) droplets, which may be arranged generally linearly or in a plane, to obtain an image of the droplets. Further aspects of detection, including flow-based and stopped-flow detection are described elsewhere herein, such as in Section VI, among others.
Dynamic/static modes of reaction and detection may be combined in any suitable manner. For example, flow-based reaction of droplets may be combined with flow-based detection or stopped-flow detection (e.g., imaging) of the droplets. Alternatively, static reaction of droplets, such as batch amplification of emulsions, may be combined with flow-based detection or static detection (e.g., imaging) of the droplets.
Data detected from the droplets may be analyzed, indicated at 696. Data analysis may, for example, assign droplet signals as positive or negative for amplification of a nucleic acid target (or two or more targets in a multiplexed reaction), may determine a number and/or fraction of the droplets that are positive for amplification, may estimate a total presence (e.g., concentration and/or number of molecules) of the nucleic acid target in the sample, or the like. Further aspects of data analysis are described elsewhere herein, such as in Sections VII and VIII, among others.
System 700 may include one or more of any or each of the following components: a sample processor 702 (also termed a sample processing station), a droplet generator 704, a droplet transporter 706, a reaction site (or reactor) 708 (also termed a reaction station (e.g., a heating station, which may heat or heat and cool)), a detector 710 (also termed a detection station), and a controller 712, among others. Any combination of the components may be connected to one another physically, fluidically, electrically, and/for signal transfer, among others.
The components may operate as follows, with reference to steps of method 680 (
Controller also may contain a computer-readable medium (e.g., a storage device, such as a hard drive, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, floppy disk, flash memory device, etc.) including instructions for performing any of the methods disclosed herein.
D. Exemplary System with Flow-based Amplification
System 720 may include a mixer 728 and a droplet generator 730. Mixer 728 may receive a sample 722 and at least one reagent 724 and combine them to form an assay mixture. The mixer may be an automated device, or mixing may be performed manually by a user, such as by bulk mixing, before loading the assay mixture into the droplet generator. Droplet generator 730 may receive the assay mixture from the mixer and generate an emulsion 732 of droplets 726 in an immiscible carrier fluid 734, such as oil that is introduced into the droplet generator, indicated at 736, at the same time as the assay mixture. Formation of droplets 726 may be driven by pressure and/or pumping, indicated at 738. In some examples, the droplet generator may function as the mixer by generating droplets from confluent streams of sample and reagent. Waste fluid also may exit the droplet generator, indicated at 740.
System 720 may have any suitable number of droplet generators. The droplet generators may be used to generate any suitable number of separate, distinct emulsions from one sample or a plurality of samples, and from one reagent or a plurality of reagents (e.g., reagents for different species of nucleic acid target). Exemplary mixers and droplet generators are described in Sections III and IV.
Emulsion 732 or a set of distinct emulsions may be stored in at least one storage site 742 or in a plurality of such sites before droplets of the emulsion(s) are reacted. As a result, droplet generation may be decoupled from reaction of the droplets. The storage site may, for example, be a well, a chamber, a tube, or an array thereof, such as formed by a plate (e.g., a microplate).
System also may include a serial arrangement of a droplet transport portion 744, (also termed a droplet transporter) and a thermal cycler 746. Transport portion 744 may include a droplet pick-up or intake region 748 that forms an inlet at which droplets 726 are transferred from storage site 742 into the transport portion. Transport portion 744 also may include a droplet loader 750 that sends droplets to thermal cycler 746. The transport portion also may include one or more storage sites 752 for storing droplets after they have been transferred into transport portion 744.
In some examples, the transport portion also may be capable of loading droplets more directly to the detector, without sending them first to the thermal cycler. In particular, system 720 may include a bypass channel 753 or bypass pathway that connects transport portion 744 to the detector without travel through the thermal cycler. The system may include one or more valves that can be operated to send droplets either to bypass channel 753 or to thermal cycler 746. The use of bypass channel 753 may, for example, permit more rapid calibration of system components, because calibration droplets can travel to the detector faster if thermal cycling is omitted. Section VIII describes further aspects of the use of a bypass channel and calibration droplets.
Carrier fluid and/or waste fluid optionally may be removed from storage site 742, droplet pick-up region 748, and/or droplet loader 750, indicated respectively at 754-758. Alternatively, or in addition, carrier fluid may be added to the droplet pick-up region, indicated at 759, and/or the droplet loader, indicated at 760, such as to facilitate driving droplets into thermal cycler 746 and/or to flush droplets from the pick-up region and/or droplet loader.
An emulsion including droplets 726 may flow through (a) thermal cycler 746, (b) at least one detection site (e.g., a detection channel/chamber) adjacent at least one detection window 762 that is operatively disposed with respect to detector 764, and (c) through an oil recovery region 766 and then to a waste receptacle. One or more valves 770 may be disposed generally between the thermal cycler and the detector, to provide control of emulsion flow downstream of the thermal cycler, with respect to the at least one detection channel/chamber. For example, valves 770 may be operated to stop flow of droplets adjacent to the detection window and/or to switch flow of the emulsion between two or more detection windows (e.g., see Section VI). Carrier fluid may be removed from the emulsion and/or introduced into the emulsion in or near thermal cycler 746 and/or detector 764, indicated respectively at 772, 774. Removal of carrier fluid may, for example, provide a more concentrated emulsion for detection. Introduction of carrier fluid may, for example, provide flow-focusing of droplets within a detection channel and/or with respect to the detection window (e.g., see Section VI). Alternatively, or in addition, droplets may be sent to a waste receptacle, indicated at 775, for collection from the thermal cycler, without traveling through a detection station.
Carrier fluid also may be removed from the flow stream by oil recovery region 766, indicated at 776. Removal may be effected by any suitable mechanism, such as pillars, at least one membrane, one or more oil-selective side channels, gravity separation, or the like.
E. Overview of Droplet Manipulation
Droplets may be generated, indicated at 812. The droplets may be generated serially, in parallel, or in bulk. Further aspects of droplet generation are disclosed elsewhere herein, such as in Sections III and VI, among others.
The droplets, optionally, may be stored, indicated at 814. A set of droplets (e.g., an emulsion) may be stored in a droplet reservoir. In some examples, two or more distinct sets of droplets may be stored in two or more respective reservoirs, such as in an array of emulsions. In some examples, storage of the droplets may be omitted.
The droplets, optionally, may be concentrated, indicated at 816. Concentrating droplets (also termed concentrating an emulsion) results in an increase in the number of droplets per unit volume of emulsion and increases the volume fraction occupied by the droplets in an emulsion. Concentration of an emulsion may be conducted before, during, and/or after droplet storage.
One or more of the droplets (including one or more packets of droplets) may be transported to a reaction site, indicated at 818. Transport may be achieved by continuous flow, or by flow initiated selectably in one or more discrete stages, after droplet generation and/or initial droplet storage. The droplets may be reacted at the reaction site, indicated at 820.
Signals may be detected from droplets of the packet, indicated at 822. For example, one or more measurements may be performed on one or a plurality of the droplets during and/or after reaction of the droplets. Further aspects of droplet detection are disclosed elsewhere herein, such as in Section VI, among others.
A droplet reservoir (also termed an emulsion reservoir) may be selected, indicated at 832. The droplet reservoir may be selected from an array of droplet reservoirs holding distinct emulsions and/or distinct assay mixtures. Selection may be performed by a controller, by a user, or a combination thereof.
Droplets from the selected reservoir may be transferred to a droplet transporter, indicated at 834. The transferred droplets may be referred to as a packet. In some examples, a plurality of reservoirs may be selected and a plurality of droplet packets from respective selected reservoirs may be transferred serially (or in parallel) to the droplet transporter.
The packet(s) of droplets, optionally, may be held (i.e., stored) by the droplet transporter, indicated at 836. Droplets may be stored by the droplet transporter by stopping flow of the droplets, such as by isolating the droplets from a flow stream traveling to the reaction site. Accordingly, the droplets may be held in static (non-flowing) fluid (i.e., without substantial net flow of the continuous phase).
The packet of droplets, or at least a portion thereof, may be loaded into a reaction site (e.g., a thermal cycler), indicated at 838, which may be described as the droplets being sent or introduced into the reaction site. Packets of droplets may be loaded serially. Alternatively, packets of droplets may be loaded in parallel, such as loaded into distinct thermal cyclers or into separate flow paths through the same thermal cycler. In some examples, the step of holding droplets may be omitted, such that transfer of a packet of droplets from the reservoir and loading the packet into a reaction site occur by continuous flow.
System 850 may incorporate at least one droplet generator 852, at least one droplet reservoir 854, at least one droplet transporter 856, at least one reaction site 858 (also termed a reaction region or droplet processing assembly), and at least one detector 860. All or any subset of these structural components may be connected to one another, with any suitable relative spatial relationships, to form an instrument or an instrument-cartridge assembly (e.g., see
Droplets formed by droplet generator 852 may be transported by droplet transporter 856, after droplet formation, to reaction site 858, to promote one or more reactions, and to detector 860, to provide detection of droplet signals. Before and/or during their transport, the droplets may be received by at least one droplet reservoir 854 or serially (or in parallel) by two or more droplet reservoirs, and then stored in the droplet reservoir(s) for an adjustable (and selectable) period of time. Droplet storage is an optional part of the system and thus the droplet reservoir may be omitted.
Any suitable droplet generator(s) 852 and detector(s) 860 may be incorporated into the system, such as any of the droplet generators and/or detectors disclosed herein (e.g., see Sections III, IV, and VI).
A “droplet reservoir,” also termed a “storage site” or “emulsion reservoir,” is any compartment where droplets can be stored, generally in a static volume of fluid, and then accessed at a selectable time. The droplet reservoir may be a well, a chamber, or the like. Exemplary droplet reservoirs may be provided as an array of isolated or isolatable storage sites, such as an array of wells or chambers, among others. The array of storage sites may be provided by a plate.
Droplet transporter 856 may be composed of one or more structures and/or one or more devices that provide selectable transport of droplets from at least one droplet generator and/or at least one droplet reservoir to a reaction site. Selectable transport may permit selection of the different droplet packets sent to a reaction site, the order in which the droplet packets are sent, the time at which each droplet packet is sent, etc. Different droplet packets may have different sample-reagent combinations, different droplets sizes, different sample and/or reagent dilutions, etc. In any event, the selection may be performed by a controller, a user, or a combination thereof. For example, the selection may be based on an order selected by a user and/or programmed into the controller, an arbitrary order selected by the controller, or a dynamic order determined in real time by the controller based on one or more assay results obtained by the system, or a combination thereof, among others.
F. Exemplary Droplet Transporter
Intake conduit 870 may be configured to receive droplets 881 by picking up and/or taking in droplets from a droplet reservoir 882 (or continuously from a droplet generator). Thus, the intake conduit may abut and/or extend into the droplet reservoir, to provide contact with an emulsion 884 containing the droplets, such that fluid can flow from the emulsion into the intake conduit. The intake conduit may be described as a needle, a tip, a tube, or a combination thereof, among others, and may be sized in cross-section to receive droplets in single file or multiple file (side-by-side).
Outflow conduit 872 may be joined directly to the intake conduit or may be separated from the intake conduit by one or more valves 880, storage sites 874, 876, or the like. For example, in
Each pump 878 (and/or positive/negative pressure source/sink) may drive fluid flow through the intake conduit and/or the outflow conduit, and/or to and/or from the holding site(s). The pump also may drive fluid through a reaction site 885, or a distinct pump may be used for this purpose. In some examples, droplet transporter 868 may include at least one pump (or pressure source/sink) to transfer droplets into the transporter and at least one other pump (or pressure sources/sink) to drive droplets out of the transporter for droplet loading into reaction site 885.
Each storage site 874, 876 may be connected to intake conduit 870 and outflow conduit 872, to permit fluid flow between these structures. For example, valves 880 may provide selectable and adjustable fluid communication between intake conduit 870, outflow conduit 872, and the storage sites. The valves also may permit fluid to be sent, indicated at 886, from either storage site 874, 876 to a waste port.
Droplet transporter 868 may include any other suitable elements. For example, the transporter further may be equipped with a drive assembly 887 that drives relative movement of intake conduit 870 with respect to droplet reservoir 882, in one, two, or three dimensions. For example, an array 888 of droplet reservoirs (e.g., a plate with wells) may be connected to and/or supported by a stage or other support member 890 that is driven in x-, y-, and z-directions, to permit selectable placement of the intake conduit into each of the reservoirs of the array/plate, in any order. In other examples, the droplet reservoirs may remain stationary while the intake conduit is driven into contact with the contents of selected reservoirs. Droplet transporter 868 also or alternatively may incorporate at least one heater 892, which may be positioned to apply heat to any suitable portion (or all) of the droplet transporter, such as droplet reservoirs 882, intake conduit 870, one or more storage sites 874, 876, outflow conduit 872, or any combination thereof, among others. Application of heat may pre-process the droplets, prior to loading the droplets into the reaction site, such as to promote an enzyme reaction (e.g., reverse transcription), to activate a reagent (e.g., an enzyme such as in a hot start prior to an amplification reaction; see Section V), or the like.
The droplet transporter (and/or any other portion of system 850) further may include at least one packing feature 894 to increase the concentration of droplets. The packing feature may increase the volume fraction of an emulsion occupied by droplets, which may, for example, be desirable to decrease the amount of energy spent on heating carrier fluid, to increase the rate at which droplets may be detected by a flow-based (serial) detector, and/or to increase the number of droplets that may be detected simultaneously by an imaging detector, among others. A suitable concentration of droplets (i.e., the “packing density”) may be achieved during droplet generation or the packing density may be increased after droplet generation. An increase in packing density may be achieved by removing carrier fluid from an emulsion, while the emulsion is static (e.g., during storage) or flowing, and/or by selective intake of droplets from a stored emulsion, among others. Droplets may be concentrated locally in a stored emulsion by (1) centrifugation, (2) gravity coupled with a density difference between the droplets and the carrier fluid (i.e., the droplets float or sink in the carrier fluid), (3) electrokinetic concentration of droplets, (4) magnetic concentration of droplets, or the like. The packing density may be increased during flow by using one or more side vent lines of smaller diameter (or one or more membranes) that selectively permit lateral flow (and removal) of carrier fluid. Alternatively, or in addition, the packing density may be increased during fluid flow by utilizing droplet inertia.
G. Exemplary System with Coupled Droplet Generation and Transport
H. Exemplary Systems with Decoupling of Droplet Generation and Transport
System 940 may incorporate a serial arrangement of a droplet transport region 950, a thermal cycler 952, a detector 954, and at least one pressure source/sink, such as a downstream pressure sink (e.g., syringe pump 956), an upstream pressure source 958, or both. Droplet transport region 950 may include an intake conduit 960 that extends into droplet reservoir 942 and into contact and fluid communication with emulsion 944. Droplets 946 may be drawn into the intake conduit as a result of a negative pressure exerted by a downstream vacuum source (or pressure sink) 956 (e.g., a syringe pump), and/or a positive pressure exerted on emulsion 944 by an upstream pressure source 960 (e.g., another pump), among others. As shown here, the droplets may be dispersed non-uniformly in the emulsion, for example, concentrated selectively toward the top or the bottom of the emulsion by gravity, centrifugation, magnetic attraction, electrokinetic motion, and/or the like, to permit removal of droplets at a higher packing density than the average packing density in the emulsion. Alternatively, or in addition, the carrier fluid may be removed selectively (e.g., removed and discarded) where the droplet packing density is lower than average. In any event, droplets 946 may be driven by continuous flow from the emulsion, through transport region 950 and thermal cycler 952, past detector 954, and into a reservoir 962 provided by syringe pump 956.
Emulsion array 972 may include emulsions 982 held in an array of droplet reservoirs 984 formed by a plate 986. The emulsions may be formed separately from the plate and then transferred to the plate. Alternatively, the plate may be a droplet generator plate incorporating an array of droplet generators 988, which form the emulsions contained in droplet reservoirs 984. Further aspects of droplet generator plates are disclosed below in this Section and in Sections III and IV.
Droplet transporter 974 may include a line of intake conduits or needles 990 for intake of droplets in parallel from a row of droplet reservoirs 984 of plate 986. The tips of intake conduits 990 may be spaced to match the spacing of droplet reservoirs 984 in each row of the plate. Droplet transporter 974 also may include a drive assembly 992 that drives relative movement of plate 986 and intake conduits 990 in at least two dimensions or in three dimensions. In particular, operation of the drive assembly may place the intake conduits serially into fluid communication with each row of emulsions, in a predefined or selectable order. In other examples, the droplet transporter may include a three-dimensional array of intake conduits, which may be arranged in correspondence with the rows and columns of droplet reservoirs formed by plate 986, to permit parallel uptake of droplets from two or more rows of droplet reservoirs (e.g., all of the droplet reservoirs in parallel). With any arrangement of intake conduits, each intake conduit may be connected to a respective valve. Operation of the valve may determine whether an intake conduit is active or inactive for droplet intake. Alternatively, the intake conduits may be connected to the same multi-position valve, which may be operated to select only one of the intake conduits for droplet intake at a time, to provide serial intake of droplets from droplet reservoirs.
Droplet intake may be driven by one or more pumps. For example, a negative pressure applied by syringe pump 980 may draw droplets into intake conduits 990. Alternatively, or in addition, a positive pressure applied by a positive pressure source, such as a pump 994 of droplet transporter 974, may push droplets into the intake conduits, in a manner analogous to that described for system 940 of
Thermal cycler 976 may include a plurality of reaction channels provided by coiled tubes 1000-1014 each forming a separate, respective connection with a different intake conduit 990. The coiled tubes may follow a generally helical path interspersed with one another. For example, the tubes may be braided together and/or wrapped collectively. In any event, droplet transporter 974 may load packets of droplets into the coiled tubes in parallel, and the packets may be thermally cycled in parallel, while following separate flow paths. Droplets from each coiled tube also may be detected in parallel, indicated at 1016, by detector 978. In other examples, each intake conduit 990 may be connected to a respective, distinct thermal cycler, or intake conduits 990 may feed droplets into the same coiled tube or other reaction channel.
I. Exemplary Decoupled System Utilizing an Autosampler
Reservoir array 1032 may be structured as a plate 1046 providing an array of droplet reservoirs, such as wells 1048, each containing droplets 1050. Accordingly, plate 1046 may be structured as a droplet generator plate having any combination of the features described elsewhere herein. Alternatively, plate 1046 may hold droplets that were generated separately from the plate and then transferred to the wells of the plate.
Autosampler 1036 generally includes any device or assembly of devices that provides serial intake of fluid into a conduit (e.g., an intake conduit) from an array of reservoirs. The autosampler generally is capable of picking up droplets from any reservoir or sequence of reservoirs of the array and may be controllable to intake a variable volume of fluid from each reservoir. The autosampler may include a needle 1052 that serves as an intake conduit, one or more pumps or pressure sources/sinks 1054, one or more valves 1056, or any combination thereof, among others. The autosampler may include a drive assembly 1058 that controllably drives motion of needle 1052 in three dimensions, such as along three orthogonal axes. For example, the drive assembly may permit the needle to be positioned in an x-y plane over any selected reservoir 1048, and then to be moved along a z-axis, to move the needle into contact with fluid in the selected reservoir, for droplet intake, and then out of contact with the fluid, for movement to another reservoir (or for intake of air). In other examples, the drive assembly may drive movement of the array of reservoirs while the needle remains stationary. In other examples, there may be a z-axis drive assembly to drive z-axis motion of the needle, and an x-y axis drive assembly to drive x-y motion of the array of reservoirs, or vice versa.
J. Exemplary Systems with Multi-Stage Decoupling
Droplet transporter 1096 may incorporate an autosampler 1098, at least one storage site 1100, and an outflow region 1102. Autosampler 1098 may transfer droplet packets 1104-1108 into transporter 1096 from selected wells of plate 1094, generally as described with respect to
One or more valves 1110, 1112, in cooperation with one or more pumps 1114, may be operated to determine the flow path and residency time of each packet. For example, valve 1110 may be operated to permit the droplet packets to flow continuously to a downstream reaction site after each packet is transferred into transporter 1096. Alternatively, or in addition, valve 1110 may be operated to transfer a droplet packet (or multiple packets, see
Droplet packet 1106 may occupy storage site 1100 for any suitable period of time. In some examples, packet 1106 may be heated by a heater 1118 while the packet is disposed in the storage site. Alternatively, or in addition, packet 1106 may be heated upstream of holding site 1100, such as while the packet is contained by plate 1094, during flow to the holding site, and/or while disposed in outflow region 1102, among others. In any event, droplet packet 1106 may be permitted to leave the holding site by operation of valve 1110, to open an outflow path, indicated at 1120, to outflow region 1102. Also, pump 1114 may drive flow of droplet packet 1106 with the aid of a carrier fluid 1122 obtained from a connected reservoir 1124. The carrier fluid also may function to flush droplets from the holding site, to permit re-use of the site with a different packet of droplets without substantial cross-contamination. In any event, pump 1114 may drive packet 1106 through outflow region 1102, and then another pump 1126 may drive the packet to a downstream reaction site with the aid of a carrier fluid 1128 obtained from a connected reservoir 1130. The use of downstream pump 1126 permits valve 1110 to be re-positioned, to close outflow path 1120 and open inflow path 1116, such that pump 1114 can drive another packet (e.g., packet 1104) into holding site 1100.
Transporter 1160 may be equipped with an autosampler 1162, a temporary holding station 1164, at least one pump 1166, and one or more valves 1168-1172, among others. Pump 1166 may drive intake of droplets into an intake conduit 1174 of autosampler 1162. The droplets may represent one packet or a plurality of spaced packets. In any event, pump 1166 may drive flow of the packet into holding station 1164. Multi-position valve 1170 then may be operated to open a flow path from holding station 1164 to one of storage sites 1142-1154, and pump 1166 may drive the packet from the station to the storage site. This process may be repeated one or more times to place other packets into other storage sites 1142-1154. A heater 1176 may apply heat to droplet packets disposed in the storage sites.
Droplet packets in the storage sites may be loaded serially into a downstream reaction site in a selectable order. In particularly, valve 1170 may be positioned to open a flow path between a selected storage site and station 1164. Pump 1166 then may drive a droplet packet(s) from the selected storage site into station 1164. Valve 1170 next may be re-positioned to open a flow path from station 1164 to an outflow conduit 1178. Then, pump 1166 may drive the droplet packet from station 1164 to outflow conduit 1178, with the aid of a carrier fluid 1180 traveling behind the packet. Pump 1166 may drive the packet from outflow conduit 1178 to a downstream reaction site, or another pump may be utilized (e.g., see
K. Overview of Amplification in Static Fluid
A sample and at least one reagent may be mixed to create an assay mixture for amplification, indicated at 1192. The sample and reagent may be combined manually or automatically. In some embodiments, one or more samples and one or more reagents may be mixed to create a plurality of distinct and separate assay mixtures.
At least one emulsion may be generated from at least one assay mixture, indicated at 1194. The emulsion may be generated by serial, parallel, or bulk droplet generation (e.g., see Sections III and IV). If more than one emulsion is generated, the emulsions may be generated in parallel or serially with respect to one another.
The at least one emulsion may be thermally cycled while the emulsion remains stationary, indicated at 1196. In particular, the emulsion may be disposed in a container that restricts directional flow of the emulsion as it is thermally cycled.
Signals may be detected from droplets of the emulsion, indicated at 1198. The signals may be detected while the emulsion is flowing or not flowing (e.g., see Section VI), and may involve serial droplet detection or imaging, among others.
A plurality of assay mixtures may be created, indicated at 1202. Each assay mixture may be an amplification mixture capable of amplifying at least one species (or two or more species) of nucleic acid target, if present, in the amplification mixture. The assay mixtures may contain respective distinct samples, distinct reagents (e.g., to amplify different species of nucleic acid target), or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the assay mixtures may be created or disposed in an array, such as a planar array formed by a plate.
Emulsions may be generated from the respective assay mixtures, indicated at 1204. The emulsions may be generated serially or in parallel with respect to one another, and droplets of each emulsion may be generated serially, in parallel, or in bulk.
The emulsions may be thermally cycled in an array, indicated at 1206. The array may be a linear array, a planar (two-dimensional) array, or a three-dimensional array.
Droplets signals may be detected from one or more droplets of each emulsion, indicated at 1208. Detection may be performed while the emulsions remain disposed in the array and in a device holding the emulsions in the array (e.g., a plate). Alternatively, detection may be performed after removal of droplets from the array. More particularly, detection may be performed after transfer of the droplets from a container/vessel (e.g., a plate, well, or a vial) that holds the droplets. For example, the droplets may be transferred out of the container/vessel to a detection site (e.g., a detection channel, chamber, recess) adjacent a detection window. Transfer may be achieved with any suitable manual or automated fluid transfer device. Furthermore, detection may be flow-based detection (e.g., serial droplet detection) or static/stopped-flow detection (e.g., imaging), among others.
System 1210 may include a droplet generator array 1212, an emulsion holder 1214, a batch thermal cycler 1216, and a detector 1218. Droplet generator array 1212 may include a set of droplet generators connected to one another in a linear, planar, or three-dimensional array. Alternatively, system 1210 may employ a plurality of droplet generators that are not held in an array. In any event, a plurality of emulsions may be generated by the droplet generators and disposed in at least one emulsion holder (e.g., a plurality of vials, or a plate with an array of wells or chambers, among others). The emulsions may flow continuously from their respective droplet generators to the emulsion holder(s), which may be connected to the droplet generators. Alternatively, the emulsions may be transferred to the holder(s), such as with a manual or automated fluid transfer device, at a selectable time. In any event, the emulsion holder(s) and the emulsions held therein may be thermally cycled by batch thermal cycler 1216 with the emulsions held in an array. Each site of the array may be defined by the emulsion holder, by a receiver structure of the thermal cycler, or both, among others. After thermal cycling, detector 1218 may be used to perform flow-based or static/stopped-flow detection of droplets. In some examples, the detector may image droplets of the emulsions while the emulsions are still disposed in the emulsion holder, and optionally, while the emulsion holder is operatively coupled to the thermal cycler.
L. Exemplary Droplet Generator Arrays for a Batch Amplification System
Plate 1220 may include an upper member 1240 and a lower member 1242. Upper member 1240 may define wells 1224-1228, which may, for example, be created by ridges 1244 (e.g., annular ridges; also see
Pressure manifold 1238 may include a manifold body or routing member 1246 that is connected or connectable to one or more pressure sources 1248, 1250. Manifold body 1246 may mate with plate 1220 from above to form a seal with wells 1224-1228 of the droplet generators via sealing elements or gaskets 1252, such as elastomeric O-rings. The manifold body also may define channels 1254 that communicate with wells 1224-1228.
Any suitable combination of channels 1254 of the manifold body may be connected or connectable to one or more pressure sources, to permit parallel or serial droplet generation from all or a subset of the droplet generators. Accordingly, the pressure manifold may permit pressurization of only one of the droplet generators at a time, or parallel pressurization of two or more of the droplet generators, to drive parallel emulsion formation from two or more droplet generators of the plate in a batch process. For example, oil wells 1224 of a subset or all of the droplet generators may be pressurized with pressure source 1250, and sample wells 1226 may be pressurized with another pressure source 1248, to permit the pressures exerted on fluid in the oil wells and the sample wells to be adjusted independently. Thus, in some examples, the manifold may permit one pressure to be applied to the oil wells in parallel, and another pressure to be applied independently to the sample wells in parallel. Alternatively, the same pressure source may exert pressure on the oil wells and the sample wells. The manifold further may permit emulsion wells 1228 to be independently pressurized with respect to the other wells (e.g., to form a pressure sink to draw fluid into the emulsion wells), may permit the emulsion wells to be vented during emulsion generation, indicated at 1256, to form a pressure drop with respect to the pressurized oil and sample wells, or a combination thereof.
Droplet signals from the emulsions may be detected during/after thermal cycling, either with or without transfer of the emulsions from emulsion wells 1228 to a detection site. In some examples, plate 1220 may permit imaging from beneath the plate. In some embodiments, emulsion wells 1228 may be sealed with a cover layer of optical quality (e.g., transparent), such as a tape or thin sheet, among others. The plate then may be inverted, and droplets imaged through the cover layer. In this case, the carrier fluid and assay mixture compositions may be selected such that the droplets sink in the emulsion, to form a monolayer on the cover layer. In some examples, the detector may be equipped with confocal optics to enable collection of image data from droplets that are not disposed in a monolayer.
Plate 1220 may have any suitable number of droplet generators 1222 (see
Each droplet generator 1272 may include a plurality of ports, which may be structured as wells 1274-1278. In particular, droplet generator 1272 may have a three-port configuration of an oil well 1274 to receive a carrier fluid, a sample well 1276 to receive a sample (e.g., a prepared sample that is an assay mixture, such as an amplification mixture), and an emulsion well 1278 to receive an overflow portion of an emulsion generated by the droplet generator.
Droplets 1280 may flow from droplet generation site 1286 to emulsion well 1278 via an outlet channel 1288. The outlet channel may widen as it extends from site 1286 to form a chamber 1290. The chamber may have a high aspect ratio, with a height/thickness that generally corresponds to the diameter of the droplets, to promote formation of a monolayer 1292 of droplets in the chamber. Droplets also may flow past chamber 1290 to emulsion well 1278. However, emulsion well 1278 may function predominantly as an overflow site to collect excess emulsion. In other embodiments, emulsion well 1278 may be omitted. In any event, chamber 1290 may be connected to a vent 1294, which may be disposed generally downstream of the chamber, to permit escape of air as an emulsion flows into the chamber.
The droplets may be reacted in chamber 1290. For example, plate 1270 may be placed in a heating station, such as a thermal cycler, to induce amplification of one or more nucleic acid targets in the droplets. Before heating the plate, wells 1274-1278 may be sealed from above with at least one sealing member, as described above for
Plate 1270 may be designed to permit imaging droplets in the chamber. For example, the plate may include an upper member 1304 attached to a lower member 1306, as described above for plate 1220 (see
Chamber 1290 may have any suitable area. For example, the chamber may have a substantially larger footprint than a port, such as occupying at least about 2, 5, or 10 times the area of the port.
M. Exemplary Detection for a Batch Amplification System
Imaging system 1360 may include an imaging device or imager 1368 connected to a controller 1370, such as a computer. Any suitable aspects of imaging system 1360 may be used in other imaging systems of the present disclosure. Also, imaging system 1360 may incorporate any other feature(s) disclosed for other imaging systems of the present disclosure. Imager 1368 may (or may not) be a fluorescence imager. The imager may collect images of droplets disposed in wells 1366, for example, using a CCD camera or a line-scan CCD, among others. For a larger field of view, plate 1364 and/or the camera may be placed on, and/or may be otherwise connected to, a translation stage to drive motion in x-, y-, and, optionally, z-directions. In some examples, imager 1368 may, for example, include a laser/PMT device, as is used for detection of microarrays. Further aspects of imaging devices and methods that may be suitable are described in Section VI.
Well 1366 may contain a substantial monolayer 1374 of droplets 1376. The monolayer may be disposed adjacent bottom wall 1372. Monolayer 1374 may be obtained by selecting a suitable diameter of the well, number of droplets in the well, and size of each droplet. Also, monolayer formation may be promoted by selecting a carrier fluid composition that is less dense than the fluid phase of the droplets, such that the droplets sink to the bottom of the well. Monolayer formation also may be promoted by spinning plate 1364 in a centrifuge.
Slide 1384 may define an imaging chamber 1388 and a viewing window 1390 adjacent the imaging chamber. The imaging chamber may have a high aspect ratio, with a length and width that are many times the height/thickness of the chamber. Accordingly, imaging chamber 1388 may be sized to form a monolayer of droplets 1386 adjacent viewing window 1390, which may be formed by a bottom wall 1392 of the slide (see
Imaging chamber 1388 may be connected to a pair of ports 1396, 1398, which may permit an emulsion to be introduced into and removed from the chamber (see
In other embodiments, droplet imaging may be performed with a slide that lacks a chamber. For example, a cover slip may be utilized with the slide to form a monolayer of droplets between the slide and the cover slip. In this case, the slide may, for example, be a standard microscope slide, a slide with a shallow well formed in one of its faces, a slide with projections that space the cover slip from a planar surface of the slide, or the like.
Imaging system 1380 may be configured to image two or more slides 1384 serially or in parallel. Accordingly, imager 1382 may have an imaging area sufficient to encompass the viewing windows of two or more slides at the same time. Alternatively, or in addition, imager 1382 may be operatively coupled to a slide exchanger that can position a set of slides serially in an imaging area of the imager, by adding each slide to the imaging area for imaging, and then removing the slide from the imaging area after imaging.
N. Additional Embodiments
This example describes additional aspects of system architecture, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure, presented without limitation as a series of numbered sentences.
(i). Flow System
1. A system for analyzing a sample, comprising (A) a droplet generator configured to generate droplets containing portions of a sample to be analyzed, the droplets being disposed in an immiscible fluid forming a sample emulsion, (B) a heating and cooling station having a fluid inlet and a fluid outlet, (C) a detection station downstream from the heating and cooling station, (D) a channel forming a single-pass continuous fluid route from the fluid inlet to the fluid outlet of the heating and cooling station, (E) a pump for moving the sample emulsion through the channel, (F) a controller programmed to operate fluid transport through the channel, and (G) an analyzer configured to process data collected at the detection station.
2. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the detection system is situated to detect presence of target in the sample emulsion after passing through the heating and cooling system.
3. The system of paragraph 1 further comprising a droplet reservoir, a first fluid conduit connecting the droplet generator to the reservoir, and a second fluid conduit connecting the reservoir to the fluid inlet of the heating and cooling station.
4. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is adapted for single-use detachable connection to the heating and cooling station without exposing the heating and cooling station to contamination from sample contained in the sample emulsion.
5. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is configured to generate the sample emulsion external to the heating and cooling station.
6. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the heating and cooling station includes multiple heating zones along the fluid route configured for performing a polymerase chain reaction on a nucleic acid target contained in a droplet.
7. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the heating and cooling station includes at least one thermoelectric cooler. 8. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the controller is programmed to adjust the droplet generator to alter droplet size based on data received from the detection station.
9. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the controller is programmed to alter sample concentration prior to droplet generation based on data received from the detection station.
10. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the controller is programmed to alter a sample preparation procedure prior to droplet generation in the droplet generator based on data received from the detection station.
11. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the analyzer is programmed to determine a concentration of a target molecule in the sample based at least partially on the frequency of droplets containing the target out of a population of droplets containing sample portions.
12. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator includes a sample reservoir, an oil source, an oil/sample intersection, and an emulsion outlet, the emulsion outlet having a distal end portion adapted for detachable sealed engagement with a receiving port on the heating and cooling station.
13. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is contained in a cartridge having at least one piston for driving emulsification.
14. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is contained in a cartridge having at least one piston for pumping sample emulsion through the channel network.
15. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the channel includes a helical capillary tube portion passing through the heating and cooling station.
16. The system of paragraph 15, wherein the capillary tube portion has a diameter approximately equal to the diameter of droplets generated by the droplet generator.
17. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the capillary tube portion includes a hot-start segment passing through a hot-start zone prior to a denaturation zone in the heating and cooling station.
18. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the heating and cooling station includes thermoelectric coolers configured for controlling temperatures in heating and cooling zones by transferring heat between a thermal core and the heating and cooling zones.
19. The system of paragraph 15, wherein the helical capillary tube portion defines a helical path that decreases in length over successive cycles.
20. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the heating and cooling station includes (a) a core defining a central longitudinal axis, (b) a plurality of segments attached to the core and defining a plurality of temperature regions; and (c) a plurality of heating elements configured to maintain each temperature region approximately at a desired temperature, a portion of the channel configured to transport a sample emulsion cyclically through the temperature regions.
21. The system of paragraph 20, wherein the plurality of segments includes a plurality of inner segments defining the plurality of temperature regions and a plurality of outer segments attached to the inner segments, and wherein the portion of the channel is disposed between the inner and outer segments.
22. The system of paragraph 21, wherein the portion of channel includes fluidic tubing that wraps around the inner segments.
23. The system of paragraph 21, wherein the fluidic tubing is disposed in grooves of the inner segments that wrap substantially helically around the inner segments.
24. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is contained in a disposable cartridge.
25. The system of paragraph 24, wherein the cartridge includes a cell lysing region, a separating region, a reagent mixing region, and a droplet generation region for extracting nucleic acid from a sample and formation of droplets into a heat stable sample emulsion.
26. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the channel has open ends for permitting continuous flow of a sample emulsion.
27. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is capable of generating a heat stable sample emulsion.
(ii). Droplet Generator Plate
1. A device for generating an array of emulsions, comprising a plate including one or more oil reservoirs and forming an array of emulsion generator units, each unit including a sample port, a droplet collection site, and a channel intersection that receives a sample from the sample port and a carrier fluid from at least one oil reservoir and generates an emulsion of sample droplets in the carrier fluid that flows to the droplet collection site.
2. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the sample port is a well that permits sample loading from above the plate.
3. The device of paragraph 1, wherein each emulsion generator unit includes at least one oil reservoir. 4. The device of paragraph 3, wherein the at least one oil reservoir is a well that permits loading of the carrier fluid from above the plate.
5. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the sample ports collectively form a port array, and wherein the port array is arranged in correspondence with wells of a standard microplate. 6. The device of paragraph 5, wherein the plate has 96 sample ports.
7. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the channel intersection includes a pair of oil inlets, and wherein the pair of oil inlets connect to one or more oil reservoirs.
8. The device of paragraph 7, wherein channel intersection includes a sample inlet that receives sample from the sample port, and wherein the pair of oil inlets flank the sample inlet on opposing sides of the sample inlet.
9. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet collection site includes a well.
10. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet collection site defines a cavity bounded by walls of the plate disposed above and below the cavity.
11. The device of paragraph 10, wherein the cavity has a height that corresponds in size to the droplets such that a substantial monolayer of the droplets is formed in the cavity when the emulsion flows into the cavity.
12. The device of paragraph 10, wherein the cavity has a width and a thickness, and wherein the width is at least about ten times the thickness.
13. The device of paragraph 10, wherein an outlet channel extends from the channel intersection to the droplet collection site, wherein the plate defines a plane, and wherein the cavity and the outlet channel each have a width measured parallel to the plane, and wherein the width of the cavity is substantially greater than the width of the outlet channel.
14. The device of paragraph 10, wherein the cavity is a chamber, and wherein the chamber is connected to a vent that permits escape of gas from the chamber as the emulsion flows into the chamber.
15. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet collection site defines a cavity and includes a window formed by a transparent wall of the plate adjacent to the cavity, and wherein the window permits optical detection, through the transparent wall, of droplets in the cavity.
16. The device of paragraph 15, wherein the window is formed below the cavity.
17. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the plate includes an upper member attached to a lower member, wherein the upper member defines the sample port, wherein an upper region of the channel intersection is formed in a bottom surface of the upper member, and wherein the lower member is attached to the bottom surface to form a bottom wall of the channel intersection.
18. The device of paragraph 1, further comprising a cover that assembles with the plate to seal the sample ports.
19. The device of paragraph 1, wherein the emulsion generator units are arranged in rows and columns with two or more units per row and per column.
(iii). Batch Array Method
1. A method of sample analysis, comprising (A) forming an array of emulsions, each emulsion including partitions of a respective sample disposed in droplets; (B) applying heat to the emulsions while they are disposed in the array, to induce nucleic acid amplification in droplets of the emulsions; (C) detecting signals from droplets of each emulsion; and (D) estimating a presence, if any, of a nucleic acid target in each respective sample based on the signals detected.
2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of forming includes a step of generating the emulsions with a plate that includes an array of emulsion generator units.
3. The method of paragraph 2, wherein the plate includes a plurality of reservoirs to hold the respective samples, and wherein the step of generating includes a step of applying pressure to the plurality of reservoirs after placing the respective samples into the reservoirs. 4. The method of paragraph 2, wherein the step of generating includes a step of spinning the plate in a centrifuge.
5. The method of paragraph 2, wherein the step of forming includes a step of removing each emulsion from the plate and disposing such emulsion at a position within the array.
6. The method of paragraph 2, wherein the plate defines an array of sample ports that open upwardly, and wherein the step of generating includes a step of disposing each respective sample in a sample port.
7. The method of paragraph 2, wherein the step of applying heat is performed with the emulsions held in the array by the plate.
8. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of applying heat is performed with the emulsion disposed in a cavity, wherein the cavity has a width and a thickness, and wherein the width is many times the thickness.
9. The method of paragraph 8, wherein the width is at least about ten times the thickness.
10. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of applying heat includes a step of heating the emulsions to a temperature sufficient to melt nucleic acid duplexes in the droplets.
11. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of applying heat includes a step of thermally cycling the array of emulsions to induce amplification by PCR.
12. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of detecting signals includes a step of imaging droplets of each emulsion.
13. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the step of imaging droplets is performed while the emulsions are still disposed in the array.
14. The method of paragraph 13, wherein the step of forming includes (a) a step of generating droplets of each emulsion with a plate and (b) a step of collecting the emulsions in an array of chambers defined by the plate, wherein the step of applying heat is performed while the emulsions are disposed in the array of chambers, and wherein the step of imaging is performed through a transparent window formed by a wall of the plate adjacent to each chamber.
15. The method of paragraph 11, wherein the step of thermally cycling is performed without sealing the plate from above after disposing the emulsions in the array of chambers.
16. The method of paragraph 1, further comprising a step of transferring at least a portion of each emulsion out of the array and to a detection station after the step of applying heat.
17. The method of paragraph 16, wherein the step of transferring is performed serially with the emulsions.
18. The method of paragraph 16, wherein the step of transferring is performed with an autosampler.
19. The method of paragraph 16, wherein the step of detecting signals includes a step of detecting droplet signals serially as droplets flow past a detection window.
20. The method of paragraph 16, wherein the step of detecting includes a step of imaging droplets.
21. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of estimating a presence provides a qualitative determination of whether the nucleic acid target is present or absent in the respective sample.
22. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of estimating a presence includes a step of estimating a concentration and/or a copy number of the nucleic acid target in the respective sample.
23. The method of paragraph 22, wherein the step of estimating a presence includes a step of assigning a starting copy number of two or more molecules of a nucleic acid target to at least one of the droplets based on one or more detected signals.
24. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of estimating includes a step of utilizing an algorithm based on Poisson statistics.
25. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of applying heat induces nucleic acid amplification of respective different species of nucleic acid target in at least two of the emulsions.
26. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of applying heat induces nucleic acid amplification of two or more distinct species of nucleic acid target in at least one of the emulsions, and wherein the step of estimating includes a step of estimating a presence for each of the distinct species of nucleic acid target.
(iv). Single Emulsion—Batch Amplification
1. A method of sample analysis, comprising (A) forming an emulsion including droplets disposed in a carrier fluid, each droplet containing a partition of a sample prepared as a reaction mixture for amplification of a nucleic acid target; (B) disposing at least a portion of the emulsion in a chamber that is many times wider than an average diameter of the droplets; (C) applying heat to the at least a portion of the emulsion disposed in the chamber to induce nucleic acid amplification in droplets; (D) detecting signals from droplets of the emulsion; and (E) estimating a presence, if any, of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on the signals detected.
2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the emulsion flows continuously into the chamber from a site of droplet generation.
3. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of applying heat includes a step of thermal cycling the at least a portion of the emulsion to induce PCR amplification of the nucleic acid target.
4. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the chamber is at least about ten times wider than the average diameter of the droplets.
5. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of detecting signals includes a step of collecting an image of a plurality of the droplets.
6. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of detecting signals includes a step of detecting signals serially from the droplets as such droplets are traveling through a detection station.
7. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplets form a substantial monolayer in the chamber.
8. The method of paragraph 7, wherein the average separation between adjacent pairs of droplets in the chamber is less than an average diameter of the droplets.
(v). System for Batch Amplification
1. A system for sample analysis, comprising (A) a droplet generator that forms an emulsion including droplets that each contain a partition of a sample prepared as a reaction mixture for amplification of a nucleic acid target; (B) an emulsion holder defining a cavity to contain at least a portion of the emulsion, the cavity being many times wider than an average diameter of the droplets; (C) a heating station to apply heat to the at least a portion of the emulsion disposed in the cavity to induce nucleic acid amplification in droplets; (D) a detection station to detect signals from droplets of the emulsion; and (E) a controller in communication with the detection station and programmed to estimate a presence, if any, of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on the signals detected.
2. The system of paragraph 1, further comprising a plate including the droplet generator and a plurality of other droplet generators.
3. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the emulsion holder is connected to the droplet generator such that generated droplets flow continuously into the cavity.
4. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the detection station includes at least one detection chamber and at least one imaging device to collect images of droplets disposed in the detection chamber.
5. The system of paragraph 1, further comprising a fluid transfer device to transfer droplets from the cavity to the detection station.
6. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the fluid transfer device is a manually controlled pipette.
7. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the fluid transfer device is an autosampler.
8. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the cavity has a thickness that corresponds to the average diameter of the droplets such that the droplets form a substantial monolayer in the cavity.
9. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the cavity is a chamber.
10. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the cavity is at least ten times wider than the average diameter of the droplets.
(vi). High Throughput System
1. A system for droplet-based sample analysis, comprising (A) a sample input station to hold a plurality of emulsions each including partitions of a respective sample disposed in droplets; (B) a heating station to apply heat to droplets to induce amplification of a nucleic acid target, if present, in individual droplets; (C) a detection station to detect signals from droplets that have been heated by the heating station; (D) a fluidics network connecting the sample input station, the heating station, and the detection station, to provide fluid flow from the sample input station to the heating station and the detection station; and (E) a controller programmed to control an order in which packets of droplets from the emulsions are transferred from the sample input station to the heating station, and to estimate a presence of a nucleic acid target in samples corresponding to the packets based on signals from the detection station.
2. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the fluidics network includes a holding station to store packets of droplets upstream from the heating station.
3. The system of paragraph 2, wherein the controller is programmed to control a sequence in which packets are transferred into the holding station from the sample input station and also to control a sequence in which such packets are loaded into the heating station from the holding station.
4. The system of paragraph 3, wherein at least a portion of at least one of the sequences is selected by the controller based on signals detected by the detection station.
5. The system of paragraph 2, wherein the holding station includes a plurality of discrete storage sites, and wherein the controller is programmed to control loading of packets into the storage sites and unloading of the packets from the storage sites.
6. The system of paragraph 5, wherein holding station is designed to permit loading the storage sites with packets in an arbitrary order and unloading the packets from the storage sites in an arbitrary order.
7. The system of paragraph 2, wherein the holding station includes at least one heater configured to apply heat to packets disposed in the holding station.
8. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the controller is programmed to control formation of a spacer segment of fluid in the fluidics network between adjacent packets of droplets as the adjacent packets are introduced into the fluidics network from the sample input station.
9. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the fluidics network includes an autosampler that picks up packets of droplets from the sample input region and loads such packets into the heating station. 10. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the controller is programmed to receive inputs from a user selecting a sequence and to control transfer of packets to the heating station according to the sequence.
11. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the detection station detects signals from droplets disposed in a flow stream. 11. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the detection station collects images of droplets.
12. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the detection station detects fluorescence signals from droplets.
(vii). Batch System I
1. A system for sample analysis, comprising (A) at least one droplet generator that forms a plurality of emulsions including droplets that each contain a sample partition prepared as a reaction mixture for amplification of a nucleic acid target; (B) a plate defining an array of cavities to hold the emulsions; (C) a heating and cooling device to heat the emulsions disposed in the cavities to induce nucleic acid amplification in droplets; (D) a detection assembly to detect signals from intact droplets of the emulsions; and (E) a controller in communication with the detection assembly and programmed to estimate a presence, if any, of the nucleic acid target in a sample based on signals detected from the intact droplets.
2. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is integrated with the plate.
3. The system of paragraph 2, wherein each cavity is supplied by a separate droplet generator.
4. The system of paragraph 2, wherein each cavity is supplied by the same droplet generator.
5. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is not part of the plate.
6. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator includes at least one oil reservoir, a sample reservoir, and a fluid path from each reservoir to at least one cavity.
7. The system of paragraph 1, further comprising a pressure source that drives droplet generation.
8. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the detection assembly is configured to detect signals from droplets while disposed in the cavities.
9. The system of paragraph 1, further comprising a fluid transfer device configured to transfer droplets from the cavities to a detection site of the detection assembly.
10. The system of paragraph 9, wherein the detection site is separate from the plate.
11. The system of paragraph 9, wherein the detection assembly is configured to detect droplets serially.
12. The system of paragraph 9, wherein the detection assembly is configured to image batches of droplets.
13. The system of paragraph 12, wherein the detection assembly is configured to image droplet batches serially, each droplet batch corresponding to a different emulsion.
14. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the detection assembly includes confocal optics.
15. The system of paragraph 1, wherein each cavity is bounded above and below by walls of the plate.
16. The system of paragraph 1, wherein each cavity is bounded by a transparent wall of the plate that permits detection of droplets in such cavity through the transparent wall.
17. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator includes a sample reservoir that opens upwardly to permit sample loading from above the plate.
18. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the cavity is a well, further comprising a sealing member to seal the well.
19. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator includes one or more orifices from which the droplets are generated serially.
20. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is configured to form droplets that are monodisperse.
21. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the controller is configured to estimate the presence of the nucleic acid target based on a percentage of droplets that are determined to be positive for amplification of the nucleic acid target.
(viii). Batch System II
1. A system for sample analysis, comprising (A) a droplet generator including an oil reservoir, a sample reservoir, a cavity, and a channel intersection that receives a sample from the sample reservoir and a carrier fluid from the oil reservoir and generates droplets that flow to the cavity as an emulsion; and (B) a heating device to heat the droplet generator to induce nucleic acid amplification in droplets of the emulsion in the cavity.
2. The system of paragraph 1, further comprising a plate that includes the droplet generator and a plurality of other droplet generators.
3. The system of paragraph 1, further comprising a pressure source that drives droplet generation.
4. The system of paragraph 3, wherein the pressure source includes a manifold that forms a sealed relation with the droplet generator.
5. The system of paragraph 1, further comprising a detection assembly to detect signals from droplets of the emulsion.
6. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the detection assembly is configured to detect signals from droplets while the droplets are disposed in the cavity.
7. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the detection assembly is configured to detect signals from the droplets while the droplet generator is thermally coupled to the heating device.
8. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the detection assembly is configured to image a batch of droplets.
9. The system of paragraph 8, wherein the detection assembly includes confocal optics.
10. The system of paragraph 5, further comprising a controller in communication with the detection assembly and programmed to estimate a presence, if any, of a nucleic acid target in the sample based on the signals detected.
11. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the heating device includes a temperature-controlled chamber that receives the droplet generator.
12. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the heating device is a heating and cooling device that thermally cycles the droplet generator to induce PCR amplification in the droplets of the emulsion in the cavity.
13. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the cavity is bounded above and below by walls of the droplet generator.
14. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the cavity is bounded by a transparent wall of the droplet generator that permits detection of droplets in the cavity through the transparent wall.
15. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the cavity is a well, further comprising a sealing member to seal the well.
(ix). Miscellaneous 1
1. A method of sample analysis, comprising (A) generating a plurality of droplets from a sample, each droplet containing a mixture to test occurrence of a reaction; (B) storing a packet of the droplets for a selectable time period; (C) introducing at least a portion of the packet into a channel after the step of storing; (D) subjecting the portion of the packet to one more conditions that promote occurrence of the reaction by moving the at least a portion of the packet along the channel; and (E) performing, after the step of subjecting and on each of a plurality of droplets of the at least a portion of the packet, at least one measurement related to occurrence of the reaction.
2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of generating includes a step of generating the plurality of droplets by fluid flow from at least one orifice.
3. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of generating includes a step of generating droplets with each droplet capable of amplification of a nucleic acid target, if present, in the droplet, wherein the step of subjecting includes a step of subjecting the at least a portion of the packet to conditions that promote amplification of the nucleic acid target in droplets of the at least a portion of the packet, and wherein the step of performing includes a step of performing the at least one measurement to permit determination of whether amplification of the nucleic acid target occurred in individual droplets. 4. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of storing includes a step of storing the packet of droplets in a compartment that is in fluid isolation from the channel, and wherein the step of introducing includes a step of placing the compartment and the channel in fluid communication with one another.
5. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the packet of droplets is disposed in a volume of carrier fluid, wherein the step of storing includes a step of stopping flow of the volume of carrier fluid, and wherein the step of introducing includes a step of starting flow of at least a portion of the volume of carrier fluid.
6. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of subjecting includes a step of thermally cycling the at least a portion of the packet.
7. The method of paragraph 1, further comprising (1) a step of determining a number of droplets in which amplification of a nucleic acid target occurred based on data obtained from the step of performing, and (2) a step of estimating a total presence of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on the number of droplets.
8. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the steps of storing, introducing, subjecting, and performing are performed with a plurality of different packets, and wherein the packets are introduced serially into the channel.
9. The method of paragraph 8, further a step of selecting a relative order in which at least two of the different packets are introduced into the channel.
10. The method of paragraph 9, wherein the step of selecting is based on a result obtained based on the step of performing with droplets of another packet.
11. A method of sample analysis for a nucleic acid target, comprising (A) generating a plurality of droplets from a sample, each droplet being capable of amplification of a nucleic acid target, if present, in the droplet; (B) storing a packet of the droplets for a selectable time period; (C) introducing at least a portion of the stored packet into a channel; (D) moving the portion of the packet along the channel such that the portion is subjected to conditions that promote amplification of the nucleic acid target in droplets of the portion; and (E) performing at least one measurement related to amplification of the nucleic acid target on each of a plurality of droplets after the step of moving. 12. A method of sample analysis, comprising (A) providing a channel, an array of samples, an array of reagents, and predefined flow paths connecting all of the samples and reagents to the channel, to permit selection of any combination of sample and reagent from the arrays; (B) selecting a combination of a sample from the array of samples and a reagent from the array of reagents; (C) generating droplets each including the combination and containing an assay mixture to be tested for occurrence of a reaction involving the sample and the reagent selected; (D) introducing a plurality of the droplets into the channel; (E) subjecting the plurality of droplets to one or more conditions that promote occurrence of the reaction while moving the plurality of droplets along the channel; and (F) performing at least one measurement related to occurrence of the reaction on one or more of the plurality of droplets after the step of subjecting.
14. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the combination is a first combination, further comprising a step of selecting a second combination of sample and reagent from the arrays, wherein the steps of generating, introducing, subjecting, and performing are repeated with the second combination.
15. The method of paragraph 14, wherein the second combination is selected based on a result obtained using data from the step of performing at least measurement on the first combination.
16. The method of paragraph 14, further comprising a step of changing the array of samples to add or subtract at least one sample, the array of reagents to add or subtract at least one reagent, or both, and wherein the step of selecting a second combination selects a combination after the step of changing.
17. The method of paragraph 16, wherein the step of changing is performed while the step of subjecting is performed with the first combination.
18. The method of paragraph 14, wherein the step of selecting a second combination of sample and reagent is performed based on a user command received after the step of selecting a first combination.
19. The method of paragraph 18, wherein the user command is received during the step of subjecting with the first combination.
20. The method of paragraph 19, wherein the step of introducing for the first combination is performed until a predefined condition is satisfied if the user command is not received, and wherein the step of introducing is interrupted by the user command before the predefined condition is satisfied.
21. The method of paragraph 20, wherein the predefined condition is a predefined number of droplets introduced, a predefined time interval during which droplets are introduced, or both.
22. The method of paragraph 14, wherein the array of reagents includes different pairs of primers for amplification of different nucleic acid targets.
23. A method of sample analysis, comprising (A) providing a channel, an array of samples, an array of reagents, and predefined flow paths connecting all of the samples and reagents to the channel; (B) selecting first and second combinations of sample and reagent from the arrays; (C) generating a first packet of droplets each including the first combination and a second packet of droplets each including the second combination; (D) introducing a plurality of droplets of the first packet and of the second packet serially into the channel; (E) subjecting the plurality of droplets of each packet to one or more conditions that promote occurrence of a reaction involving the first combination or the second combination while moving each plurality of droplets along the channel; and (F) performing at least one measurement related to occurrence of the reaction on one or more of the plurality of droplets after the step of subjecting.
24. An apparatus for sample analysis, comprising (A) an adjustable number of ports to receive samples; (B) an adjustable number of sites to hold reagents; (C) a channel that extends through one or more temperature-controlled zones and that connects to the ports and the sites by predefined flow paths; (D) a droplet generator that generates droplets of a selected combination of a sample and a reagent for introduction into the channel; (E) a detector positioned to provide one or more measurements on droplets of the selected combination after the droplets have been disposed in at least one temperature-controlled zone; and (F) a controller that controls combination of samples with reagents.
(x). Miscellaneous 2
1. A system for generating microdroplets comprising (A) a sample-containing apparatus comprising a sample containing chamber and a first microfluidic channel having an inlet end and an outlet end, wherein the inlet end of the first microfluidic channel is connected to the sample containing chamber; and (B) a microdroplet generator apparatus comprising the outlet end of the first microfluidic channel, a second microfluidic channel having an inlet end, and a spacer region that is filled with an immiscible fluid, wherein the outlet end of the first microfluidic channel forms one wall of the microdroplet generator apparatus, the inlet end of the second microfluidic channel forms another wall of the microdroplet generator region, and the spacer region separates the first microfluidic channel outlet end from the second microfluidic channel inlet end such that the first microfluidic channel outlet end only contacts the immiscible fluid.
2. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the sample containing apparatus is removable.
3. The system of paragraph 1, wherein the immiscible fluid is an oil.
4. A method of nucleic acid amplification comprising (A) diluting or concentrating a sample comprising a plurality of nucleic acid targets and components for performing nucleic acid amplification; (B) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid in a capillary tube, wherein a plurality of microdroplets containing a single nucleic acid template from the plurality of nucleic acid targets is formed, and wherein the tube has a first open end for fluid inlet and a second open end for fluid outlet to permit a continuous flow; and (C) amplifying the single nucleic acid template in the microdroplets by heating and cooling such that a plurality of single nucleic acid templates within the microdroplets are amplified.
5. The method of paragraph 4, wherein the microdroplets comprise at least 2 different size microdroplets.
6. The method of paragraph 4, wherein a first microdroplet size is between 20 and 100 microns, and a second microdroplet size is between 100 and 250 microns.
7. A method of nucleic acid amplification of a sample, comprising (A) providing a biological sample; (B) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid in a capillary tube, wherein the microdroplets comprise nucleic acids and components for performing nucleic acid amplification and wherein the tube has a first open end for fluid inlet and a second open end for fluid outlet to permit a continuous flow and the tube is in contact with at least two solid heating blocks, wherein the heating blocks are maintained at different temperatures and the temperature of at least one heating block is controlled by a thermoelectric controller; (C) moving the microdroplets through the tube; and (D) thermally cycling the microdroplets in the tube to amplify the nucleic acids.
8. A sequence detection system able to detect a single nucleic acid mutation using the method of (A) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid in a capillary tube, wherein a plurality of microdroplets containing a single nucleic acid template from the plurality of nucleic acid targets is formed; (B) amplifying the single nucleic acid template in the microdroplets by heating and cooling such that a plurality of single nucleic acid templates within the microdroplets are amplified; and (C) detecting the presence or absence of a nucleic acid mutation through the method of enzymatic nucleic acid amplification or ligation; wherein detection of a single nucleic acid mutation has>10% better signal discrimination compared to real-time PCR.
9. A sequence detection system able to accurately detect the absolute concentration of a target nucleic acid using the method of (A) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid in a capillary tube, wherein a plurality of microdroplets containing a single nucleic acid template from the plurality of nucleic acid targets is formed; (B) amplifying the single nucleic acid template in the microdroplets by heating and cooling such that a plurality of single nucleic acid templates within the microdroplets are amplified; and (C) detecting the presence or absence of a target nucleic acid through the method of fluorescently detecting a signal generated by an enzymatic nucleic acid amplification or ligation reaction within the intact droplet; wherein detection of the absolute concentration of the target nucleic acid has>10% better quantitative resolution compared to real-time PCR or quantitative PCR, and/or an adjustable quantitative resolution based on the total number of droplets and target nucleic acid molecules processed.
10. A sequence detection system able to accurately detect the concentration of a target nucleic acid using the method of (A) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid in a capillary tube, wherein a plurality of microdroplets containing a single nucleic acid template from the plurality of nucleic acid targets is formed; (B) amplifying the single nucleic acid template in the microdroplets by heating and cooling such that a plurality of single nucleic acid templates within the microdroplets are amplified; and (C) detecting the presence or absence of a target nucleic acid through the method of fluorescently detecting a signal generated by an enzymatic nucleic acid amplification or ligation reaction within the intact droplet; wherein detection of small changes (<40%) in the absolute concentration of a target nucleic acid within a sample or between samples.
11. A sequence detection system able to detect a gene copy number variation using the method of (A) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid, wherein a plurality of microdroplets containing a single nucleic acid template from the plurality of nucleic acid targets is formed; (B) amplifying the single nucleic acid template in the microdroplets by heating and cooling such that a plurality of single nucleic acid templates within the microdroplets are amplified; and (C) detecting the number of gene insertions or deletions in a genome through the method of counting the number of PCR amplicons of the target gene relative to the number of PCR amplicons of a reference gene having a known number of gene copies per genome; wherein detection of a target gene copy number per genome has better signal discrimination compared to relative quantification (delta cycle threshold or delta delta cycle threshold) by real time PCR in its ability to discriminate single copy differences where the number or copies of the target gene is greater than 2 but less than 20.
12. A sequence detection system able to detect a low abundant single nucleotide mutation using the method of (A) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid, wherein a plurality of microdroplets containing a single nucleic acid template from the plurality of nucleic acid targets is formed; (B) producing microdroplets within an immiscible fluid, wherein a plurality of microdroplets containing a single nucleic acid template from the plurality of nucleic acid targets is formed wherein in partitioning the sample reduces the ratio of target nucleic acid to competing background nucleic acids; (C) amplifying the single nucleic acid template in the microdroplets by heating and cooling such that a plurality of single nucleic acid templates within the microdroplets are amplified; and (D) detecting a single nucleotide mutation in a genetic sequence; wherein detection of a single nucleotide mutation has at least ten times better signal discrimination compared by real time PCR in its ability to detect a mutant genome possessing a single point mutation where the relative concentration of mutant genetic sequence is less than or equal to 0.1% of the wild type genome.
(xi). Miscellaneous 3
1. A method of performing asynchronous sequential high-throughput PCR, comprising (A) providing one or more biological samples; (B) dividing each of the one or more samples into one or more droplets using one or more droplet generators; (C) isolating and storing the one or more droplets from each of the one or more samples, thereby forming a droplet packet from each of the samples; and (D) sequentially selecting at least a portion of each of the packets and causing the portion to a flow through a thermal cycling device.
2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the method further includes at least one of (A) random access, (B) result-driven, on-demand triage/diagnostics, (C) asynchronous loading, (D) stat mode, (E) a flexible number of samples, (F) a flexible number of reagents, and (G) digital PCR.
3. An apparatus, comprising (A) an injection molded portion comprising at least a channel for transporting a biological sample and a second channel for receiving a droplet carrier fluid, partitioning the sample into one or more sample droplets, and directing the droplets to an outlet, and (B) an instrument portion comprising an inlet for receiving the droplets from the outlet a thermal cycler, and a detector; wherein together the injection molded and the instrument portions perform one or more nucleic acid assays.
4. The apparatus of paragraph 3, further comprising at least one of a droplet generator, a bead blender, a low-cost disposable, and a reservoir or holding coil at the outlet.
III. Sample Preparation/Cartridge
This Section describes exemplary systems for sample preparation, including cartridges for sample lysis and droplet generation.
It may be desirable to separate an enzymatic amplification system such as a PCR-based DNA amplification system into disposable and nondisposable components, for example, by creating a disposable cartridge or other disposable vessel that would prepare and present samples to a nondisposable PCR instrument or other reader. Such a separation could facilitate rapid and low-cost DNA testing and analysis. The disposable cartridge may be designed as a single-use cartridge, to avoid the possibility of cross contamination between samples. Although the terms “cartridge” or “disposable cartridge” will be used to reference the disposable portion of the DNA amplification system, the disposable portion generally may take various forms, and need not be rectangular or symmetric in any particular manner or dimension.
A suitable disposable cartridge will be configured to receive a sample and to prepare (or at least partially prepare) the sample for amplification and analysis, prior to PCR thermocycling and amplification. The cartridge may include an interface configured to pass the prepared sample to a non-disposable portion of the system, which generally will be referred to as an “instrument,” for subsequent PCR amplification and analysis steps. In some cases, the interface between the cartridge and the instrument also may be configured to transfer various fluids, such as oil and/or aqueous fluid, from the instrument to the cartridge, to “prime” or partially prime the cartridge for sample preparation. In other cases, the cartridge may be partially or entirely pre-primed with fluids, so that fluid transfer from the instrument is not necessary.
A disposable cartridge according to the present disclosure may be configured to generate droplets or packets of droplets, each containing a mixture of sample and reagent, which then may be transported from the disposable cartridge to the related instrument for rapid serial injection into a continuous flow thermal cycler. The cartridge or other disposable vessel then may be removed from the system and discarded. The cartridge may be configured to perform sample preparation steps relatively quickly, as measured by sample throughput from the cartridge to the PCR instrument. For example, a cartridge according to the present disclosure may be configured to perform sample preparation in a time of less than 5 minutes per sample, to achieve throughput of at least 10 samples per hour. The cartridge also may be constructed from and function in conjunction with non-hazardous materials, to minimize environmental impact.
At step 1602 of method 1600, a sample is collected for subsequent analysis. This is typically done by a medical practitioner, a law enforcement agent, a scientist, or some other person with reason to collect a sample for nucleic acid analysis. The sample may, for example, be collected using a sample collector, such as a swab, a sample card, a specimen drawing needle, a pipette, a syringe, and/or by any other suitable method. Furthermore, pre-collected samples may be stored in wells such as a single well or an array of wells in a plate, may be dried and/or frozen, may be put into an aerosol form, or may take the form of a culture or tissue sample prepared on a slide. Such pre-collected samples then may be obtained and prepared for droplet-based processing in a disposable cartridge. The collected sample typically will include one or more cells, bacteria, viruses, or other material potentially or actually containing a target sequence of nucleotides suitable for PCR amplification.
At step 1604, the collected sample is extracted from the sample collector. This may be accomplished, for example, by transferring the sample from the sample collector using a pipette, a syringe, or the like, or by soaking and/or rinsing a sample collector in one or more suitable solutions, such as a digestive buffer solution, a lysis buffer solution, or an appropriate binder-containing solution, among others. Extraction may occur within a chamber of the disposable portion of the PCR system, in which case the sample will be transferred to the cartridge, as indicated at step 1606 of method 1600, prior to extraction. Alternatively, extraction may occur outside of the cartridge, and the resulting sample or sample-containing solution then may be transferred to the cartridge. In either case, the cartridge may be configured to perform various additional sample preparation steps, as described below.
At steps 1608 and 1610, the extracted sample, which is now disposed in a sample chamber within the cartridge, is purified and lysed. These steps may be performed at different times, simultaneously, or approximately simultaneously. Furthermore, purification may be performed either before or after lysing, and in some instances two or more separate purification steps may be performed, one before lysing and one after lysing. Purification generally includes some form of filtering to remove unwanted components from the sample while leaving the desired target components relatively unaffected, and lysing generally includes disruption of the sample constituents (e.g., by breaking the cellular membranes) to expose target DNA for amplification, typically involving some form of physical blending or stirring of the sample-containing mixture. For example, lysing may proceed through bulk mixing such as agitation, magnetic stirring, and/or aspiration, or through microfluidic mixing of various types such as forcing the sample through a tortuous path, electromagnetic bombardment, sonication, and/or convection. The fluid containing the contents of the lysed sample may be referred to as a lysate.
Depending on whether a particular purification step is performed before or after lysing, the method of purification may vary. For example, purification prior to lysing may be configured to capture relatively large target-containing material, such as bacteria or other cells. Purification at this stage may, for example, include filtering the sample-containing solution through an aperture-based filter with a characteristic aperture size smaller than the characteristic size of the target-containing cells, to retain the cells or other target material within the sample chamber while removing other, smaller waste material. On the other hand, purification after lysing may be configured to capture relatively small target material, such as DNA or partial nucleic acid sequences. Accordingly, post-lysing purification may include filtration through a smaller filter, and/or affinity capture of DNA or other target material, to retain target material within the sample while removing other, larger waste material. In some cases, such as when purification steps are performed both before and after lysing, two or more different types of filters, including aperture-based filters and/or affinity-based filters, may be used.
At step 1612, the partially processed sample (i.e., the lysate) is concentrated. This step is generally accomplished by separating excess fluid in the lysate from the target DNA or DNA-containing material, for example, by filtering, ethanol precipitation, butanol extraction, or affinity capture, among others. In any case, the result of the concentration step is a greater density of target material per unit volume of fluid. Concentration of the sample at this stage may result in a detectable amplified target after relatively fewer PCR amplification cycles than would be necessary without concentration.
At step 1614, a PCR reagent mixture including appropriate enzymes and DNA primers is mixed with the sample. These reagent constituents are selected to facilitate DNA amplification of a particular target in conjunction with cyclical temperature changes (i.e., thermocycling). The reagent mixture may be combined with the sample in fluid form, or it may be lyophilized (freeze-dried) and converted into a powder, a pellet, or any other convenient form. To form a lyophilized reagent, suitable stabilizing and/or sedimenting agents may be combined with the PCR enzymes and DNA primers.
Two or more reagents may be mixed with the sample at step 1614, to form either a single sample/reagent mixture containing multiple reagents, or multiple mixtures each containing a single reagent. A single mixture containing multiple reagents may, for example, allow screening for multiple targets simultaneously, whereas multiple mixtures each containing a single reagent may be configured for PCR amplification of several different DNA targets, or (when two or more of the mixtures contain the same reagent) to provide experimental control, for instance, by allowing multiple PCR amplification and/or detection techniques to be applied to the same sample/reagent mixture. When multiple sample/reagent mixtures are used, the different mixtures may be separately prepared and/or separately tracked through the system.
At step 1616, droplets containing the sample and the reagent are generated, typically in aqueous form within an oil-based emulsion. The generated droplets may contain a mixture of sample and reagent, either activated or not activated (i.e., either requiring or not requiring an additional activation step before PCR amplification begins), or the droplets each may contain sample and reagent that are separated from each other, for example, by a thin membrane, such as an oil membrane. When more than one sample/reagent mixture is present, droplets containing each of the various mixtures may be separately produced and tracked. Common modes of droplet generation include flow focusing, jetting, and shearing. Using these techniques, stable droplets may be created at throughputs of 10-1000 Hz with tunable volumes ranging from 15 picoliters (pL) to 5 nanoliters (nL). Various techniques for generating droplets are known.
At step 1618, the droplets produced in step 1616 are transferred from the disposable cartridge to a non-disposable instrument portion of the system. As noted above, the droplets may be contained within an emulsion, such as an oil-based emulsion, in which case transferring the droplets will include transferring portions or the entirety of the emulsion. When more than one sample/reagent mixture has been created, the droplets containing each type of mixture may be separately transferred in a continuous or semi-continuous manner, so that each separate droplet type can be separately processed by the instrument portion of the system. Continuous or semi-continuous droplet transfer may allow relatively rapid screening for multiple target DNA segments. Alternatively, or in addition, droplets containing various sample/reagent mixtures may be “tagged” in some manner, such as with a bar code or some other detectable component, in which case different types of droplets may in some instances be transferred to the non-disposable portion of the system together and then tracked or detected individually.
After transfer from the disposable, sample-preparation cartridge portion of the PCR system to the non-disposable instrument portion, thermocycling and analysis will occur. The following examples describe specific exemplary methods and apparatus for receiving a sample in a disposable vessel, such as a cartridge, preparing the sample for PCR amplification, and passing the prepared sample to a reusable instrument portion of a PCR amplification system. Additional pertinent disclosure may be found in the U.S. provisional patent applications listed above under Cross-References and incorporated herein by reference, particularly Ser. No. 61/277,249, filed Sep. 21, 2009.
This example depicts a disposable sample preparation cartridge and suitable fluidic connections between various components of the cartridge; see
A sample chamber 1702 of cartridge 1700 is configured to receive a sample. The sample entering chamber 1702 will contain, or at least potentially contain, a target for PCR amplification, such as one or more bacteria, viruses, DNA molecules, and/or other material that contains nucleic acid sequences. For example, the sample may be loaded in the form of eluant that was prepared from a sample collection swab. In some cases, the sample transferred to chamber 1702 may already have been prepared to some extent, for example, by washing, concentrating, and/or lysing, and in other cases the sample may be substantially unprepared or “raw” when it reaches chamber 1702. In any case, sample chamber 1702 may be configured to receive and prepare the sample as described below.
A waste chamber 1704 is fluidically connected to sample chamber 1702, and cartridge 1700 is configured to transfer fluid out of sample chamber 1702, through a filter 1706, and into the waste chamber. Filter 1706 is configured to allow waste products to pass through itself and into the waste chamber, while retaining the PCR target material within the sample chamber. For example, filter 1706 may be a membrane or other similar aperture-type filter with a known characteristic size cutoff. Alternatively, or in addition, the filter may be configured to retain the PCR target within the sample chamber through a suitable form of affinity capture, such as by coating a portion of the sample chamber with an appropriate binding compound. The filter may be used to capture and pre-concentrate the target before the sample is washed, and/or it may be used to retain, additionally concentrate, and/or purify the sample after the sample is washed.
A reservoir chamber 1708 is fluidically connected to sample chamber 1702, and is configured to transfer to the sample chamber a reconstitution fluid, a wash solution, and/or any other fluid suitable for combination with the filtered sample. For example, the fluid transferred from the reservoir chamber may be water, or a buffer solution, such as TE buffer (i.e., a combination of tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, hydrochloric acid, and EDTA), which may remove matrix components that could inhibit downstream PCR amplification. Fluid transferred from the reservoir chamber generally may include any agent configured to separate the target from undesirable components that may have been originally attached to the sample or that may have been used to capture the target when filter 1706 operates through affinity capture.
Sample chamber 1702 also may be configured to lyse the sample. Lysing will typically, but not necessarily, be performed after the target has been washed and/or reconstituted with fluid transferred from reservoir chamber 1708. Lysing may be performed within the sample chamber through mechanical agitation, such as blending, vibrating, shaking, and/or stirring the sample within the chamber, to release nucleic acids from the sample. In some cases, agitation elements, such as discs, rods, and/or small beads may be present in the sample chamber to facilitate lysing. The sample and/or the agitation elements may be agitated by any suitable method, such as manually, through the application of sound waves (i.e., sonication), and/or using magnetic or electromagnetic forces.
Sample chamber 1702 also may be configured to concentrate the target-containing fluid sample. This can be accomplished prior to washing, by transferring some of the original sample-containing fluid from the sample chamber, through the filter, and into the waste chamber. Alternatively, or in addition, concentration can be accomplished by transferring some of the sample-containing fluid into the waste chamber after the sample is washed, while completely or substantially retaining the target nucleic acids within the sample chamber. Concentrating the fluid sample in this manner results in a greater number of target nucleic acids per unit volume of fluid, which can lead to more efficient and faster PCR amplification in subsequent processing steps.
Cartridge 1700 includes one or more reagent chambers. Two reagent chambers 1710a, 1710b are depicted in
The reagents may be stored in or introduced into the reagent chambers in any suitable manner. For example, the reagents may take the form of lyophilized pellets 1711a, 1711b depicted in
Reagent chambers 1710a and 1710b are each fluidically connected to a droplet generator, generally indicated at 1712. Droplet generator 1712 is configured to generate discrete micro-volume droplets, each containing all of the ingredients for subsequent nucleic acid amplification via PCR. In general, droplet generator 1712 is configured to generate one or more water-in-oil emulsions, although other types of emulsions, such as oil-in-water, water-in-oil-in-water, and so forth are also possible.
Parallel fluid connections lead to droplet generator 1712 from reagent chambers 1710a and 1710b. A common oil reservoir 1714 is configured to transfer oil along the fluid paths indicated, so that oil arrives at each of intersection points 1716a and 1716b from two separate directions. At the intersection points, sample-containing solution arrives from the respective reagent chambers and combines with the oil from the oil reservoir to form water-in-oil droplets. The generated droplets are then transferred across interface L and into instrument 1700′. Each sample/reagent mixture may be transferred either serially or in parallel to droplet generator 1712. Other droplet generator configurations may be suitable, as described below.
After droplets have been generated, system 1700 is configured to facilitate transfer of the droplets through interface L to instrument 1700′. This transfer may be accomplished through the use of suitable fluidic tubing, capillaries, pumps, valves, and/or the like, which may be configured to transfer droplets to the instrument either as parallel streams or in separate (serial) batches, each of which contains droplets that include a specific reagent. The droplets then may be transferred through a multi-port valve and introduced into a thermocycler for PCR amplification.
This example describes an exemplary disposable cartridge that is suitable for performing some or all of the sample preparation steps described above; see
Cartridge 1720 includes an upper section 1722 and a lower section 1724, which are configured to fit together to form the interior portion of the cartridge. For clarity, the upper and lower sections are separated by a slight gap in the drawings. These sections may be manufactured by any suitable method, such as by injection molding a thermoplastic material. The upper and lower sections may be bonded together in any suitable manner, for example, with connecting pins (or similar connectors), with an adhesive, and/or by thermal curing, to maintain the structural integrity of the assembled cartridge.
A sample chamber 1728 of cartridge 1720 is configured to receive a sample that contains (or potentially contains) a target nucleic acid sequence. The sample may be transferred into the sample chamber as a fluid, or it may be placed in the chamber attached to a swab or some other suitable sample collection medium. The sample chamber can be constructed to have any desired shape, such as the cylindrical shape depicted in
Sample chamber 1728 may include a filter 1730. The filter will typically be disposed near or below the bottom surface of the sample chamber. Filter 1730 may be a size-exclusion filter configured to prevent passage of material larger than a particular preselected size. For example, to prevent passage of bacteria having a characteristic size of 600 nanometers (nm), the filter may be a membrane with a characteristic cutoff size of 200-400 nm. To prevent passage of other material, the filter may be chosen to have a different characteristic cutoff size, which is selected based on the material to be filtered. Membrane filtration based on size fractionation is a simple, yet effective method of capturing target cells. Once captured, the cells can be washed to remove potential PCR inhibitors that are soluble or below the size cutoff of the membrane.
Alternatively, filter 1730 may operate through affinity capture (i.e., by attracting and/or chemically binding one or more target molecules), or by solid phase extraction, such as chemical precipitation. However, membrane filtration may have certain advantages over solid phase extraction, including a reduced number of processing steps, no hazardous reagents, fast processing times, and the potential for simultaneous concentration and purification of the target organisms, as described below.
The sample chamber also may include one or more lysing elements, such as a stirring disc 1732 and/or lysis beads 1734; see
Agitation of stirring disc 1732, which also can take the form of a rod or any other suitable shape, may be provided by magnetic or electromagnetic forces. For example, the stirring disc may be sufficiently magnetic to respond to a changing magnetic field applied to the sample chamber. Thus, variations in the applied magnetic field can cause the stirring disc to spin and/or tumble, resulting in agitation of the fluid within the sample chamber. A variable magnetic field may be provided, for example, by a single low-cost driver located on the related PCR instrument. The driver may be configured to drive the lysing elements within one, several, and/or a multitude of sample chambers simultaneously. Because the lysing elements are contained within the sample chamber and because the magnetic driver may be configured to act across a plurality of sample chambers, lysing within cartridge 1720 does not require a special interface between the disposable cartridge and the related instrument. This configuration provides a high degree of amenability to integration and automation within a low-cost single-use cartridge.
Sample chamber 1728 is configured to receive one or more fluids, such as a wash and/or a reconstitution solution, from a reservoir chamber 1736. When the sample transferred to the sample chamber is attached to a medium, such as a swab, fluid from the reservoir chamber may be used to reconstitute the sample into fluidic form. Fluid from the reservoir chamber also may be used to purify a sample, such as bacteria, by washing the sample with a buffer solution. The fluid in reservoir chamber 1736 may be provided with the cartridge, supplied by a user, and/or transferred to the cartridge from an instrument to which the cartridge attaches. In any case, fluid may be transferred from reservoir chamber 1736 to sample chamber 1728 along fluid path 1726, which connects the two chambers. This connection can be seen, for example, in
Cartridge 1720 also includes a waste chamber 1738. The waste chamber is configured to receive waste material, such as nucleic acid fragments and other waste material either introduced to the sample chamber with the sample or fragmented during lysing, from the sample chamber. Waste chamber 1738 is fluidically connected to sample chamber 1728 through fluid path 1726, which passes through filter 1730. Accordingly, fluid and fragmentary waste products may be transferred from the sample chamber to the waste chamber, while target material having a characteristic size (or chemical affinity) suitable for capture by the filter will be retained within the sample chamber.
For example, sample-containing solution may be purified prior to lysing by filtering the fluid through filter 1730 and into waste chamber 1738. The fluid in the sample chamber then may be replenished from reservoir chamber 1736, as described previously. Similarly, sample-containing solution may be purified and/or concentrated after lysing, again by filtering the fluid through filter 1730 and into waste chamber 1738. The steps of purification, concentration, and fluid replenishment may be repeated any desired number of times by transferring fluid from the sample chamber to the waste chamber and from the reservoir chamber to the sample chamber.
Each reagent mixture may include, for example, primers, polymerase, and/or enzymes suitable for PCR amplification of a particular nucleic acid sequence. The reagent mixtures in two or more of reagent chambers 1740 may be the same or substantially similar (for example, to allow for experimental control), or each reagent mixture may be substantially different, to search for multiple different target nucleic acid sequences.
The reagent mixtures of cartridge 1720 are depicted as lyophilized pellets 1742a, 1742b, 1742c, 1742d, and 1742e disposed at the bottom of the associated reagent chambers; see
Cartridge 1720 also includes an oil chamber 1744, which is fluidically connected to each of reagent chambers 1740a, 1740b, 1740c, 1740d, and 1740e. Oil chamber 1744 is configured to supply the oil needed to produce a water-in-oil emulsion containing droplets of sample and reagent fluid. More specifically, oil can pass from chamber 1744 to a plurality of droplet generation regions 1745a, 1745b, 1745c, 1745d, and 1745e, each corresponding to and fluidically connected with one of the reagent chambers. Each droplet generator is configured to generate droplets of a particular sample/reagent mixture suspended in an oil background.
Specifically, as depicted in
This example describes aspects of two exemplary hydraulic mechanisms suitable for controlling fluid motion between the various chambers of a disposable cartridge; see
Fluid motion between chambers will occur when unequal forces are applied to the two plungers 1766, causing one of the plungers to move down while the other moves up. Such forces will typically be applied by a force actuator, such as a piston or a push rod, which will be contained within or otherwise integrated with an instrument configured to receive a disposable sample preparation cartridge. In this manner, fluid can be transferred between any of the previously described chambers of a disposable cartridge in a controlled manner.
More specifically, motions of plungers 1766 may be controlled directly by a user and/or by an instrument configured to receive and interact with the cartridge containing the plungers. For example, a user might manually load a sample or a sample-containing fluid into one of chambers 1762 or 1764 (which would therefore be considered a sample chamber), and then insert a plunger 1766 into the chamber, sealing the sample or sample-containing fluid within the chamber. Fluid then may be transferred hydraulically into and out of the sample chamber by depressing the appropriate plunger either manually or automatically.
Automatic plunger motions may be controlled by a processor programmed to transfer fluids between chambers of the system in a predetermined manner. For instance, if hydraulic mechanism 1760 is incorporated into cartridge 1700, then instrument 1700′ may include force actuating structures complementary to the plungers of the hydraulic mechanism, such as pistons, push rods or the like. These force actuators may be configured to depress the associated plungers at particular times, in a particular order, or in response to signals sent to the instrument by a user.
If the chambers all have the same size and geometry, then to transfer an equal amount of fluid from chamber 1786 to chambers 1782 and 1784, each of the plungers of chambers 1782 and 1784 would be raised at half the rate with which the plunger of chamber 1786 is depressed. Alternatively, the chambers may have different sizes and/or shapes, in which case the plunger motions would be suitably modified to achieve equal fluid transfer from one chamber to the other chambers. Furthermore, fluid from one chamber can be divided among two or more other chambers according to any desired ratio of volumes, by controlling the motions of the various plungers.
Plungers according to the present disclosure may include a locking mechanism. The locking mechanism of a particular plunger may be configured to lock the plunger into a particular position, to avoid undesirable transfer of fluid to or from a particular chamber. For example, a plunger associated with a waste chamber may include a locking mechanism configured to lock the plunger in place when the plunger reaches an upper (retracted) position, corresponding to a maximum volume of fluid within the waste chamber. This can prevent waste fluid from unintentionally being transferred back into another chamber, such as a sample chamber or a reservoir chamber, after waste has been removed from a sample.
A suitable plunger locking mechanism can take various forms, each having the common property that the mechanism prevents particular unwanted plunger motions. For example, a suitable locking may include a mechanism integrated with the plunger itself, such as a spring-biased tab or the like (not shown) that snaps into place when the plunger reaches a certain position, preventing subsequent downward plunger motions. Alternatively, the locking mechanism may be associated with the instrument configured to receive the disposable cartridge, in which case the locking mechanism may include programming a controller to avoid causing downward motions of a particular plunger under certain circumstances.
Plungers according to the present disclosure also may be configured to limit or eliminate leaks. For example, as depicted in
This example describes various exemplary droplet generation configurations that may be suitable for generating water-in-oil droplets containing a mixture of sample and reagent; see
Each depicted droplet configuration in
This example describes aspects of three alternative disposable sample preparation cartridges; see
Cartridge 1900 also includes a droplet generator, generally indicated at 1912, which differs slightly from droplet generator 1712 of cartridge 1700. Specifically, droplet generator 1912 includes two separate oil reservoirs 1914a, 1914b corresponding to, and separately connected to, the two different reagent chambers. Thus, oil reservoir 1914a transfers oil to intersection point 1916a, where the oil combines with aqueous fluid from reagent chamber 1910a to form a first water-in-oil emulsion of sample/reagent droplets, and oil reservoir 1914b transfers oil to intersection point 1916b, where the oil combines with aqueous fluid from reagent chamber 1910b to form a second water-in-oil emulsion of sample/reagent droplets. Both emulsions then may be transferred to an instrument 1900′ for thermocycling. In comparison to cartridge 1800, providing separate oil reservoirs and oil channels in the manner of cartridge 1900 may reduce any chance of cross-contamination between reagents from the separate reagent chambers.
Cartridge 2000 also includes a second reservoir chamber 2009. Filter 2006 is disposed between sample chamber 2002 and each of reservoir chambers 2008 and 2009, and serves to retain the target-containing sample in the sample chamber as fluid is transferred into and out of the sample chamber. As in the previously described exemplary cartridges, reconstitution and/or wash fluid will typically be transferred into the sample chamber from one of the reservoir chambers, and waste fluid will typically be transferred out of the sample chamber into the waste chamber.
First and second reservoir chambers 2008 and 2009 are provided so that the sample in the sample chamber may be reconstituted and/or washed twice. For example, a reconstitution solution may be transferred into the sample chamber from reservoir chamber 2008, after which the sample may be lysed as has been described previously. Waste fluid then may be transferred from the sample chamber into waste chamber 2004, while the target material is retained in the sample chamber. Next, a wash solution may be transferred into the sample chamber from reservoir chamber 2009, and waste fluid again may be transferred from the sample chamber into the waste chamber. Providing two reservoir chambers and two reconstitution/wash steps may result in a sample that contains relatively few impurities and thus a relatively high fraction of target material.
A second filter 2007 is disposed between sample chamber 2002 and reagent chambers 2010a, 2010b. The reagent chambers may be pre-loaded with reagents 2011a, 2011b, and both the reagent chambers and the reagents are similar to their previously described counterparts. Filter 2007 is configured to allow passage of target nucleotide material from the sample chamber to the reagent chambers, while preventing passage of larger material, such as lysis beads or large waste material that remains in the sample chamber after purification and lysis. As in the case of cartridges 1700 and 1900, any desired number of reagent chambers, such as five or more, may be provided in cartridge 2000.
Alternatively, or in addition, to filter 2007, additional filters 2012a, 2012b may be provided with reagent chambers 2010a, 2010b, and similar additional filters may be provided with each additional reagent chamber. These additional filters may serve a similar purpose as filter 2007, i.e., preventing relatively large waste material, such as lysis beads, from proceeding further through the cartridge. Providing both a second filter 2007 and additional filters 2012a, 2012b may result in a relatively more pure sample/reagent mixture transferred from the reagent chambers toward a droplet generation portion of the cartridge.
Cartridge 2000 includes a droplet generator, generally indicated at 2014, which is configured to generate a water-in-oil emulsion corresponding to each reagent chamber. Unlike the previously described cartridges, however, the oil for the emulsion is supplied by a related instrument 2000′ rather than from within the cartridge. To describe the interaction between the cartridge and the instrument, primed reference numbers will be used to represent components of instrument 2000′, whereas unprimed reference numbers will continue to be used to reference components of cartridge 2000.
To supply oil to cartridge 2000, an oil reservoir 2016′ within instrument 2000′ transfers the oil along oil lines 2018a, 2020a, to generate droplets corresponding to reagent chamber 2010a. The oil intersects aqueous solution from reagent chamber 2010a at an intersection region 2022a, to generate droplets containing a sample/reagent mixture that may be transferred into instrument 2000′ for thermocycling. Similarly, oil reservoir 2016′ supplies oil along lines 2018b, 2020b to generate droplets corresponding to reagent chamber 2010b at an intersection region 2022b, and oil reservoir 2016′ (or additional reservoirs, not shown) may be configured to supply oil to generate droplets corresponding to any desired number of additional reagent chambers that are included in cartridge 2000.
Sample/reagent droplets generated at regions 2022a, 2022b, and at any other additional droplet generation intersection regions of cartridge 2000, all may be transferred through corresponding fluidic pathways 2024a, 2024b (and so forth) to a multi-port valve 2026′ of instrument 2000′. Valve 2026′ may, for example, be configured to receive droplets from multiple fluidic input channels, and to transfer the droplets to a thermocycling region of the instrument in any desired manner, such as in controlled batches of one type of sample/reagent droplets at a time.
Cartridge 2100 is configured to be inserted into or otherwise interact with a related PCR instrument 2100′, shown to the right of interface line L in
A reservoir pump 2112′ of instrument 2100′ may be equipped with a selector valve or similar mechanism to allow fluid to be selectively transferred from the reservoir pump through the various fluid channels leading from the pump. After cartridge 2100 is placed in a secure position within or adjacent to instrument 2100′, so that a substantially fluid tight seal is formed, the reservoir pump pumps fluid into fluid channel 2114 toward waste chamber 2104, which is typically empty of fluid when the cartridge is connected to the instrument. Reservoir pump 2112′ continues pumping fluid into channel 2114 until the fluid fills channel 2114 and proceeds through channel 2116 to fill filter 2106. The reservoir pump then stops pumping fluid into channel 2114 and begins pumping fluid into channel 2118a toward reagent chamber 2110a, continuing until fluid fills channel 2118a. During operation of reservoir pump 2112′, a waste pump 2120′, which is fluidically connected to reagent chamber 2110a through a channel 2122a, operates to draw away air and any excess fluid.
Once fluid channels 2114, 2116, and 2118a have been primed with fluid, reservoir pump 2112′ transfers a measured amount of fluid into fluid channel 2124 between the reservoir pump and sample chamber 2102, to fill channel 2124, channel 2126a between the sample chamber and reagent chamber 2110a, and channel 2122a between reagent chamber 2110a and waste pump 2120′. Waste pump 2120′ operates to draw away air and fluid as channels 2124, 2126a, and 2122a are primed with fluid. Next, reservoir pump 2112′ transfers additional fluid through channel 2118a to reagent chamber 2110a, into channel 2130a, through droplet generation region 2132a, and into a multi-port valve 2134′ of instrument 2100′.
At this point, the fluid channels leading from reservoir pump 2112′ to sample chamber 2102, waste chamber 2104, and reagent chamber 2110a, and from reagent chamber 2110a to multi-port valve 2134′, have all been primed with fluid. Reservoir pump 2112′ may then be used to prime the fluid channels associated with any additional reagent chambers. For example, reservoir pump 2112′ may transfer a measured amount of fluid through channel 2124 to fill channel 2126b between the sample chamber and reagent chamber 2110b, and channel 2122b between reagent chamber 2110b and waste pump 2120′, while waste pump 2120′ operates to draw away air and fluid. Reservoir pump 2112′ then may transfer fluid through channel 2128b directly to reagent chamber 2110b, into channel 2130b, through droplet generation region 2132b, and into multi-port valve 2134′. In a similar manner, reservoir pump 2112′ (or in some cases, additional reservoir pumps) can be used to prime the fluid channels associated with any desired number of reagent chambers.
Once the channels of cartridge 2100 have been primed to a desired degree, a sample or sample-containing fluid may be placed in the sample chamber, and all of the previously described steps of purification, concentration, lysing, reagent combination, and/or droplet generation may be performed as described previously with respect to other cartridge embodiments. However, one additional distinction between cartridge 2100 and the previously described cartridges is that cartridge 2100 does not include an oil reservoir to supply oil for droplet generation. Rather, an oil reservoir 2140′ is included in instrument 2100′. Oil reservoir 2140′ is configured to supply oil through lines 2142a and 2144a to droplet generation region 2132a, and through lines 2142b and 2144b to droplet generation region 2132b. The oil reservoir can be configured to supply oil to any desired number of additional droplet generation regions, corresponding to additional reagent reservoirs beyond the two depicted in
This example describes aspects of yet another alternative disposable sample preparation cartridge; see
Cartridge 2150 includes an upper body portion 2152, plus various plungers and connectors that will be described in more detail below. Body portion 2152 may be unitarily constructed, for example, by injection molding a thermoplastic or other similar material. A second, lower body portion (not shown) may be included in cartridge 2150 and connected to the upper body portion by heat sealing, gluing, or otherwise fastening the two body portions together, but this lower body portion is simply a substantially planar, featureless sheet of material and therefore will not be described further. Restricting the significant features within a unitarily constructed cartridge body portion, such as upper body portion 2152, may have advantages in cost, simplicity, structural integrity, and/or improved functionality compared to a two-piece construction where both pieces include features used for fluid manipulation and transfer, as shown and described (for example) with reference to
Body portion 2152 of cartridge 2150 includes a sample chamber 2154 configured to receive a sample that potentially contains a target nucleic acid sequence, a reservoir chamber 2156 configured to supply a wash and/or a reconstitution solution, a waste chamber 2158 fluidically connected to the sample chamber and configured to receive waste material, and various reagent chambers 2160a, 2160b, 2160c, 2160d, 2160e each fluidically connected to the sample chamber and configured to receive sample-containing fluid and to combine the sample-containing fluid with a reagent mixture prior to PCR thermocycling. In addition, body portion 2152 of cartridge 2150 includes droplet chambers 2161a, 2161b, 2161c, 2161d, 2161e, each of which is configured to receive an emulsion of water-in-oil, sample-containing droplets including the sample/reagent mixture contained in the corresponding reagent chamber. As described previously, any desired number of reagent chambers (and corresponding droplet chambers) may be included in a cartridge. The sample chamber, reservoir chamber, waste chamber, and reagent chambers are substantially similar in both structure and function to their counterparts in cartridge 1720 of
Body portion 2152 also includes an oil input chamber 2162, an oil outlet chamber 2164, and a primer outlet chamber 2166. Oil input chamber 2162 is configured to hold and transfer oil that will be used to produce sample-containing droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion, in a manner described below in more detail. Oil outlet chamber 2164 is configured to receive oil that has been transferred out of the oil input chamber, but that has not been utilized in the water-in-oil emulsion of sample-containing droplets. The excess oil received in oil outlet chamber 2164 may be either discarded or recycled (i.e., redirected to the oil input chamber). Primer outlet chamber 2166 is configured to receive one or more priming fluids during an initial cartridge priming step, in a manner that will be described in more detail below.
In addition to upper body portion 2152, cartridge 2150 also includes a fluid manipulation portion, generally indicated at 2168. The fluid manipulation portion of the cartridge includes a sample chamber plunger 2170 and various reagent chamber plungers 2172a, 2172b, 2172c, 2172d, 2172e. The plungers are configured to move up and down within their respective chambers, to cause fluid to be transferred into and out of the chambers in a desired fashion. Fluid manipulation portion 2168 of the cartridge also includes a plurality of substantially similar capillary connectors 2174, and a plurality of substantially similar capillaries 2176. The capillary connectors are configured to transfer fluid to and/or from the corresponding chamber to the corresponding capillary, which is configured to interface with an associated thermocycling instrument.
Specifically, a fluid channel 2178 is configured to transfer reconstitution/wash and/or priming fluid into sample chamber 2154 from reservoir chamber 2156, and another fluid channel 2180 is configured to transfer waste fluid out of sample chamber 2154 and into waste chamber 2158. Yet another fluid channel 2182 is configured to transfer sample-containing fluid from sample chamber 2154 into reagent chambers 2160a, 2160b, 2160c, 2160d, 2160e, and also to transfer priming fluid from sample chamber 2154 into primer outlet chamber 2166. Yet another fluid channel 2184 is configured to transfer oil from oil input chamber 2162 to a plurality of droplet generation regions 2186a, 2186b, 2186c, 2186d, 2186e. The droplet generation regions are each fluidically connected to one of the reagent chambers and each configured to receive sample/reagent mixture fluid from one of the reagent chambers and to combine the sample/reagent mixture fluid with a background fluid to form an emulsion of sample-containing droplets. A plurality of fluid channels 2188a, 2188b, 2188c, 2188d, 2188e are configured to transport the generated droplets from their respective droplet generation regions to corresponding droplet chambers 2161a, 2161b, 2161c, 2161d, 2161.
Typically, cartridge 2150 will be primed with fluid(s) supplied by a related instrument. For instance, when a fluid connection has been established between the cartridge and the instrument, priming fluid such as oil, water, or any other substantially incompressible fluid may be transferred from the instrument, through the appropriate capillary and capillary connector, and into reservoir chamber 2156. The priming fluid then may be transferred from the reservoir chamber, through fluid channel 2178, and into sample chamber 2154. From the sample chamber, the priming fluid may be transferred through fluid channel 2182 and into primer outlet chamber 2166 and/or the reagent chambers. Similarly, oil or some other priming fluid may be transferred from the instrument into oil input chamber 2162, through fluid channel 2184, and into oil outlet chamber 2164 and/or the droplet generation chambers. In this manner, desired priming fluids can be used to prime any desired subset of the fluid chambers and channels of cartridge 2150.
Plungers 2170, 2172a, 2172b, 2172c, 2172d, and 2172e (and any other plungers contemplated by the present disclosure) each may be configured both to direct fluids as desired through particular fluid channels, and also to selectively allow or prevent fluid flow in and out of various chambers. In other words, each plunger may be configured to operate as a valve in addition to operating as a plunger, by selectively opening or closing the entrance to one or more particular fluid channels. For example, when reagent plungers 2172a, 2172b, 2172c, 2172d, and 2172e are in their most downward positions (minimizing the volumes of the reagent chambers), the plungers may be configured to block fluid connection between fluid channel 2182 and fluid channel 2184 (see
Disposable cartridge 2150 of
This subsection describes additional aspects of sample preparation and sample cartridges, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure, presented without limitation as a series of numbered sentences.
1. A method of target molecule amplification, comprising (A) purifying a fluid sample; (B) lysing the sample; (C) combining the sample with a reagent mixture; (D) generating droplets of the sample in an emulsion; and (E) transferring the emulsion to a thermocycling instrument; wherein the steps of purifying, lysing, combining, and generating are all performed within a disposable, single-use cartridge.
2. The method of paragraph 1, further comprising extracting the sample from a sample collector within the disposable cartridge.
3. The method of paragraph 1, further comprising concentrating the sample within the disposable cartridge.
4. The method of paragraph 1, wherein purifying includes purifying prior to lysing by retaining target material within the sample while removing waste material smaller than the target material.
5. The method of paragraph 1, wherein purifying includes purifying after lysing by retaining target material within the sample while removing waste material larger than the target material.
6. A single-use sample preparation cartridge, comprising a first body portion and a second body portion, wherein the first body portion includes (A) a sample chamber configured to receive a sample; (B) a reservoir chamber fluidically connected to the sample chamber and configured to supply a reconstitution fluid to the sample chamber; (C) a waste chamber fluidically connected to the sample chamber and configured to receive waste fluid from the sample chamber; (D) a plurality of reagent chambers each fluidically connected to the sample chamber and each configured to receive sample-containing fluid from the sample chamber and to combine the sample-containing fluid with a reagent mixture; and (E) a plurality of droplet generation regions, each fluidically connected to one of the reagent chambers and each configured to receive sample/reagent mixture fluid from one of the reagent chambers and to combine the sample/reagent mixture fluid with a background fluid to form an emulsion of sample-containing droplets; and wherein the sample chamber, the reservoir chamber, the waste chamber, the reagent chambers, and the droplet generation regions are fluidically connected to each other by a network of fluid channels defined by a lower surface of the first body portion and an upper surface of the second body portion.
7. The cartridge of paragraph 6, wherein the fluid channels are formed entirely in the first body portion, and wherein the upper surface of the second body portion is a substantially planar surface.
8. The cartridge of paragraph 6, wherein the background fluid is oil, and further comprising an oil input chamber configured to receive oil to be transferred to the droplet generation regions.
9. The cartridge of paragraph 8, further comprising an oil outlet chamber configured to receive oil that has been transferred out of the oil input chamber, but that has not been utilized in one of the emulsions.
10. The cartridge of paragraph 6, further comprising a plurality of droplet chambers each configured to receive one of the generated emulsions.
11. The cartridge of paragraph 6, further comprising a fluid manipulation portion including a plurality of plungers configured to cause fluid to be transferred into and out of the chambers.
12. The cartridge of paragraph 11, wherein the fluid manipulation portion further includes a plurality of connectors configured to transfer fluid between at least one chamber of the cartridge and the instrument.
13. The cartridge of paragraph 11, wherein each plunger is configured to act as a valve by selectively closing an entrance to at least one of the fluid channels when in its most downward position.
14. The cartridge of paragraph 11, wherein the sample chamber includes an agitation element configured to be agitated by magnetic forces.
15. The cartridge of paragraph 11, wherein the reagent chambers are fluidically connected to the sample chamber in parallel.
16. The cartridge of paragraph 11, wherein the background fluid is oil, and further comprising at least one oil reservoir fluidically connected to at least one of the reagent chambers and configured to supply the oil used to form the corresponding emulsion.
17. The cartridge of paragraph 16, wherein the at least one oil reservoir includes one oil reservoir corresponding to each reagent chamber and configured to supply the oil used to form the corresponding emulsion.
18. A microfluidic device having integrated lysing, separating, reagent mixing and microdroplet generating regions for extracting nucleic acid from a sample and for formation of microdroplets, comprising (A) a lysing region for lysing a cell or microorganism to release the nucleic acid; (B) a separating region for separating the nucleic acid from other parts of the cell or microorganism, wherein the separating region is connected to the lysing region; (C) a reagent mixture region for mixing the nucleic acid with at least one reagent; wherein the reagent mixture region is connected to the separating region; and (D) a droplet generating region comprising a sample inlet end, an immiscible fluid, and an outlet end, wherein the droplet generating region is connected to the reagent mixture region.
IV. Droplet Generator
This Section describes exemplary droplet generators, for example, for use in droplet-based assays.
It may be desirable, in systems such as DNA amplification systems, among others, to generate sample-containing droplets using a partially or completely disposable apparatus. This may be accomplished by a disposable cartridge configured to generate droplets as part of a series of sample preparation steps that also may include lysing, purification, and concentration, among others. However, in other cases, it may be desirable to provide a partially or completely disposable apparatus configured to perform droplet generation without performing substantial additional sample preparation steps. This may be desirable, for example, when the DNA amplification system is configured to analyze samples that are typically prepared at another location or by a practitioner. Under these circumstances, a dedicated droplet generation system may be the simplest and most economical solution.
To generate an emulsion of droplets, droplet generator 2202 will typically be at least partially disposed within fluid reservoir 2204, as
Many configurations of droplet generators and fluid reservoirs may be suitable as components of a droplet generation system such as system 2200. For example, suitable droplet generators include butted tubes, tubes drilled with intersecting channels, tubes partially or completely inserted inside other tubes, and tubes having multiple apertures, among others, where “tubes” means elongate hollow structures of any cross-sectional shape. Suitable fluid reservoirs include pipette tips, spin columns, wells (either individual or in a plate array), tubes, and syringes, among others. The following examples describe specific exemplary droplet generators and fluid reservoirs; see
Accordingly, droplet generator 2210 includes two complementary sections of hollow fluidic tubing 2212, 2214, separated by a small distance D. Tubing sections 2212, 2214 may be constructed from a single continuous hollow tube that has been cut and separated, in which case the tubing sections will have substantially equal outer and inner diameters. Alternatively, tubing sections 2212, 2214 may be constructed separately and then disposed appropriately within droplet generator 2210, in which case the tubing sections may have substantially different outer and/or inner diameters.
Tubing sections 2212, 2214 are disposed at least partially within an oil channel 2216. Oil channel 2216 will typically be a portion of a fluid reservoir configured to supply fluids, including oil and/or sample-containing aqueous fluid, to droplet generator 2210. Various exemplary fluid reservoirs are described in Example 2 below. Oil channel 2216 may take various forms, such as a cylindrical channel formed within a tube, a rectangular channel formed between substantially planar channel walls, or simply a fluid flow path within a surrounding reservoir of fluid, among others. Tubing sections 2212, 2214 may be formed integrally with oil channel 2216, or the tubing sections may be inserted into one or more apertures of the oil channel in a substantially fluid tight manner.
Tubing section 2212 includes a hollow inner portion forming an incoming fluid channel 2218, and tubing section 2214 includes a hollow inner portion forming an outgoing fluid channel 2220. Incoming fluid channel 2218 is configured to transport sample-containing fluid from a fluid source such as a surrounding fluid reservoir or a reagent chamber into oil channel 2216, and may be pressurized relative to the oil channel to facilitate that transfer. To generate sample-containing droplets, oil in oil channel 2216 and sample-containing fluid in incoming fluid channel 2218 each may be pressurized relative to outgoing fluid channel 2220, tending to draw both oil and sample-containing fluid toward an inlet aperture 2222 of the outgoing fluid channel. As the sample-containing fluid exits an outlet aperture 2224 of incoming fluid channel 2218, aqueous droplets of sample-containing fluid may be formed in an oil background, resulting in a water-in-oil emulsion of droplets entering the outgoing fluid channel.
One of tubing sections 2212, 2214 may be fixed within a surrounding fluid reservoir, whereas the other section may be removable from the surrounding reservoir. In such cases, tubing section 2212 will typically be fixed in place, whereas tubing section 2214 will typically be removable, and may be configured to be selectively placed into position at a known, desired distance from tubing section 2214. For example, tubing section 2214 may represent the tip of a syringe, pipette, or the like, which may be inserted into a reservoir containing oil channel 2216 and used to create and store sample-containing droplets by applying suction to draw an emulsion of sample-containing droplets into inlet aperture 2222 of the outgoing fluid channel. Tubing section 2214 then may be removed from the fluid reservoir, and the emulsion transferred to another desired location such as a thermocycling instrument.
At an intersection region generally indicated at 2242, sample-containing fluid traveling through channel 2232 intersects with oil traveling through channel 2234, and a water-in-oil emulsion of sample-containing droplets is generated. This emulsion then continues to travel through channel 2232 along the original direction of travel of the sample-containing fluid (from left to right in
Flow-focus droplet generator 2250 includes a fluid input channel 2252, a droplet output channel 2254, and an oil reservoir 2256. Fluid input channel 2252 is configured to transport sample-containing fluid toward a fluid intersection region generally indicated at 2258. As
To generate droplets, a pressure differential is created to draw fluid from both input channel 2252 and oil reservoir 2256 into output channel 2254. Due to the geometry of the input channel, the output channel, and the reservoir, oil from the reservoir forms a fluid path that is focused toward intersection region 2258 with a component of fluid velocity parallel to the direction of travel of the sample-containing fluid within the fluid input channel, as indicated by arrows 2262 in
Output channel 2254 either may be fixed within oil reservoir 2256, in which case it will be configured to transfer the generated water-in-oil emulsion out of the oil reservoir to another desired location such as a storage location or a thermocycling instrument. Alternatively, output channel 2254 may be part of a removable and/or disposable component such as the tip of a syringe or a pipette, in which case it may be removed once a desired amount of emulsion has been generated. The emulsion then may be physically transported, in bulk, to another desired location.
To generate droplets with droplet generator 2280, a pressure differential is created to draw fluid into output channel 2282. Again due to the local geometry of the area near a fluid intersection region 2286, oil from the reservoir forms a fluid path that is focused toward intersection region 2286, as indicated by arrows 2288. In addition, sample-containing fluid is drawn toward intersection region 2286, where the meniscus at the boundary between the sample-containing fluid and the oil forms a necking region 2290 adjacent to the intersection region. In the necking region, the meniscus is periodically deformed into an elongate “neck,” at which point a discrete droplet is separated from the meniscus. An emulsion of sample-containing droplets in an oil background is thus formed as droplets are generated one at a time in the necking region.
Sample-containing portion 2302 of droplet generator 2300 includes a sample reservoir 2306 and a sample fluid channel 2308. The sample reservoir may be configured to receive sample-containing fluid through any suitable fluid input mechanism such as fluidic tubing (not shown), manual insertion of sample-containing fluid by a practitioner, or automatic insertion of sample-containing fluid by a machine. Sample fluid channel 2308 is configured to transport fluid from the sample reservoir toward a fluid outlet aperture 2310, which is configured to emit droplets of sample-containing fluid that have passed through the sample fluid channel from the sample reservoir. Sample-containing portion 2302, sample reservoir 2306, and sample fluid channel 2308 depicted in the cross-sectional view of
Droplet outlet portion 2304 of droplet generator 2300 includes an emulsion outlet channel 2312, which is configured to transport an emulsion of sample-containing droplets toward a desired location such as a storage chamber or a thermocycling instrument (not shown). Droplet outlet portion 2304 also includes an oil channel 2314, which is defined by upper and lower channel walls 2316, 2318 of the outlet portion. Oil channel 2314 may take the form of an elongate groove, a cylindrical (or alternately shaped) substantially planar reservoir, or any other desired form suitable for facilitating the transfer of oil toward droplet outlet channel 2312.
A substantially cylindrical aperture 2320 is formed in upper channel wall 2316 of the droplet outlet portion, and is configured to receive a complementary cylindrical lower part 2322 of sample-containing portion 2302. A fluid tight sealing ring 2324, such as an o-ring, may be provided to help form a substantially fluid tight seal between sample-containing portion 2302 and droplet outlet portion 2304 when the two portions are assembled together. A cylindrical groove may be formed in the exterior surface of sample-containing portion 2302 to retain the o-ring in a desired position, and another similar groove may be provided within aperture 2320. Aligning the o-ring within these grooves may help a user to locate the correct mounting position of the sample-containing portion within cylindrical aperture 2320. Alternatively or in addition, various locating pins or other similar protrusions (not shown) may be provided and attached to one or both of the sample-containing portion and the droplet outlet portion, to stop those portions at a desired separation distance from each other when the sample-containing portion is mounted to the droplet outlet portion.
When oil channel 2314 takes the form of an elongate groove, the oil and sample-containing fluid intersect and produce droplets with the various fluid velocities forming a cross shape, as described previously. If oil channel 2314 takes the form of an extended planar channel or reservoir, the oil within the channel may approach droplet outlet channel 2312 radially from many different directions, each of which is substantially perpendicular to both the sample fluid channel and the droplet outlet channel. Accordingly, such a configuration still may be thought of as a cross-type droplet generator.
Sample-containing portion 2302 of droplet generator 2300 may be disposable, as mentioned previously. Thus, after an emulsion is created and transported to a desired location, sample-containing portion 2302 may be removed from aperture 2320 and discarded. Another sample-containing portion then may be placed into aperture 2320 and used to create another emulsion, using either the same or a different sample/reagent mixture. The internal surfaces of droplet outlet portion 2304, including the walls of outlet channel 2312 and channel walls 2316, 2318, all may be coated with a hydrophobic coating and/or washed with one or more rinse solutions, to reduce the possibility of cross contamination from one sample/reagent solution to another.
Tip 2348 of the droplet generator is depicted as cylindrical, i.e., as having a circular cross-section, but the cross-section of the tip (and of the emulsion chamber) can take many other shapes, such as rectangular, square, or oval. The tip includes both a distal end aperture 2352 configured to receive a background fluid such as oil, and a side aperture 2354 configured to receive a foreground fluid such as an aqueous sample/reagent mixture. In some cases, distal aperture 2352 will be formed simply by leaving the distal end of tip 2348 open, and accordingly will have the same shape as a cross-section of the tip. However, the distal aperture may be given any desired shape to facilitate a desired flow rate of background fluid into the aperture. Side aperture 2354 may be formed in various shapes, such as circular, square, rectangular, star-shaped, oval, or triangular, among others. The shape of side aperture 2354 may be selected based on a desired flow rate and/or flow pattern of fluid passing through the side aperture.
Fluid reservoir 2344 is depicted substantially as a parabaloid, but virtually any three dimensional container that is closed at one end and open at another may form a suitable reservoir. The fluid reservoir may, for example, be one of many reservoirs disposed in an array on a chip or a microplate, or it may be a single freestanding reservoir such as an individual well, a test tube, a pipette body, or a spin column chamber, among others. Regardless of its precise shape, reservoir 2344 is configured to hold both a background emulsion fluid and a foreground emulsion fluid, which will be used in conjunction with droplet generator 2342 to form an emulsion of sample-containing droplets as described below.
To generate an emulsion of foreground-in-background fluid droplets, a negative or upward pressure is applied to an interior fluid channel 2360 of droplet generator 2342. This pressure may be applied by any suitable mechanism such as a manual or motor-driven plunger, a bulb, or a pump, among others. In any case, the applied pressure causes background fluid 2356 to flow into distal aperture 2352 of droplet generator 2342, and also causes foreground fluid to flow into side aperture 2354 of droplet generator 2342. Accordingly, foreground fluid flowing into the side aperture intersects with a stream of background fluid that enters the tip through the distal aperture, to form an emulsion of foreground fluid droplets 2362 in background fluid in the vicinity of the side aperture. An emulsion of droplets 2362 in background fluid then proceeds up channel 2360, where it is received in emulsion chamber 2346. The emulsion then may be stored and/or transported to another location such as to a thermocycling instrument for DNA amplification, as described previously. Because the directions of the incoming background fluid velocity, the incoming foreground fluid velocity, and the outgoing emulsion velocity form the shape of a “T,” the system shown in
Because of the directions of the various fluid velocities in the vicinity of side apertures 2388, 2390, system 2380 may be characterized as a “double T” droplet generator configuration. This configuration may be generalized in various ways. For example, a pair of side apertures may be disposed at the same longitudinal position along the tip of a droplet generator, rather than longitudinally offset as depicted in
Droplet generator 2402 includes a tip 2410, the interior of which forms a fluid channel 2412, a distal aperture 2414, and a side aperture 2416. However, tip 2410 of droplet generator 2402 includes a nonlinear u-shaped distal portion 2418, configured so that distal aperture 2414 is disposed above side aperture 2416 relative to the bottom of reservoir 2404. Accordingly, when upward pressure is applied to fluid channel 2412, the upper fluid in reservoir 2404, which is background fluid 2408, is drawn into fluid channel 2412 through distal aperture 2414. At the same time, the lower fluid in reservoir 2404, which is foreground fluid 2406, is drawn into fluid channel 2412 through side aperture 2416. Just as described previously, the intersection of the foreground and background fluids in the vicinity of the side aperture results in generation of an emulsion of foreground fluid droplets 2418 in the background fluid, and the generated emulsion proceeds upward through channel 2412 for storage and/or transport.
It should be apparent from the configuration shown in
Droplet generator 2422 includes a distal aperture 2432 at the end of tip 2428, configured to receive or expel fluid in fluid channel 2430. Tip 2428 also includes a side aperture 2434, also configured to receive or expel fluid. When negative pressure is exerted (i.e., when a partial vacuum is created) within fluid channel 2430, fluid thus may be drawn into both distal aperture 2432 and side aperture 2434. When fluids of different densities are disposed in fluid reservoir 2424 (as depicted in
Fluid reservoir 2424 is depicted in
Droplet generator 2422 is disposed below fluid reservoir 2424 in
Emulsion generator 2482 includes an inner fluid chamber 2486 configured to contain a sample-containing fluid 2488, and an outer fluid chamber 2490 surrounding portions of the inner fluid chamber and configured to contain a background fluid 2492, typically an oil. The depicted lower portions of inner fluid chamber 2486 and outer fluid chamber 2490 are substantially cylindrical and concentric, but other geometries may be chosen. Inner fluid chamber 2486 includes a distal aperture 2494, configured to allow passage of sample-containing fluid 2488 out of the inner fluid chamber at a desired rate. Outer fluid chamber 2490 includes a distal aperture 2496, configured to allow passage of an emulsion out of the outer fluid chamber at a desired rate. Accordingly, distal apertures 2494, 2496 may have any suitable size and/or shape resulting in desirable flow characteristics through the apertures.
Background fluid channels 2498, 2500 are formed between the lower external boundary of the inner fluid chamber and the lower internal boundary of the outer fluid chamber, and configured to transfer background fluid 2492 radially inward toward distal aperture 2496 of the outer fluid chamber. In some cases, the lower boundary of inner fluid chamber 2486 may rest directly upon the lower inside surface of outer fluid chamber 2490, except for a pair of grooves forming discrete fluid channels 2498, 2500. In other cases, inner fluid chamber 2486 and outer fluid chamber 2490 may be held out of direct contact with each other by some spacing mechanism (not shown). In this case, background fluid channels 2498, 2500 will be portions of a single circular background fluid channel through which background fluid can move radially inward toward aperture 2496.
System 2480 may be operated by applying positive pressure from above chambers 2486, 2490, to push sample-containing fluid 2488 and background fluid 2492 toward their respective apertures. The inner and outer fluid chambers are positioned so that oil flowing radially inward through the background fluid channels will intersect with sample-containing fluid passing out of the inner fluid chamber through distal aperture 2494 of the inner fluid chamber, to generate an emulsion of sample-containing droplets within the background fluid which will pass through distal aperture 2496 of the outer fluid chamber and into emulsion reservoir 2484, where it may be stored or transported as desired. Emulsion reservoir 2484 may at least partially surround the emulsion generator or be otherwise configured to receive the emulsion generated by the emulsion generator. Typically, emulsion generator 2492 is removable from emulsion reservoir 2484, and would likely be removed after the emulsion has been generated. The emulsion generator then may be disposed of or cleaned in preparation for the introduction of a new sample. Alternatively, inner chamber 2486 may be removable from outer chamber 2490 and disposable, while outer chamber 2490 may be reusable.
Aside from applying positive pressure to the fluids within chambers 2486 and 2490, an emulsion may be formed similarly by applying negative pressure to pull the fluids through apertures 2494 and 2496, for example, by creating a partial vacuum in the emulsion reservoir. In the case of either positive or negative pressure, the pressure may be created through any suitable mechanism such as a pump, a bulb, or a plunger. Furthermore, system 2480 may be placed in a centrifuge and spun, to create an emulsion based on the inertia of the constituent fluids. This technique may sometimes be referred to as causing fluid motions through “centrifugal force.” When a centrifuge is used in this manner, system 2480 may be characterized as a “spin column” droplet generator or emulsion generator.
Fluid channels 2536, 2538 are formed between the lower boundary of the inner fluid chamber and the lower inside surface of the outer fluid chamber, and configured to transfer background fluid inward toward distal aperture 2534. An emulsion 2540 of sample-containing droplets 2542 is formed either by applying positive pressure push sample-containing fluid and background fluid toward their respective apertures, or by applying negative pressure to accomplish the same motions. Pressure may be created by any suitable mechanism such as a pump, bulb, plunger, or centrifuge, as described previously with respect to
Emulsion generator 2522 is a self-contained component that may be inserted and removed from emulsion reservoir 2524 as desired. A supporting lip 2544 of the emulsion generator is configured to overlap side wall 2546 of the emulsion chamber, to support the emulsion generator in a desired position with respect to the emulsion chamber. The emulsion generator includes a lid 2548 that may be rotated away from the emulsion generator to allow the addition of fluids and/or pressure, and rotated to cover the emulsion generator to form a fluid tight seal. This may allow convenient transport of the emulsion generator, and also may allow the use of a centrifuge without undesirable leaking. Similarly, the emulsion reservoir includes a lid 2550 that may be used to selectively form a fluid tight seal at the top of the emulsion reservoir. This may allow convenient transport, storage or further processing of an emulsion with substantially no loss of fluid from the reservoir.
Droplet generator 2560 includes hollow channels 2562, 2564 that intersect at an intersection region 2566. To generate droplets, one of these channels will generally carry a foreground fluid toward intersection region 2566 from one direction, while the other channel carries a background fluid toward intersection region 2566 from both directions. Typically, channel 2562 will carry a foreground fluid such as a sample-containing solution, and channel 2564 will carry a background fluid such as oil, but the opposite is also possible. In any case, an emulsion will be created at intersection region 2566 and will continue moving through channel 2562 in the direction of travel of the foreground fluid, as described in detail above.
Droplet generator 2580 includes three hollow channels 2582, 2584, 2586 that intersect at an intersection region 2588. To generate droplets, channel 2582 will typically carry a foreground fluid such as a sample-containing solution toward intersection region 2588 from a single direction, and each of channels 2584, 2586 will typically carry a background fluid such as oil toward intersection region 2588 from two opposite directions. In that case, an emulsion will be created at intersection region 2588 and will continue moving through channel 2582 in the direction of travel of the foreground fluid. It is also possible that each of channels 2584, 2586 would carry a foreground fluid toward intersection region 2588 from a single direction, and channel 2582 would carry a background fluid toward intersection region 2588 from two opposite directions. In that case, the emulsion created at intersection region 2588 would travel through both channels 2584 and 2586, in the original directions of travel of the foreground fluid in each of those channels. Droplet generator 2580 thus may function to produce droplets that emerge from two separate channels.
Similarly, droplet generator 2600 includes four channels 2602, 2604, 2606, 2608 that intersect to generate an emulsion of foreground fluid droplets in background fluid at an intersection region 2610. By analogy to the three-channel configuration of droplet generator 2580, the four-channel configuration of droplet generator 2600 may be used either to generate a single emulsion that travels through channel 2602, or to generate multiple emulsions that travel through channels 2604, 2606, and 2608.
Droplet generator 2620 is a butted tube generator that includes a first section of hollow tube 2622 and a second section of hollow tube 2624. Tube section 2622 includes a fluid channel 2626, and tube section 2624 includes a fluid channel 2628. The tube sections are separated by a small distance, forming an intersection region 2630 between the tubes. Accordingly, if a foreground fluid flows toward intersection region 2630 through channel 2626, and a background fluid flows radially inward toward intersection region 2630 from the region outside the tubes, an emulsion can be created and flow into channel 2628.
The progression from droplet generator 2560 through droplet generator 2620 illustrates the relationship between these various droplet generators. Specifically, if the variable n is chosen to represent the number of radial fluid channels that intersect a longitudinal fluid channel at an intersection region within a tube, then droplet generator 2560 may be characterized as an “n=1” cross-type droplet generator, droplet generator 2580 may be characterized as an “n=2” cross-type droplet generator, droplet generator 2600 may be characterized as an “n=3” cross-type droplet generator, and droplet generator 2620 may be characterized as an “n=∞” cross-type droplet generator, because the gap between tubes 2622 and 2624 may be viewed as formed from an infinite number of radial fluid channels extending continuously around the circumference of a single elongate tube.
Emulsion generator 2642 is configured to generate an emulsion of sample-containing droplets of two different sizes. Specifically, emulsion generator 2642 includes first and second inner fluid chambers 2646, 2648 each configured to contain a sample-containing fluid 2650, and an outer fluid chamber 2652 surrounding portions of the inner fluid chambers and configured to contain a background fluid 2654, such as an oil. Alternatively, inner fluid chambers 2646, 2648 each may contain a different fluid, in which case the generated droplets will have different constituents as well as different sizes.
Regardless of their contents, inner fluid chambers 2646, 2648 respectively include distal apertures 2656, 2658, configured to allow passage of sample-containing fluid out of each inner fluid chamber. Outer fluid chamber 2652 includes distal apertures 2660, 2662 each aligned with one of apertures 2660, 2662. Each pair of aligned apertures is configured to allow passage of droplets of a particular size, as
Emulsion generator 2672 is configured to generate an emulsion of sample-containing droplets of a plurality of different sizes. Emulsion generator 2672 thus includes an inner fluid chamber 2676 configured to contain a sample-containing fluid 2678, and an outer fluid chamber 2679 surrounding portions of the inner fluid chamber and configured to contain a background fluid 2680. Although
Inner fluid chamber 2676 includes a plurality of distal apertures 2682, 2684, 2686, 2688, each configured to allow passage of sample-containing fluid out of the inner fluid chamber at a particular rate. Outer fluid chamber 2678 includes distal apertures 2690, 2692, 2694, 2696, each aligned with one of the apertures of the inner chamber to allow passage of an emulsion including droplets of a particular size. Thus, droplet generation system 2670 is configured to generate an emulsion 2698 that includes droplets of a wide range of sizes. In a similar manner, a droplet generation system may be configured to produce an emulsion having any desired characteristic droplet size distribution.
This example describes further aspects of exemplary droplet generators. The droplet generation systems described above generally involve multiple separate components, such as a droplet generator and a complementary reservoir. However, a droplet generation system according to the present disclosure also may take the form of an injection molded cartridge, with or without sample preparation capabilities. Such a cartridge would generally include chambers or protrusions acting as the barrels of syringes, wells, or reservoirs to contain the sample and oil for combination into an emulsion of sample-containing droplets. These chambers will require sturdy walls that can withstand the side forces expected during pumping, insertion of the disposable portion into a non-disposable portion of the system, and shipping/handling. Therefore, the walls of the chambers are envisioned to be approximately 0.020 inch thick but could range in thickness from 0.04 to 0.40 inches.
A disposable cartridge-style droplet generator also would generally include very precise microchannels to contain and direct the flow of sample-containing solution and oil. These channels could be, for example, approximately 250 microns wide and 250 microns deep, although these dimensions each could range from approximately 50 microns to approximately 350 microns. Furthermore, some areas of the droplet generator (specifically, those contacting a sample) must be biocompatible, whereas others areas of the disposable need not meet this requirement.
Integrating droplet generation into a single assembly such as a disposable cartridge may have certain efficiency advantages over a multi-component droplet generation system. Specifically, if droplet generation involves the use of two or more subassemblies manufactured separately, there will typically be more potential for (a) leakage at the connections between the subassemblies, (b) increased unswept volumes in those connections, (c) more volume in the lines connection, (d) greater complexity in the fluid circuit, and (e) increase fabrication/assembly costs. On the other hand, integrating these diverse requirements into a single assembly results in potential savings in all the areas listed.
A molded droplet generator cartridge also may have various other advantageous features. For example, moldable plastic typically has minimal or no absorption of material such as protein, DNA, RNA, lipids, or other constituents of biological samples expected to be tested. Furthermore, it is possible to mold protrusions able to withstand side forces on one side of a part and microfluidic channels on the opposite side, as part of a single molding step. A plate, thin sheet, or foil of the same or similar material is then bonded to the side of the part with microfluidic channels, resulting in tube-like channels connecting various areas of the assembly. Holes through the part connect the barrel type features to the channels. This means that all alignments between these features can be inexpensively manufactured, since they are molded into one structure.
The anticipated average operating pressures within a disposable droplet generating cartridge are 2 to 5 psi. By keeping the fluid pressures relatively low, a single molded cartridge can meet the diverse functions listed elsewhere in this disclosure. Maintaining lower internal operating pressures rather than higher pressures also means that the cartridge can have (a) thinner wall sections (i.e., less need for strong structures to withstand breakage), (b) less bulging of the walls (i.e., more uniformity in controlling fluid flows with pressure variations), and (c) thinner plates bonded to the microchannel side of the cartridge. These factors result in decreased production assembly times and deceased product cost.
Depending on whether a disposable cartridge-type droplet generator is used to generate water-in-oil emulsions or multiple emulsions, it may be desirable for the fluid contacting surfaces of the droplet generator to be either hydrophobic or hydrophilic. Either of these alternatives may be accomplished by choosing an appropriate material that is compatible with the molding process, and/or by applying a coating to alter surface properties of the chosen material.
This example describes additional aspects of droplet generation, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure, presented without limitation as a series of numbered sentences.
1. A droplet generator system, comprising (A) a droplet outlet portion including an emulsion outlet channel and upper and lower channel walls defining an oil channel; and (B) a sample-containing portion configured to be selectively assembled with the droplet outlet portion and including (i) a sample reservoir; and (ii) a fluid outlet aperture configured to emit droplets of sample-containing fluid from the sample reservoir; wherein when the droplet outlet portion and the sample-containing portion are assembled together, wherein a substantially fluid tight seal is formed between the droplet outlet portion and the sample-containing portion; and wherein droplets emitted by the fluid outlet aperture intersect oil traveling in the oil channel to produce an emulsion of water-in-oil droplets that passes into the emulsion outlet channel.
2. The system of claim 1, wherein the sample-containing portion is configured to be a single-use, disposable component of the system.
3. The system of claim 2, wherein the sample-containing portion is constructed of injection-molded thermoplastic.
4. A droplet generation system, comprising (A) a fluid reservoir configured to hold a background emulsion fluid having a first density and a foreground emulsion fluid having a second density; and (B) a droplet generator including an elongate tip configured to be at least partially inserted into the fluid reservoir and having at least one side aperture and a distal aperture; wherein the distal aperture is configured to be in contact with background fluid held by the reservoir and the side aperture is configured to be in contact with foreground fluid held by the reservoir when the reservoir contains background and foreground fluids and the elongate tip is inserted into the reservoir; and wherein the droplet generator is configured so that foreground fluid flowing into the side aperture intersects with a stream of background fluid that enters the tip through the distal aperture, to form an emulsion of foreground fluid droplets in background fluid.
5. The droplet generation system of paragraph 4, wherein the droplet generator further includes an emulsion chamber configured to receive the emulsion.
6. The droplet generation system of paragraph 4, wherein the at least one side aperture includes a plurality of side apertures.
7. The droplet generation system of paragraph 4, wherein the elongate tip includes a u-shaped distal portion.
8. A droplet generation system, comprising (A) an emulsion generator including (i) an inner fluid chamber configured to contain a sample-containing fluid and having a distal aperture configured to allow passage of the sample-containing fluid out of the inner fluid chamber; and (ii) an outer fluid chamber configured to contain a background fluid, the outer fluid chamber surrounding at least portions of the inner fluid chamber and having a distal aperture configured to allow passage of an emulsion out of the outer fluid chamber; wherein background fluid channels are formed between an external boundary of the inner fluid chamber and an internal boundary of the outer fluid chamber, and configured to transfer background fluid radially inward toward the distal aperture of the outer fluid chamber; and wherein the inner and outer fluid chambers are positioned so that oil flowing radially inward through the background fluid channels will intersect with sample-containing fluid passing out of the inner fluid chamber through the distal aperture of the inner fluid chamber, to generate an emulsion of sample-containing droplets within the background fluid which will pass through the distal aperture of the outer fluid chamber; and (B) an emulsion reservoir at least partially surrounding the emulsion generator and configured to receive the emulsion generated by the emulsion generator.
V. Continuous Flow Thermocycler
This Section describes exemplary thermocyclers, for example, for use in droplet-based assays.
It may be desirable, in systems such as DNA amplification systems, to perform temperature-dependent reactions for increasing the number of copies of a sample, or component(s) thereof. Methods of cyclically varying the temperature of a fluid or other material generally may be termed methods of “thermocycling,” and an apparatus used to accomplish such cyclical temperature variations generally may be termed a “thermocycler.” In the case of DNA amplification through PCR, cyclical temperature changes cause repeated denaturation (also sometimes termed DNA “melting”), primer annealing, and polymerase extension of the DNA undergoing amplification. Typically, twenty or more cycles are performed to obtain detectable amplification. In other processes, such as alternative enzymatic amplification processes, thermocycling may have other effects, and different temperature ranges and/or different numbers of temperature changes may be appropriate.
In some cases, a single temperature may be provided for both primer annealing and polymerase extension (i.e., steps 3104 and 3106 above), although providing a single temperature for these processes may not optimize the activity of the primers and/or the polymerase, and thus may not optimize the speed of the PCR reaction. When provided for both annealing and extension, this single temperature is typically in the range of 55-75° C.
A PCR thermocycler also may include, in addition to the two or three temperature zones described above, an integrated or complementary “hot start” mechanism configured to provide a relatively high hot-start temperature, as indicated at step 3108. The hot-start temperature is provided to initiate PCR and/or to prepare a sample/reagent mixture for initiation of PCR upon the addition of a suitable polymerase. More specifically, providing a hot-start temperature may reverse the inhibition of a polymerase enzyme that has been added to inhibit priming events that might otherwise occur at room temperature. In this case, heating the sample/reagent mixture to a hot-start temperature initiates the onset of PCR. In other instances, providing a hot-start temperature may preheat the sample and the primers in the absence of the polymerase, in which case subsequent addition of the polymerase will initiate PCR. The hot start temperature is typically in the range of 95-98° C.
The thermocycler also may include integrated or complementary mechanisms for allowing “final elongation” and/or “final hold” steps, after thermocycling has (nominally) been completed. For example, in the former case, the thermocycler may include a mechanism configured to maintain samples at the extension temperature long enough (e.g., for 5-15 minutes) to ensure that any remaining single-stranded nucleotide is fully extended. In continuous flow systems, this mechanism may include a relatively long piece of narrow tubing to increase path length, and/or a relatively short piece of wider tubing to decrease flow rate, both maintained at an extension temperature. Alternatively, or in addition, the thermocycler may include a mechanism for holding or storing samples (e.g., for an indefinite time) at a temperature below the extension temperature (e.g., 4-15° C.).
Various methods of providing the desired temperatures or temperature ranges to a sample/reagent fluid mixture may be suitable for PCR. For example, a fluid may be disposed within one or more stationary fluid sites, such as test tubes, microplate wells, PCR plate wells, or the like, which can be subjected to various temperatures provided in a cyclical manner by an oven or some other suitable heater acting on the entire thermal chamber. However, such array-type PCR systems may be limited by the number of fluid sites that can practically be fluidically connected to the system and/or by the kinetics of changing temperatures in a large (high-thermal-mass) system (e.g., transition times between melt, anneal, and extension temperatures in commercial systems may be orders of magnitude longer than the fundamental limits of Taq polymerase processivity). Alternatively, fluid may be passed continuously or quasi-continuously through various temperature regions, in a cyclical manner. In this case, it is desirable to minimize heat transfer between the regions, to provide sharp temperature transitions between the regions. It is also desirable to monitor the temperature of each region continuously and to provide rapid feedback to maintain a relatively constant desired temperature in each region.
One type of continuous-flow PCR system involves coiling or winding fluidic tubing to form a fluid channel in a helical shape around a thermocycler that is configured to provide the various desired temperatures or temperature regions. Furthermore, various alternatives to externally wrapped fluidic tubing may be used to provide a fluid channel configured to transport an emulsion of sample-containing droplets cyclically through various temperature regions. For example, tubing may be disposed within the body of thermocycler, such as by casting the thermocycler (or the inner segments of the thermocycler) around the tubing. Alternatively, a fluid tight coating (such as a silicon coating) may be applied to external grooves or channels of the thermocycler and then wrapped with a fluid tight sheet (such as a silicon sheet), to define an integrated fluid channel passing cyclically around the thermocycler without the need for any separate tubing at all.
Thus, providing the first, second, third and/or hot-start temperatures at steps 3102, 3104, 3106, 3108 of method 3100 may include transporting an emulsion in a substantially helical path cyclically through a denaturing temperature region, a primer annealing temperature region, a polymerase extension temperature region, and/or a hot-start temperature region of the thermocycler. These various temperature regions may be thermally insulated from each other in various ways, and each region may provide a desired temperature through the use of resistive heating elements, thermoelectric coolers (TECs) configured to transfer heat between a thermal core and the temperature regions, and/or by any other suitable mechanism. Various heat sinks and sources may be used to provide and/or remove heat from the thermocycler, either globally (i.e., in substantial thermal contact with two or more temperature regions) or locally (i.e., in substantial thermal contact with only one temperature region).
The following examples describe specific exemplary methods and apparatus for cyclically heating and cooling a sample/reagent mixture to facilitate DNA amplification through PCR, i.e., exemplary thermocyclers and methods of thermocycling suitable for PCR applications. Additional pertinent disclosure may be found in the U.S. provisional patent applications listed above under Cross-References and incorporated herein by reference, particularly Ser. No. 61/277,200, filed Sep. 21, 2009.
A. Selected Embodiments 1
This Section describes a first exemplary thermocycler 3200, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure; see
Inner segments 3204, 3206, 3208 are attached to the core and configured to form an approximate cylinder when all of the inner segments are attached or assembled to the core. Inner segments 3204, 3206, 3208 are equipped with external grooves 3216 on their outer peripheral surfaces, as visible in
Outer segments 3212, 3212, 3214 are configured to fit closely around the inner segments, as seen in
Each TEC, in turn, may be sandwiched between a pair of thermally conductive and mechanically compliant pads 3234, as seen in
TECs 3228, 3230, and 3232 are configured to maintain outer surfaces 3236, 3238, 3240, respectively, of the inner segments at various temperatures corresponding to the different stages of PCR, as depicted in
TECs 3228, 3230, 3232 respond relatively rapidly to electrical signals and are independently controllable, so that the desired temperatures at outer surfaces 3236, 3238, 3240 may be maintained relatively accurately. This may be facilitated by temperature sensors that monitor the temperatures of the outer surfaces and provide real-time feedback signals to the TECs. Maintaining the various temperatures is also facilitated by gaps 3242, 3244, 3246, which are visible in both
The configuration of the inner segments in this example provides that each inner segment 3204, 3206, 3208 is substantially thermally decoupled from the other inner segments, as
B. Selected Embodiments 2
Various modifications and/or additions may be made to the exemplary embodiments of
Aside from hot start region 3258 and its associated gap and core portion, the remainder of thermocycler 3200′, which is generally indicated at 3262, may have a similar construction to thermocycler 3200 described previously. Alternatively, instead of thermoelectric controllers, thermocycler 3200′ may include an air core surrounded by a plurality of resistive section heaters (not shown) for heating various temperature regions 3263, 3265, 3267 of the thermocycler. These regions may be separated by insulating gaps 3269, 3271, which extend into an insulating base portion 3273 to help thermally isolate the temperature regions from each other. The configuration of the base portion, including the insulating gaps, can be changed to adjust thermal conductance between the different temperature regions.
C. Selected Embodiments 3
This subsection describes various alternative exemplary thermocyclers 3202a-h, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure; see
D. Selected Embodiments 4
This example describes a thermocycler disposed within an instrument that also includes other components such as a cooling mechanism and a protective housing; see
A front plate 3404 is attached to the thermocycler with a plurality of fasteners 3406 that pass through central apertures 3408 in the front plate and complementary apertures in the thermocycler. The front plate helps to isolate the thermocycler from external air currents and thus to maintain controlled temperature zones within the unit. A connection port 3412 is attached to the front plate, and is configured to supply power to the instrument and to receive sensor information obtained by the instrument. Thus, the connection port is configured to receive electrical power from outside the instrument and transmit the power to the instrument, and to receive sensor signals from within the instrument and transmit the signals outside the instrument. Transfer of power and sensor signals may be accomplished through suitable connecting wires or cables (not shown) disposed within and outside the instrument.
A heat sink 3414 and a cooling fan 3416, which will be collectively referred to as a cooling mechanism 3418, are shown attached to a side of the thermocycler opposite the front plate. One or both components of cooling mechanism 3418 will generally be mounted to the thermocycler using suitable fasteners such as bolts, pins and/or screws. In
Cooling fan 3416 is configured to blow cooling air through fins 3424 and aperture 3420 of the heat sink, to increase convective heat transfer away from the heat sink. Air from fan 3416 also may flow or be directed through the heat sink and into the central aperture of thermocycler 3402, to provide a convection current within the thermocycler. Dedicated structures such as baffles, angled walls or canted fins (not shown) may be provided to facilitate the transfer of air from the cooling fan into the thermocycler.
Thermocycler 3402 and cooling mechanism 3418 are mounted within an external housing, generally indicated at 3426. Housing 3426 may include several discrete sections 3428, 3430, 3432, 3434, which are configured to conform to various portions of the thermocycler and the cooling mechanism, and which are further configured to fit together and interface with front plate 3404 to form housing 3426. The various discrete sections and the front plate of housing 3426 are collectively configured to insulate the thermocycler from external air currents and other factors that could lead to uncontrolled temperature variations within the thermocycler.
E. Selected Embodiments 5
This example describes exemplary thermocyclers having temperature regions that vary in size and/or number along the length of the thermocycler, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure; see
The thermocycler depicted in
Aside from a frustoconical shape, many other thermocycler configurations can be used to affect the time of passage of a sample fluid through the various temperature regions of a thermocycler. For example, the sizes of various temperature regions may be decreased in discrete steps, by sequentially decreasing the radius of a cylindrical thermocycler in discrete steps. In general, any configuration that results in a changing path length traveled by successive windings of fluidic tubing may be suitable for altering the time a fluid spends at each desired temperature over the course of the entire thermocycling process.
Fluid traveling through fluidic tubing 3520 would encounter a first portion 3512 of the thermocycler having just a single temperature region defined by segment 3502. Subsequently, the fluid would encounter a second portion 3514 of the thermocycler having three temperature regions defined by segments 3504, 3506, and 3508. Next, the fluid would encounter a third portion 3516 of the thermocycler having two temperature regions defined by segments 3504, 3508, and finally the fluid would encounter a fourth portion 3518 of the thermocycler having a single temperature region defined by section 3510.
Any desired number of longitudinal portions, instead of or in addition to portions 3512, 3514, 3516 and 3518, may be included in a thermocycler, to alter the number of temperature regions encountered by a fluid as it proceeds through a thermocycling process. Furthermore, any desired number of tangential segments may be included within each longitudinal portion, so that particular windings of fluidic tubing may be configured to encounter essentially any number of temperature regions. By combining the features of thermocycler 3500 with the features of thermocycler 3450 depicted in
F. Selected Embodiments 6
This example describes various additional aspects and possible variations of a thermocycler, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
Whereas thermocyclers are primarily described above as including a single “strand” of fluidic tubing wrapped substantially helically around the circumference of heated sections of the thermocycler, many variations are possible. For example, more than one strand of tubing may be provided, and the various strands all may be wrapped around a portion of the thermocycler. In some cases, the strands may be braided in some fashion so that they cross each other repeatedly, whereas in other cases the strands all may be configured to directly contact the heated thermocycler sections for substantially the entirety of their wrapped length. In addition, one or more tubes may be configured to pass through the heated sections of a thermocycler, rather than wrapped around their exteriors. For instance, the heated sections may be cast, molded, or otherwise formed around the tubes. In some cases, fluid tight channels may be formed in this manner, so that tubes are not necessary.
In some cases it may be desirable to vary the number of thermocycles provided by a thermocycling instrument, either dynamically or by providing several varying options for the number of cycles a particular fluid will encounter. Dynamic changes in the number of thermocycles may be provided, for example, by unwinding or additionally winding the fluidic tubing around the thermocycler. Optional numbers of cycles may be provided, for example, by providing multiple fluidic tubes that are wound a different number of times around the instrument, or by creating various optional bypass mechanisms (such as bypass tubes with valves) to selectively add or remove cycles for a particular fluid.
Although the heated segments of the thermocyclers described above are generally shown separated from each other by thermally insulating air gaps, any desired thermally insulating material may be placed between the heated segments of a thermocycler according to the present disclosure. For example, the use of a low-density polymer or a silica aerogel may provide increased thermal isolation of neighboring segments, both by reducing the thermal conductivity of the insulating regions and by decreasing convective heat transfer.
The disclosed thermocyclers may be used for PCR, any other molecular amplification process, or indeed any process involving cyclical temperature changes of a fluid sample, whether or not the sample includes discrete droplets. For example, potentially target-containing samples may be separated into discrete units other than droplets, such as by binding sample molecules to a carrier such as a suitable bead or pellet. These alternative carriers may be placed in a background fluid and thermocycled in much the same way as droplets in an emulsion. Alternatively, a plurality of thermocyclers may be used simultaneously to cycle different bulk fluid samples in parallel or in an overlapping sequence, without separating the fluid samples into many discrete units.
G. Selected Embodiments 7
This example describes additional aspects of a thermocycler, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure, presented without limitation as a series of numbered sentences.
1. A method of thermocycling a sample-containing fluid to promote target molecule amplification, comprising (A) transferring an emulsion of sample-containing droplets into a thermocycling instrument; (B) providing a denaturing temperature to the emulsion; (C) providing a primer annealing temperature to the emulsion; and (D) providing a polymerase extension temperature to the emulsion; wherein providing the denaturing temperature, the primer annealing temperature, and the polymerase extension temperature respectively include transporting the emulsion in a substantially helical path cyclically through a denaturing temperature region, a primer annealing temperature region, and a polymerase extension temperature region.
2. The method of paragraph 1, further comprising providing a hot-start temperature to the emulsion, prior to providing the denaturing temperature to the emulsion, by transporting the emulsion in a substantially helical path through a hot-start temperature region.
3. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the temperatures are provided through the use of thermoelectric coolers configured to transfer heat between a thermal core and the temperature regions.
4. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the helical path decreases in length over successive cycles.
5. A thermocycling system configured to promote molecular amplification, comprising (A) a core defining a central longitudinal axis; (B) a plurality of inner segments attached to the core and defining a plurality of temperature regions; (C) a plurality of heating elements configured to maintain each temperature region approximately at a different desired temperature; and (D) a fluid channel configured to transport an emulsion of sample-containing droplets cyclically through the temperature regions.
6. The system of paragraph 5, further comprising a plurality of outer segments attached to the inner segments, and wherein the fluid channel is disposed between the inner and outer segments.
7. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the fluid channel is configured to transport the emulsion in a substantially helical path.
8. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the fluid channel includes fluidic tubing wrapped around the inner segments.
9. The system of paragraph 8, wherein the fluidic tubing is disposed in grooves of the inner segments that define a substantially helical path around the inner segments.
10. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the fluid channel is disposed within the inner segments.
11. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the inner segments include external grooves, and wherein the fluid channel is defined by the grooves and by a fluid tight sheet wrapped around the inner segments.
12. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the core is configured as a heat source and as a heat sink, and wherein the heating elements include at least one thermoelectric cooler disposed between one of the inner segments and the core.
13. The system of paragraph 12, wherein at least one independently controllable thermoelectric cooler is disposed between each of the inner segments and the core.
14. The system of paragraph 12, wherein the core is maintained at an operating temperature that falls between two of the desired temperatures.
15. The system of paragraph 12, wherein the at least one thermoelectric cooler is disposed between a pair of thermally conductive and mechanically compliant pads.
16. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the core is unheated, and further comprising a thermal insulating layer disposed between the core and each inner segment.
17. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the core includes a plurality of core sections, each independently in thermal contact with one of the inner segments.
18. The system of paragraph 5, wherein at least a portion of each inner segment is angled along the longitudinal axis so that the inner segments collectively form an approximately frustoconical shape.
19. The system of paragraph 5, wherein the plurality of inner segments includes a different number of inner segments attached to the core at different positions along the longitudinal axis.
20. A thermocycling instrument configured to promote molecular amplification, comprising (A) a core including a central aperture defining a central longitudinal axis; (B) a plurality of inner segments attached to the core and defining a plurality of temperature regions; (C) a plurality of heating elements configured to maintain each temperature region approximately at a different desired temperature; (D) a fluid channel configured to transport an emulsion of sample-containing droplets cyclically through the temperature regions; and (E) a thermally conductive heat sink including a central aperture aligned with the central aperture of the core.
21. The instrument of paragraph 20, further comprising a cooling fan configured to blow air through the central aperture of the heat sink and the central aperture of the core.
22. An apparatus for performing reactions in droplets, comprising (A) a droplet generator that produces droplets disposed in an immiscible carrier fluid; (B) a heater assembly comprising at least two temperature-controlled zones maintained at respective distinct temperatures (C) a coiled tube that receives droplets from the droplet generator and that traverses the temperature-controlled zones serially and repeatedly; and (D) a pump that drives travel of droplets through the coiled tube such that the droplets are cyclically heated and cooled by the temperature-controlled zones.
23. The apparatus of paragraph 22, wherein the distinct temperature of at least one of the temperature-controlled zones is regulated by a thermoelectric cooler.
24. The apparatus of paragraph 22, further comprising a controller in communication with the thermoelectric cooler and programmed to actively adjust electrical power supplied to the thermoelectric cooler to maintain a set point temperature of at least one of the temperature-controlled zones under varying thermal loads.
25. The apparatus of paragraph 22, wherein a pair of the temperature-controlled zones are thermally coupled to each other by a thermoelectric cooler.
26. The apparatus of paragraph 4, wherein the thermoelectric cooler is disposed between the pair of temperature-controlled zones.
27. The apparatus of paragraph 22, wherein the heater assembly includes a thermally conductive core, and wherein each of the temperature-controlled zones includes a conductive segment disposed at least generally radially from the thermally conductive core.
28. The apparatus of paragraph 22, wherein the distinct temperature of each member of a pair of the temperature-controlled zones is regulated by a respective thermoelectric cooler, and wherein the heater assembly includes a thermally conductive core that is connected to the respective thermoelectric coolers and is maintained at a temperature intermediate to the distinct temperatures of the pair of temperature-controlled zones.
29. The apparatus of paragraph 22, wherein the tube wraps around the heater assembly a plurality of times.
30. The apparatus of paragraph 22, wherein the heater assembly includes a thermally conductive core and a heating element coupled to the thermally conductive core.
31. The apparatus of paragraph 22, wherein the heater assembly comprises at least three temperature-controlled zones maintained at three or more respective distinct temperatures, wherein the coiled tube comprises a plurality of coils, and wherein each coil thermally couples to each of the at least three temperature-controlled zones.
32. The apparatus of paragraph 31, wherein two or more coils of the coiled tube thermally couple to a same temperature-controlled zone at a same range of angular positions on each of the coils.
33. The apparatus of paragraph 22, further comprising one or more other discrete, coiled tubes that traverse the temperature-controlled zones serially and repeatedly.
34. The apparatus of paragraph 33, wherein the at least one other coiled tube is interspersed with the coiled tube.
35. The apparatus of paragraph 22, further comprising at least one thermally controlled incubation region maintained at a predefined incubation temperature, the incubation region being located upstream from the temperature-controlled zones thereby causing a temperature of droplets flowing through the tube to at least substantially reach the incubation temperature prior to being heated and cooled cyclically by the temperature-controlled zones.
36. The apparatus of paragraph 35, wherein heat for the incubation region is supplied by a heater or a thermoelectric cooler.
37. An apparatus for performing reactions in droplets, comprising (A) a heater assembly comprising at least two temperature-controlled zones maintained at respective distinct temperatures, a temperature of at least one of the temperature-controlled zones being regulated by a thermoelectric cooler; (B) a coiled tube that traverses the temperature zones serially and repeatedly; and (C) a pump that drives fluid flow through the coiled tube such that the fluid is cyclically heated and cooled by the temperature-controlled zones.
38. The apparatus of paragraph 37, wherein a pair of the temperature-controlled zones are thermally coupled to each other by the thermoelectric cooler.
39. The apparatus of paragraph 38, wherein the thermoelectric cooler is disposed between the pair of temperature-controlled zones.
40. The apparatus of paragraph 37, wherein the heater assembly includes a thermally conductive core, and wherein each of the temperature-controlled zones includes a conductive segment disposed at least generally radially from the thermally conductive core.
41. The apparatus of paragraph 37, wherein the distinct temperature of each member of a pair of the temperature-controlled zones is regulated by a respective thermoelectric cooler, and wherein the heater assembly includes a thermally conductive core that is connected to each of the respective thermoelectric coolers and is maintained at a temperature intermediate to the distinct temperatures of the pair of temperature-controlled zones.
42. The apparatus of paragraph 37, wherein the tube wraps around the heater assembly a plurality of times.
43. The apparatus of paragraph 42, wherein the heater assembly includes a thermally conductive core and a heating element coupled to the thermally conductive core.
44. The apparatus of paragraph 37, wherein the heater assembly comprises at least three temperature-controlled zones maintained at three or more respective distinct temperatures, wherein the coiled tube forms a plurality of coils, and wherein each coil thermally couples to each of the at least three temperature-controlled zones.
45. The apparatus of paragraph 44, wherein two or more coils of the coiled tube thermally couple to a same temperature-controlled zone at a same range of angular positions on each of the coils.
46. The apparatus of paragraph 37, further comprising one or more other discrete, coiled tubes that traverse the temperature-controlled zones serially and repeatedly.
47. The apparatus of paragraph 37, further comprising at least one thermally controlled incubation region maintained at a predefined incubation temperature, the incubation region being located upstream from the temperature-controlled zones thereby causing a temperature of droplets flowing through the tube to at least substantially reach the incubation temperature prior to being heated and cooled cyclically by the temperature-controlled zones.
48. The apparatus of paragraph 47, wherein heat for the incubation region is supplied by a heater or a thermoelectric cooler.
49. A method of nucleic acid analysis, comprising (A) generating droplets disposed in an immiscible carrier fluid, each droplet including a partition of a sample disposed in an amplification reaction capable of amplifying a nucleic acid target, if present in the droplet; (B) driving the droplets through a coiled tube that traverses two or more temperature-controlled zones serially and repeatedly, to thermally cycle the droplets under conditions promoting amplification of the nucleic acid target; (C) detecting one or more signals from one or more of the droplets; and (D) determining a presence of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on the signals.
50. A thermocycling apparatus comprising a coiled tube traversing a plurality of temperature controlled regions in at least one substantially helical winding, each of the regions including at least a first zone maintained at a first temperature and a second zone maintained at a second temperature thereby causing the temperature of one or more droplets in an immiscible carrier fluid flowing through the tube to cycle between the first and the second temperatures.
51. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the plurality of regions includes between two and fifty regions.
52. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the temperature of at least one of the temperature controlled zones is regulated by a thermoelectric controller.
53. The apparatus of paragraph 52, wherein at least two temperature controlled zones are separated by a thermoelectric controller.
54. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the temperature of the first temperature controlled zone is regulated by a first thermoelectric controller and the temperature of the second temperature controlled zones is regulated by a second thermoelectric controller.
55. The apparatus of paragraph 53, wherein the first and second thermoelectric controllers are connected to a common conductor, and wherein the common conductor is maintained at a temperature intermediate to the first and second zone temperatures.
56. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the droplets include at least one of water, salt, DNA, RNA, proteins, prions, fluorescent dyes, probes, primers, surfactants sample, and nucleotides.
57. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the immiscible carrier fluid includes at least one of vegetable oil, fluorocarbon oil, mineral oil, and surfactants.
58. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the coiled tube comprises a plurality of loops, and wherein the first and the second temperature controlled zones extend across at least two of the loops, thereby causing the temperature of fluid flowing through the tube to cycle between the first and the second cycling temperatures at the same relative angular position on each of the loops.
59. The apparatus of paragraph 58, wherein each winding comprises a plurality of separately controlled temperature controlled regions and the temperature of any of the first and second zones of any member of the plurality of regions can be maintained at the same temperature thereby allowing the angular section of the winding regulated at the first temperature and the angular section of the winding regulated at the second temperature to be set to independent predetermined values.
60. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the coiled tube further comprises at least one thermally controlled incubation region maintained at a predefined incubation temperature, the incubation region located upstream from the temperature controlled regions thereby causing the temperature of the fluid flowing through the tube to reach the incubation temperature prior to entering the cycling regions.
61. The apparatus of paragraph 60, wherein the heat for the incubation region is supplied by either a thermoelectric controller or a resistive heater.
62. The apparatus of paragraph 50, wherein the heat to maintain the temperatures of the temperature controlled regions is provided by at least one of conduction, convection, radiation, electric heaters, circulating liquid heaters, air blowers, incandescent light sources, lasers, LEDs, and microwaves.
63. The apparatus of paragraph 52, wherein the thermoelectric controller is actively adjusted to maintain a substantially constant temperature under varying thermal loads caused by changes in advective heat flux, including at least one of the following changes: turning fluid flow on and off within the tube, changing flow rate of a fluid within the tube, alternating oil and droplet packets within the tube, receiving a plug of cleaning solution within the tube, a change in density of fluid within the tube, a change in heat capacity of fluid within the tube, a change in thermal conductivity of fluid within the tube, and a change in thermal diffusivity of fluid within the tube.
64. An apparatus for performing a continuous-flow reaction, comprising (A) at least one capillary tube having a first open end for fluid inlet and a second open end for fluid outlet to permit a continuous flow; and (B) at least two solid heating blocks, wherein the temperature of at least one heating block is controlled by a thermoelectric controller.
65. The apparatus of paragraph 64 wherein at least one heating block is controlled by a resistive heater.
66. The apparatus of paragraph 64 wherein the heating blocks are in direct contact with each other.
67. The apparatus of paragraph 64 wherein the heating blocks are maintained at different temperatures.
68. The apparatus of paragraph 64 wherein the apparatus comprises three heating blocks, wherein a first heating block is maintained at a temperature between 85 and 99° C., a second heating block is maintained at a temperature between 50 and 65° C., and a third heating block is maintained at a temperature between 60 and 80° C.
69. The apparatus of paragraph 64 wherein the capillary tube is looped around the heating blocks.
70. The apparatus of paragraph 64 wherein the capillary tube contacts the heating blocks sequentially and repetitively. 71. The apparatus of paragraph 64 wherein the capillary tube contacts each heating block at least 20 times.
72. An apparatus for performing a continuous-flow reaction, comprising (A) at least one capillary tube having a first open end for fluid inlet and a second open end for fluid outlet to permit a continuous flow; and (B) at least two solid heating blocks, wherein at least one heating block is resistively heated and the capillary tube is looped around the heating blocks.
73. An apparatus for performing high-throughput nucleic acid amplification, comprising (A) a microdroplet generator comprising an orifice, wherein the orifice connects a sample flow pathway to a tube comprising an immiscible fluid; (B) at least one capillary tube having a first open end for fluid inlet and a second open end for fluid outlet to permit a continuous flow; and (C) a thermal cycling device, wherein the device has a plurality of fixed heating blocks, wherein the capillary tube is looped around the heating blocks and contacts the heating blocks sequentially.
VI. Detection
This Section describes exemplary detection systems, for example, for detecting sample-containing droplets. The systems may involve sensing or detecting the droplets themselves and/or contents of the droplets. The detection of droplets themselves may include determining the presence or absence of a droplet (or a plurality of droplets) and/or a characteristic(s) of the droplet, such as its size (e.g., radius or volume), shape, type, and/or aggregation state, among others. The detection of the contents of droplets may include determining the nature of the contents (e.g., whether or not the droplet contains a sample(s)) and/or a characteristic of the contents (e.g., whether or not the contents have undergone a reaction, such as PCR, the extent of any such reaction, etc.).
The detection of droplets and their contents, if both are detected, may be performed independently or coordinately, in any suitable order. For example, the detection may be performed serially (one droplet at a time), in parallel, in batch, and so forth.
The detection of droplets and their contents may be performed using any technique(s) or mechanism(s) capable of yielding, or being processed to yield, the desired information. These mechanisms may include optical techniques (e.g., absorbance, transmission, reflection, scattering, birefringence, dichroism, fluorescence, phosphorescence, etc.), electrical techniques (e.g., capacitance), and/or acoustic techniques (e.g., ultrasound), among others. The fluorescence techniques, in turn, may include fluorescence intensity, fluorescence polarization (or fluorescence anisotropy) (FP), fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (FCS), fluorescence recovery after photobleaching (FRAP), total internal reflection fluorescence (TIRF), fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET), fluorescence lifetime, and/or fluorescence imaging, among others.
The remainder of this Section describes exemplary detection systems, including droplet sensors and reaction sensors. In these exemplary systems, the droplet sensor may generate and detect scattered light, and the reaction sensor may generate and detect fluorescence, among other approaches. These systems are described, for convenience, in the context of a PCR reaction; however, the techniques apply more generally to any reaction, such as a biochemical reaction, capable of generating, or being modified to generate, a detectable signal.
In an exemplary PCR assay (or other nucleic acid amplification assay), the sample is first combined with reagents in a droplet, and the droplet is then thermocycled to induce PCR. It may then be desirable to measure the fluorescence of the droplets to determine which, if any, contained one or more target nucleotide sequences. This generally involves illuminating the droplets with radiation at a wavelength chosen to induce fluorescence, or a change in a characteristic of the fluorescence, from one or more fluorescent probes associated with the amplified PCR target sequence(s). For example, in an exemplary fluorescence intensity assay, if a relatively large intensity of fluorescence is detected, this indicates that PCR amplification of the target nucleotide occurred in the droplet, and thus that the target was present in that portion of the sample. Conversely, if no fluorescence or a relatively small intensity of fluorescence is detected, this indicates that PCR amplification of the target nucleotide did not occur in the droplet, and thus that a target was likely not present in that portion of the sample. In other fluorescence-based embodiments, the extent of reaction could be determined from a decrease in fluorescence intensity, instead of a decrease, and/or a change in one or more other fluorescence parameters, including polarization, energy transfer, and/or lifetime, among others.
The following examples describe specific exemplary detection systems, in accordance with aspects of the invention. Additional pertinent disclosure may be found in the U.S. provisional patent applications listed above under Cross-References and incorporated herein by reference, particularly Ser. No. 61/277,203, filed Sep. 21, 2009.
This example describes an optical detection system based on measuring the end-point fluorescence signal of each sample/reagent droplet after a PCR amplification process is complete. The exemplary system is suitable for making both qualitative and quantitative measurements; see
Sample-containing droplets 4210, which have already undergone at least some degree of PCR thermocycling, are transferred through a capillary tube or other similar fluid channel 4212, which intersects the path of radiation from radiation source 4202 at an intersection region generally indicated at 4214. An optical element 4216, such as a converging lens, may be placed between intersection region 4214 and forward scatter detector 4206, to focus scattered radiation on the scatter detector. Similarly, an optical element 4218 may be placed between intersection region 4214 and fluorescence detector 4208, to focus fluorescence radiation on the fluorescence detector. The system may include an obscuration bar 4219, operatively positioned between the sample and detector, which reduces the amount of direct (unscattered) excitation radiation (light) that falls on the detector. The obscuration bar, shown here as a small square object in front of optical element 4216, may create a triangular-shaped shadow 4219a behind the optical element. This arrangement makes it easier for detector 4206 to detect changes in index of refraction that have scattered (at small angles) the normal beam.
Radiation from source 4202 may be partially scattered when it encounters a droplet, and the scattered radiation may be used to determine one or more properties of the droplet. For example, scattered radiation indicating the presence of a droplet in intersection region 4214 may be sensed by scatter detector 4206, and this information may be used to activate fluorescence detector 4208, which may otherwise remain deactivated (i.e., when a droplet is not present in the intersection region) to conserve power within the system. Even if the fluorescence detector remains continuously active, detecting the presence of a droplet may be useful for other purposes. For example, tracking the droplets passing through intersection region 4214 may be desirable because some droplets passing through the intersection region may not be detected by the fluorescence detector (e.g., if the droplets do not contain reaction product). In addition, tracking the droplets may allow background noise (i.e., the signal received by the detector in the absence of a droplet) to be removed, improving the signal-to-noise ratio. Furthermore, as described below, various properties of a detected droplet may be estimated from data sensed by forward or side scatter detector 4206.
Radiation detected by scatter detector 4206 may be used to infer the size (or other properties) of a detected droplet. Specifically, a measurement of the duration of a scattering event representing the presence of a droplet within intersection region 4214, in conjunction with knowledge of the average speed of droplet passage through the intersection region, can be used to determine the width of the droplet in a plane normal to the direction of the incident radiation from source 4202. If this width is less than the diameter of channel 4214, then it can be inferred that the droplet is an approximate sphere with a diameter less than the diameter of channel 4214, and the volume of the droplet can be calculated. If, on the other hand, the width of the droplet exceeds the diameter of channel 4214, this indicates that the droplet is likely contacting the walls of the channel and is not spherical. However, the droplet volume still may be estimated by modeling the droplet as a cylinder or other similar shape passing through the channel. As described below, a determination of droplet volume may be useful for normalizing the results of any corresponding fluorescence detection.
In some cases, radiation from source 4202 also may be scattered from intersection region 4214 even if it does not encounter a droplet, for instance, if it encounters a partially reflective surface such as a fluid interface or a wall of fluid channel 4212. This type of scattered radiation will generally have a different signature than radiation scattered from a droplet, so that it generally serves merely as a background for droplet scattering events. Whether scattering occurs in the absence of a droplet depends on the particular configuration of system 4200, as will be described below. Similarly, scattering may occur when droplets outside a desired size range pass through the intersection region, and the signature of radiation scattered from such droplets may be used to affect the subsequent treatment of such droplets. For example, the fluorescence signals received from unusually small or large droplets may be removed from a statistical sample, to increase statistical accuracy. In any case, after passing through intersection region 4214, scattered and/or unscattered radiation from radiation source 4202 is directed toward forward scatter detector 4206.
Radiation from source 4202 that is absorbed by droplets within intersection region 4214 may stimulate the emission of fluorescence radiation that can be detected by fluorescence detector 4208. More specifically, radiation intersecting a droplet may excite a fluorescent probe, such as a TAQMAN probe, that is configured to fluoresce significantly only if the fluorescent portion of the probe becomes separated from a quencher molecule. This separation, or cleaving, typically occurs only when polymerase replicates a sequence to which the probe is bound. In other words, a probe will fluoresce significantly only in droplets within which a target nucleotide sequence has been amplified through PCR. Accordingly, radiation source 4202 will generally be configured to emit radiation at a wavelength that stimulates fluorescent emission from one or more probes known to be present in the sample, and fluorescence detector 4208 will be configured to detect such stimulated radiation.
Radiation source 4202 may take any form suitable for transmitting radiation at one or more desired wavelengths or wavelength bands. For example, radiation source 4202 may be a laser, such as a diode laser, emitting substantially monochromatic light at a wavelength of 488 nanometers (nm) or at some other desired wavelength. Radiation source 4202 also may include multiple separate lasers, emitting light at either a single wavelength or at multiple different wavelengths. One or more (or all) of the lasers of radiation source 4202 may be replaced by an alternate source of light, such as a light-emitting diode (LED) configured to emit a directed beam of radiation at one or more desired wavelengths. In yet other embodiments, white light illumination, for example, from a Halogen lamp, may also be used to provide the radiation source.
Transmission optics 4204 may include any optical components suitable for directing, focusing, or otherwise desirably affecting radiation from source 4202. For example, as depicted in
Forward scatter detector 4206 is configured to receive and detect radiation scattered from droplets passing through intersection region 4214, as described previously. Various types of detectors may be suitable, depending on the desired cost and/or sensitivity of the detector. In approximate order of decreasing sensitivity, exemplary types of scatter detectors that may be suitable include photodiodes, avalanche photodiodes, multi-pixel photon counters, and photomultiplier tubes. The presence of optical element 4216, which typically will be a converging lens used to refocus scattered radiation toward scatter detector 4206, may decrease the necessary sensitivity of the forward scatter detector for a given application, by increasing the intensity per unit area of scattered radiation incident on the detector.
Fluorescence detector 4208 is configured to receive and detect fluorescence radiation emitted by droplets at or near the time they pass through intersection region 4214. Various types of fluorescence detectors may be suitable, depending on factors such as desired cost and/or sensitivity, including photodiodes, avalanche photodiodes, multi-pixel photon counters, and photomultiplier tubes. Also as in the case of the forward scatter, utilizing an optical element 4218, typically a converging lens, between intersection region 4214 and fluorescence detector 4208 may decrease the necessary sensitivity of the fluorescence detector by increasing the intensity per unit area of fluorescence radiation incident on the detector.
An example of a negative signal is indicated at 4236, where the detection of a sub-threshold amount of fluorescence is due to the presence of uncleaved fluorescent probe in the droplet. As described previously, the fluorescence of such probes is generally not completely quenched even in the absence of cleavage by a binding polymerase. Also, the differences in fluorescent intensity of a positive, as seen in the signal voltage peak heights between the positive peak at 4230 and positive peak 4234, can be attributed to different amounts of starting nucleic acid target originally in the droplet prior to PCR (e.g., one versus two starting targets). The ratio of different amounts of starting target amounts may be governed by Poisson statistics.
Typically, hundreds to millions of droplets are analyzed per run. In any case, after a desired number of signals have been detected by fluorescence detector 4208, i.e., after a desired number of droplets have passed through intersection region 4214, the positive and negative signals are counted and analyzed. Analysis is typically performed using receiver-operator characteristic curves and Poisson statistics to determine target presence and target concentration, respectively. Running analysis using Poisson statistics can also be performed to give an estimate of target concentration prior to processing all the droplets (i.e., subsets of the total droplets are used in the statistical analysis). The analysis of droplets is further described in Section VII.
This example describes fluorescence detectors configured to measure the end-point fluorescence signal of sample/reagent droplet after PCR, and which utilize one or more optical fibers to transmit radiation to and/or from an intersection region within which illuminating radiation intersects the path of the sample-containing droplets. The exemplary systems are suitable for making both qualitative and quantitative measurements; see
Replacing the transmission optics with optical fiber 4254 may allow system 4254 to be constructed relatively inexpensively and in a more space-saving manner than systems using optical elements such as mirrors and lenses. This results from the fact that the cost and space associated with the other optical elements is no longer necessary, and also from the fact that optical fiber 4254 may be shaped in any desired manner, allowing significant design flexibility. Aside from optical fiber 4254, detection system 4250 otherwise includes a radiation source 4252, a forward scatter detector 4256, and a fluorescence detector 4258, all of which are similar to their counterparts in system 4200 and will not be described again in detail.
Optical fiber 4254 is depicted in
In the case of system 4270, optical fiber 4286 will be configured to transmit at least scattered radiation having a wavelength equal to the wavelength of light emitted by radiation source 4272 (which generally does not change during scattering), and optical fiber 4288 will be configured to transmit at least fluorescence radiation emitted by any fluorescent probes within droplets 4280 that are excited by incident radiation from source 4272. Accordingly, optical fibers 4286 and 4288 may in some cases be constructed from different materials. The use of optical fibers 4286 and 4288 may result in cost and space savings for the same reasons described previously with respect to the use of optical fiber 4254 in system 4250.
Aside from the use of optical fibers 4286 and 4288, system 4270 is similar to system 4200, including radiation source 4272, transmission optics 4274, a forward scatter detector 4276, and a fluorescence detector 4278, which are similar to their previously described counterparts and will not be described further. Radiation from source 4272 passes through transmission optics 4274 and encounters droplets 4280 traveling through fluid channel 4282, at an intersection region 4284. Some of the forward scattered radiation is transmitted through optical fiber 4286 to forward scatter detector 4276. Similarly, some of the fluorescence radiation emitted from droplets 4280 is transmitted through optical fiber 4288 to fluorescence detector 4278. As in the case of optical fiber 4254 in
As described previously, the use of optical fibers may result in various cost and space savings. These savings may be further amplified, relative to systems 4250 and 4270, by the use of fiber optics for all of the radiation transfer in system 4300. Aside from the use of optical fibers for radiation transfer and any associated efficiencies, system 4300 is similar in both its components and its operation to the previously described systems, and accordingly will not be described further.
By configuring the intersection region in this manner and avoiding two interfaces between media with different indices of refraction, undesirable reflections of the incident radiation may be decreased, resulting in a greater intensity of radiation reaching droplets 4324. Furthermore, embedding optical fiber 4322 within a connected fluid channel may allow for more convenient and stable placement of the optical fiber at a small distance from fluid channel 4326 and at a desired orientation relative to fluid channel 4326, again potentially resulting in a greater intensity of radiation reaching the droplets. To secure optical fiber 4322 in place within channel 4328, a fluidic fitting 4330 may be placed at an end of channel 4328, and configured so that optical fiber 4322 passes through an aperture of the fitting in a fluid tight manner.
Intersection regions of the type depicted in
Fluid channel 4344, which is configured to transport the droplets to intersection region 4340 where the droplets encounter stimulating radiation transmitted by optical fiber 4348, is shown splitting into two (or more) outgoing fluid channels 4350 and 4352 after droplets 4342 pass through the central part of intersection region 4340. This allows the sample-containing droplets to continue their motion through the PCR system while still allowing a collinear arrangement of fluid channel 4344 and optical fiber 4348. As
The intersection region shown in
Side-facing region 4380 of intersection region 4360, which is configured to transport the droplets to intersection region 4360 where the droplets encounter stimulating radiation transmitted by optical fiber 4368, is configured to allow only a small number of droplets, such as one droplet at a time, to travel parallel to the long axis of optical fiber 4368. This configuration may result in relatively more accurate detection of fluorescence radiation, because only one droplet (or a small number of droplets) is stimulated with incident radiation at a time, and only the stimulated droplet(s) emits substantial fluorescence radiation back into optical fiber 4368 for detection.
Optical fiber 4368 of
In some cases, a detection system according to the present disclosure may include multiple separate incident radiation channels to illuminate sample-containing droplets that have undergone PCR thermocycling. This example describes two such systems and some of their potential uses; see
Radiation from source 4402 passes from the source toward transmission optics, as generally indicated at 4404. Transmission optics 4404 may include one or more optical elements, such as a mirror 4406, configured primarily to redirect radiation emitted by source 4402 in a desired direction. Transmission optics 4404 also may include one or more optical elements, such as reflective elements 4408, 4410, 4412, configured to split the radiation emitted by source 4402 into several different portions, each of which may be redirected in a particular manner, such as the manner shown in
In some instances, reflective elements 4408, 4410, 4412 may be configured to transmit and reflect incident radiation in different ways. For example, reflective element 4408 may be configured to reflect approximately one-third of the radiation incident upon it and to transmit approximately two-thirds of the radiation incident upon it, reflective element 4410 may be configured to reflect approximately one-half of the radiation incident upon it and to transmit approximately one-half of the radiation incident upon it, and reflective element 4412 may be configured to reflect substantially all of the radiation incident upon it. In this manner, radiation emitted by radiation source 4402 may be split into three portions of approximately equal intensity.
In cases where it is desirable to split the radiation emitted by source 4402 into a number of channels other than three, a plurality of reflective surfaces may be configured appropriately. Specifically, when n channels are desired, n reflective elements may be used, with the first reflective element configured to reflect fraction 1/n and to transmit fraction (n−1)/n of the radiation incident upon it, the second reflective element configured to reflect fraction 1/(n−1) and to transmit fraction (n−2)/(n−1) of the radiation incident upon it, the third reflective element configured to reflect fraction 1/(n−2) and to transmit fraction (n−3)/(n−2) of the radiation incident upon it, and so forth, until the last reflective element in the sequence is a pure mirror that reflects all of the radiation incident upon it and transmits none. This results in each of the n reflective elements reflecting an equal fraction 1/n of the radiation emitted by the radiation source.
An arrangement configured to split radiation from a source into several portions of either approximately equal intensity or differing intensities may be useful, for example, when it is desirable to search for various targets, each of which is bound to a fluorescent probe configured to be excited by the same wavelength of incident radiation but to fluoresce at a different wavelength. For instance, reflective surfaces 4408, 4410 and 4412 may be configured to reflect radiation toward intersection regions 4414, 4416 and 4418, respectively, which may be viewed as different adjacent portions of a single, larger intersection region. Similarly, when a plurality of radiation sources are used instead of reflective surfaces, each radiation source may be configured to transmit fluorescence stimulating radiation to a different adjacent portion of the intersection region.
In the intersection region(s), the arriving radiation will intersect a fluid channel 4420 (such as a capillary tube) through which sample-containing droplets 4422 are moving. Each droplet thus may be irradiated a plurality of times, and accordingly may be stimulated to emit fluorescence radiation a plurality of times if the irradiated droplet contains any of several desired target nucleic acid sequences. However, the droplet may emit a different wavelength of stimulated radiation depending upon which target it contains (and thus which fluorescent probe has been cleaved from its associated quenching molecule by replication of the target).
To detect stimulated fluorescence radiation corresponding to the various targets, a plurality of fluorescence detectors 4424, 4426, 4428 may be used, with each detector positioned and oriented to receive fluorescence radiation produced at a different one of intersection regions 4414, 4416, 4418 (or at a different portion of the larger intersection region encompassing regions 4414, 4416, 4418). Furthermore, each fluorescence detector may be configured to detect fluorescence at a different wavelength, corresponding to one or more (but not all) of the varieties of target molecules or target nucleic acid sequences. Thus, a given irradiated droplet may emit stimulated fluorescence that is detected by just one of detectors 4424, 4426, 4428, resulting in a “positive” detection of just one (or a subset) of the target sequences. In this manner, system 4400 may be used to search for multiple targets simultaneously.
Splitting incident radiation in the manner of system 4400 also may be useful when it is desirable to illuminate sample-containing droplets for more time than it takes the droplet to pass through the unsplit beam of the source. For instance, as described above, system 4400 may be configured so that droplets 4422 passing through a fluid channel 4420 intersect radiation from source 4402 at several intersection regions 4414, 4416, 4418 corresponding to the various split beams. If these intersection regions are disposed relatively near each other, then each droplet may essentially be continuously illuminated in an area spanning all of the intersection regions 4414, 4416, 4418. The resulting relatively long integration time (i.e., the time of exposure of a droplet to illuminating radiation) may result in greater fluorescence from each target-containing droplet, and thus in greater accuracy of the detection system. Another way to obtain a similar result is illustrated in
Still considering
When dichroic reflective surfaces are provided, reflective surface 4408 may be configured to reflect a particular wavelength or wavelength range toward intersection region 4414, reflective surface 4410 may be configured to reflect another particular wavelength or wavelength range toward intersection region 4416, and reflective surface 4412 may be configured to reflect yet another particular wavelength or wavelength range toward intersection region 4418. Alternatively, reflective surface 4412 may be configured to reflect all radiation toward region 4418, since this will include any desired radiation that was not already reflected by surfaces 4408 and 4410. Accordingly, different wavelengths of incident radiation will arrive at each intersection region 4414, 4416, 4418, and stimulated fluorescence emission will occur only if a probe sensitive to a particular arriving wavelength has been activated due to polymerase cleaving of its associated quenching molecule, i.e., only if a particular target is present. Detectors 4424, 4426, 4428 may be used to monitor the activation of droplets within the various intersection regions, as described previously.
As indicated in
Alternatively, if the adjustment speed of mirror 4458 is chosen to correspond to the known approximate speed of sample-containing droplets traveling within fluid channel 4460, then the mirror may effectively increase the illumination time of each droplet by “tracking” the droplet through the channel. In this case, it may be appropriate to use only a single fluorescence detector, with a field of view that spans the entire path traveled by a droplet during its illumination.
This example describes fluid focus mechanisms for achieving a desired separation between sample-containing droplets as they pass through a fluorescence detection system; see
In addition, proper spacing can help to avoid unintentionally detecting radiation from two or more droplets simultaneously, which can result in false positives and other errors in the detection system. For instance, as described previously, an uncleaved probe within a droplet still emits some amount of fluorescence even though the nucleic acid target is not present in the droplet. Thus, the intensity of fluorescence emitted from two or more droplets, neither of which contains a target, may be sufficient to trigger a positive detection result if the fluorescence from those multiple droplets is mistakenly thought to come from a single droplet. Other errors, such as errors in determining droplet volume and target concentration, also may result when droplets are spaced too closely together.
A droplet entering focus region 4492 will be channeled into droplet egress channel 4494, which is the only channel through which fluid can exit the focus region. Egress channel 4494 may be configured to have regions with a smaller inner diameter 4496 than the inner diameter of some or all of droplet input channel 4482 and focus fluid input channels 4488, 4490, although in some instances this may not be the case. Because fluid is flowing into focus region 4492 from focus fluid input channels 4488 and 4490 as well as from droplet input channel 4482, and/or because egress channel 4494 has a smaller cross sectional area than the other channels, fluid will flow more rapidly through the egress channel than through the other channels.
Because of the increase in fluid speed as fluid approaches the egress channel, droplets will accelerate as they enter the egress channel, and will become separated from each other as
Mechanism 4510 also includes an outer fluid channel 4518, which surrounds at least a portion of droplet input channel 4512, including neck portion 4516. In conjunction with droplet input channel 4512, outer fluid channel 4518 defines a focus fluid input channel 4520 between the droplet input channel and the outer fluid channel. Typically, droplet input channel 4512 and outer fluid channel 4518 will be cylindrical, so that focus fluid input channel 4520 will take the form of a concentric cylindrical shell. Focusing fluid, generally indicated by arrows 4522, may be transferred through focus fluid input channel 4520 at a desired velocity. Accordingly, as each droplet 4515 exits neck portion 4516, it will accelerate away from the neck portion due to the flow of the focusing fluid. Through careful selection of the geometry of the system and the focusing fluid velocity, any desired separation between adjacent droplets exiting the neck portion can be attained. A radiation source 4524, a forward scatter detector 4526, and a fluorescence detector 4528 may be provided to irradiate, track, and analyze droplets as described previously.
As
In some cases, it may be desirable to irradiate and/or detect fluorescence from sample-containing droplets in relatively large batches rather than one droplet at a time. This example describes a system for detecting fluorescence emitted from a plurality of droplets that have been transferred to a chamber for batch detection; see
Batch detection system 4560 includes a droplet input channel 4562, within which sample-containing droplets 4564 may be caused to flow in an emulsion (such as a water-in-oil emulsion), just as in the previously described detection systems. System 4560 also includes a valve mechanism, generally indicated at 4566, which is configured to selectively direct droplets toward either of two fluorescence detection chambers 4568, 4570. For example, valve mechanism 4566 may include a first valve 4572 disposed between droplet input channel 4562 and detection chamber 4568, and a second valve 4574 disposed between droplet input channel 4562 and detection chamber 4570. Thus, by opening and closing valves 4572 and 4574 appropriately, droplets may be transferred selectively into chambers 4568, 4570. This may allow a substantially continuous flow of emulsion to be transferred from the droplet input fluid channel to the fluorescence detection chambers.
Chambers 4568, 4570 may be configured to have a relatively shallow depth, to allow substantially only a monolayer of droplets within each chamber, so that only one droplet is disposed within each portion of the line of sight of a detector and is confined to the focal plane of the detector. Alternatively, various three-dimensional detection configurations, such as confocal imaging or wide-field imaging with deconvolution, may be used with non-monolayer samples.
A radiation source 4576 is configured to illuminate droplets within chambers 4568, 4570, and after a desired number of droplets are transferred into one of the detection chambers, the chamber may be illuminated with radiation from source 4576. Source 4576 may be configured in various ways to illuminate substantially all of the droplets within a chamber. For example, radiation source 4576 may include a single radiation emitting element, configured to illuminate substantially the entire chamber either by emitting a broad beam of radiation or by emitting radiation toward intermediate optics (not shown) that spread the emitted beam to cover the entire chamber. The radiation source also may include a plurality of radiation emitting elements, such as lasers, LEDs, and/or lamps, among others, each configured to illuminate a portion of the appropriate detection chamber. Alternatively or in addition, one or more radiation emitting elements of radiation source 4576 may be configured to scan the chamber, to sequentially illuminate droplets within the chamber, or the chamber itself may be configured to move so that all portions of the chamber intersect a substantially stationary beam of radiation. In some cases, a combination of two or more of the above techniques may be effective.
A fluorescence detector 4578 is provided and configured to detect fluorescence emitted from droplets 4564. As has been described previously, the amount of fluorescence emitted by a particular droplet is expected to be significantly higher if the droplet contains a target nucleotide sequence, because in that case the corresponding fluorescent probe will typically have been cleaved from its associated quenching molecule. Thus, after the droplets within a detection chamber have been illuminated with stimulating radiation or in some cases while illumination is occurring, detector 4578 may be configured to receive fluorescence from the detection chamber. As in the case of illumination, detection may proceed in various ways. For example, a large format detector such as a CCD focal plane array may be used to detect radiation emitted from an entire detection chamber simultaneously. Alternatively, a smaller detector such as a photodiode or a photomultiplier may be scanned across the chamber, or the chamber may be repositioned with respect to the detector, to detect fluorescence radiation from various portions of the detection chamber sequentially.
System 4560 may be configured to allow substantially continuous flow through droplet input channel 4562, by transferring droplets into two or more detection chambers, such as chambers 4568, 4570, sequentially. For example,
Upon completion of the detection process on the droplets within chamber 4568, valve 4574 may be closed, valve 4572 may be opened, and another valve 4580 at the distal end of chamber 4568 also may be opened. This stops the flow of droplets into chamber 4570 and restarts the flow of droplets into chamber 4568, while allowing the droplets already in chamber 4568 to escape through distal valve 4580. Another distal valve 4582 may be disposed at the end of chamber 4570 for a similar purpose. Alternatively, before the flow of droplets into a given chamber is resumed, and while droplets are still flowing into the other chamber, the chamber not receiving droplets may be washed with a fluid that enters through another fluid channel (not shown). This may help to avoid the possibility of mistakenly illuminating and detecting the same droplet twice. With or without a wash step, coordinated motions of valves as described above may allow an emulsion of sample-containing droplets to be continuously transferred in and out of any desired number of detection chambers.
Batch fluorescence detection may be performed without actually stopping droplets within the detection chambers of the system. For example, even if valves 4580, 4582 are not provided or are left open, droplets entering one of chambers 4568, 4570 may slow sufficiently to allow batch detection, and the lateral width of the detection chambers may be chosen to facilitate this. Alternatively or in addition, various particle tracking algorithms may be used to track droplets as they move within the detection chambers. Furthermore, a batch detection system may be partially or completely fluidically decoupled from other portions of a molecular amplification system. For example, a simple array of droplet-containing wells or reservoirs (such as a plate array) may be placed in a fluorescence detection region and imaged as described above.
This example describes a method of detecting fluorescence from sample-containing droplets that have undergone PCR thermocycling; see
At step 4602, sample-containing droplets are separated by a desired average distance. This may be accomplished, for example, by various flow focusing techniques such as those described above (i.e., by flow focusing the droplets as they are generated), and/or by generating droplets at a suitable rate. In cases of batch detection such as in a stop-flow system, it may be appropriate for droplets to remain closely spaced during fluorescence detection, and accordingly a droplet separation step may not be performed.
At step 4604, the sample-containing droplets are transferred into a radiation intersection region, within which they will be exposed to illuminating radiation chosen to stimulate emission of fluorescence radiation from one or more fluorescent probes within the droplets, with an intensity that depends in part on whether or not a quenching moiety has been cleaved from the probe due to polymerase binding of the associated nucleotide target primer. In the case of continuous flow detection, the intersection region may be disposed within a fluid channel such as a capillary tube. In the case of batch detection, the intersection region may be disposed within one or more detection chambers. In this case, transferring droplets into the intersection region may include steps such as opening and closing one or more valves to allow a continuous flow of droplets into and out of the intersection region.
At step 4606, the droplets in the radiation intersection region encounter and are irradiated with stimulating radiation, which includes at least one wavelength chosen to excite the fluorescent probe(s) known to be present in the reagents within the droplets. As described above, the illuminating radiation may be produced by a laser, and LED, or any other suitable radiation source, and may be transferred to the intersection region through free space or through one or more optical fibers. Furthermore, the radiation may be focused, diverged, split, filtered, and/or otherwise processed before reaching the intersection region, to efficiently irradiate the droplets in the most suitable manner for a particular detector system configuration.
At step 4608, radiation scattered from the droplets in the intersection region may be detected by a forward scattering detector. This step will typically not be performed in a batch detection system, where each droplet is approximately stationary or at least relatively slow moving in a detection chamber that serves as the radiation intersection region. However, detecting scattered radiation in a continuous flow detection system may help to correlate simultaneous or subsequent fluorescence detection with the presence of droplets in the intersection region, and may allow the volume and target molecule concentration of each droplet to be estimated, as described above. More generally, step 4608 may include performing any measurement to enable an estimation of the volume of each droplet, such as the amount of radiation scattered from the droplet, the time of flight of the droplet as it passes through the intersection region, an electrical property of the droplet, or a thermal property of the droplet. Method 4600 also may include estimating the volume of each droplet based on the measurement performed in step 4608.
At step 4610, fluorescence emitted by droplets irradiated in the intersection region is detected by a fluorescence detector. As described in the preceding examples, the emitted radiation may be transferred to the fluorescence detector with or without passing through one or more intermediate optical elements such as lenses, apertures, filters, or the like. The emitted radiation also may or may not be transferred to the fluorescence detector through one or more optical fibers. In batch detection applications, the detector and/or the intersection region may be configured to move in a manner that allows an optical scan of the intersection region by a detector having a smaller field of view than the entire intersection region.
At step 4612, detected fluorescence is analyzed to determine whether or not a particular target nucleotide sequence was present in the droplets. Additional information, including but not limited to an estimate of the number or fraction of droplets containing a target molecule, the average concentration of target molecules in the droplets, an error margin, and/or a statistical confidence level, also may be extracted from the collected data.
Using the data collected from each droplet in an analysis may be conditional and may depend, for example, on whether the estimated volume of the droplet falls within a particular predetermined range. More specifically, if the estimated volume of a droplet falls within a predetermined range, then the fluorescence intensity emitted by that droplet may be used in a determination of target molecule concentration in the sample, whereas if the estimated volume of the droplet falls outside the predetermined range, then the fluorescence intensity emitted by the droplet may be excluded from a determination of target molecule concentration in the sample.
This example describes additional aspects of sample detection, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure, presented without limitation as a series of numbered sentences.
1. A method of detecting target molecule concentration in a sample, comprising (A) generating sample-containing droplets with a droplet generator; (B) amplifying target molecules within the droplets; (C) transferring the droplets through an intersection region where the droplets encounter radiation from a radiation source; (D) estimating the volume of each droplet based on a measurement performed as the droplet passes through the intersection region; (E) detecting fluorescence intensity emitted by each droplet; and (F) for each droplet, if the estimated volume of the droplet falls within a predetermined range then using the fluorescence intensity emitted by the droplet in a determination of target molecule concentration in the sample, and if the estimated volume of the droplet falls outside the predetermined range then excluding the fluorescence intensity emitted by the droplet from a determination of target molecule concentration in the sample.
2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the measurement is an amount of radiation scattered from the droplet.
3. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the measurement is time of passage of the droplet through a detector field of view.
4. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the measurement is an electrical property of the droplet.
5. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the measurement is a thermal property of the droplet.
6. The method of paragraph 1, further comprising separating the droplets by a desired average distance prior to transferring them through the intersection region.
7. A fluorescence detection method, comprising (A) generating sample-containing droplets; (B) separating the droplets by a desired average distance; (C) transferring the droplets to a radiation intersection region; (D) exposing the droplets to radiation configured to stimulate emission of fluorescence radiation from a fluorescent probe within the droplets; and (E) detecting fluorescence radiation emitted by the droplets.
8. The method of paragraph 7, wherein separating the droplets includes flow focusing the droplets as they are generated.
9. The method of paragraph 7, further comprising analyzing the detected fluorescence radiation to determine whether or not each droplet contains a target molecule.
10. A target molecule detection system, comprising (A) a droplet generator configured to generate sample-containing droplets; (B) a molecular amplifier configured to replicate target molecules within the droplets; (C) a radiation source configured to stimulate emission of fluorescence radiation from droplets containing target molecules; (D) a fluorescence detector configured to detect fluorescence radiation emitted by the droplets; and (E) a first optical fiber configured to transmit stimulating radiation from the radiation source to the droplets.
11. The system of paragraph 10, wherein the first optical fiber has a long axis oriented substantially parallel to a droplet input fluid channel configured to transport the droplets to an intersection region where the droplets encounter stimulating radiation transmitted by the first optical fiber.
12. The system of paragraph 10, wherein the first optical fiber has a long axis oriented substantially parallel to a side-facing region of a droplet input fluid channel configured to transport the droplets to an intersection region where the droplets encounter stimulating radiation transmitted by the first optical fiber, and wherein the side-facing region is configured to allow substantially only one droplet at a time to travel parallel to the long axis of the first optical fiber.
13. The system of paragraph 11 or 12, wherein the first optical fiber is further configured to transmit fluorescence radiation from the droplets to the fluorescence detector.
14. The system of paragraph 10, further comprising a second optical fiber configured to transmit fluorescence radiation from the droplets to the fluorescence detector.
15. The system of paragraph 14, further comprising a scattering detector configured to detect radiation scattered from the droplets, and a third optical fiber configured to transmit the scattered radiation to the scattering detector.
16. The system of paragraph 10, further comprising (F) a droplet input fluid channel; and (G) a radiation input fluid channel; wherein the droplet input fluid channel is configured to transport a fluid containing the droplets through an intersection region, the first optical fiber is configured to emit radiation from the radiation source directly into fluid within the radiation input fluid channel, the radiation input fluid channel is configured to transmit radiation from the first optical fiber to the intersection region, and the droplet input fluid channel is fluidically connected to the radiation input fluid channel.
17. A target molecule detection system, comprising (A) a droplet generator configured to generate sample-containing droplets; (B) a molecular amplifier configured to replicate target molecules within the droplets; (C) a fluid channel configured to transport the droplets through a radiation intersection region; (D) a plurality of radiation sources, each configured to transmit fluorescence stimulating radiation to a different adjacent portion of the intersection region; and (E) at least one fluorescence detector configured to detect fluorescence radiation emitted by droplets disposed within the intersection region.
18. The system of paragraph 17, wherein the at least one fluorescence detector includes a plurality of fluorescence detectors, each configured to detect fluorescence radiation emitted by droplets within one of the different portions of the intersection region.
19. The system of paragraph 18, wherein each fluorescence detector is configured to detect fluorescence radiation at a different wavelength, each wavelength corresponding to at least one variety of target molecule.
20. The system of paragraph 19, wherein each radiation source is configured to transmit fluorescence stimulating radiation at a different wavelength.
21. A target molecule detection system, comprising (A) a droplet generator configured to generate an emulsion of sample-containing droplets; (B) a molecular amplifier configured to replicate target molecules within the droplets; (C) a droplet input fluid channel configured to transfer the emulsion to at least one fluorescence detection chamber; (D) a radiation source configured to illuminate droplets within the at least one detection chamber with stimulating radiation; and (E) a fluorescence detector configured to detect fluorescence radiation emitted by the illuminated droplets.
22. The system of paragraph 21, wherein the at least one detection chamber is configured to contain substantially only a monolayer of droplets.
23. The system of paragraph 21, wherein the at least one detection chamber includes two detection chambers and a valve mechanism configured to selectively direct droplets toward one of the two detection chambers.
24. The system of paragraph 23, wherein the valve mechanism is configured to allow a substantially continuous flow of emulsion to be transferred from the droplet input fluid channel to the fluorescence detection chambers.
VII. Quantification/Analysis
This Section describes exemplary systems for analyzing reaction data and, optionally, for using results of the analysis to adjust system parameters to improve the quality of subsequent data, for example, for use with droplet-based assay systems. The systems are described, for convenience, in terms of fluorescence intensity data obtained in connection with PCR; however, the systems apply more generally to discrete data obtained in connection with any suitable reaction. Additional pertinent disclosure may be found in the U.S. provisional patent applications listed above under Cross-References and incorporated herein by reference, particularly Ser. No. 61/277,216, filed Sep. 21, 2009.
It may be desirable, once a sample-containing emulsion has been created, thermocycled by an enzymatic amplification system such as a PCR thermocycler, and passed through a detection system, to analyze the data gathered by the detection system to extract desired information about the sample. As described previously, the gathered data will typically include at least a fluorescence intensity level emitted by each detected droplet under excitation from a radiation source. The fluorescence intensity emitted by a given droplet typically will reflect the number of replicated target nucleic acid molecules in the droplet, and thus will be a measure of the target molecule concentration in the original, unamplified sample. Fluorescence intensity will be measured by one or more fluorescence detectors such as a photomultiplier tube or a photodiode or a digital camera. For example, the fluorescence signals from the detector may be digitized and a peak intensity determined as each droplet passes within the field of view of the detector. The peak intensity may be determined using a curve fitting technique such as a local parabolic fit or any other suitable method.
Aside from fluorescence intensities, various other data may be gathered during the detection phase. For example, the time of passage of each droplet in front of either a fluorescence detector or a forward scatter detector may be measured. In conjunction with knowledge of the emulsion fluid velocity as it passes through the detection region, and the geometry of each droplet, this may allow an estimate of each droplet's volume. Droplet volume also can be estimated by measuring various one or more other properties of the droplets, such as thermal or electrical conductivity, capacitance, and/or dielectric permittivity, among others.
In any event, it is expected that there will be data, at least including fluorescence intensity, available for each of a relatively large number of sample-containing droplets. This will generally include thousands, tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands of droplets, or more. Statistical tools generally may be applicable to analyzing this data. For example, statistical techniques may be applied to determine, with a certain confidence level, whether or not any target molecules were present in the unamplified sample. This information may in some cases be extracted simply in the form of a digital (“yes or no”) result, whereas in other cases, it also may be desirable to determine an estimate of the concentration of target molecules in the sample, i.e., the number of target molecules per unit volume.
Because target molecule concentration depends not just on the number of target molecules within the emulsion but also on the volume of each droplet, determining the target concentration generally also involves either an explicit or an implicit determination of the volume distribution of the droplets. In some cases, a droplet volume distribution may be determined by measuring parameters such as time of passage of the droplets in the field of view of a detector, or various thermal or electrical properties of each droplet, as noted above. In other cases, the droplet sizes may be assumed to have a certain uniform value, for instance based on knowledge of the underlying characteristics of the droplet generator(s) used in the system. Knowledge of droplet volumes generally facilitates a determination of the concentration of target molecules per unit volume of sample-containing fluid.
Using statistical methods, it is possible to estimate target molecule concentration even when the droplet volumes are unknown and no parameter is measured that allows a direct determination of droplet volume. More specifically, because the target molecules are assumed to be randomly distributed within the droplets, the probability of a particular droplet containing a certain number of target molecules may be modeled by a Poisson distribution function, with droplet concentration as one of the parameters of the function.
If the droplets are assumed to have a known average size but an unknown size distribution, the detected fluorescence data, or a quantity calculated from that data, may be compared to the results predicted by various concentration values. The actual concentration value then may be estimated using an error minimization technique such as a least mean squares (LMS) fit.
Even when the droplets are not assumed to be uniform in size, target concentration may be estimated in a similar manner. To accomplish this, a particular functional form, such as a Gaussian distribution with a particular mean and standard deviation, may be assumed for the probability distribution of droplet volumes. A new Poisson-type distribution function for the probability of finding a given number of target molecules in a droplet then may be calculated, again assuming a random distribution of target molecules throughout the sample. An estimate of the target concentration again may be obtained by comparing one or more quantities determined from the actual fluorescence data with the same quantities predicted by various concentration values, and applying an error minimization technique as described previously.
Statistical techniques also may be applied to improve the accuracy of the data analysis in various ways. For example, statistical analysis of fluorescence data may help to determine an appropriate choice of a threshold fluorescence level between negative and positive detection of a target molecule within a given droplet. Applying this detection threshold to the data then may result in a more accurate determination of target concentration than simply choosing a threshold value a priori. Alternatively, the detection threshold may be left as a variable, and information may be extracted from the data across a range of different threshold values spanning a portion of (or all of) the range of detected fluorescence intensities.
Furthermore, the confidence level of the detection threshold fluorescence level may be increased (or equivalently, the confidence interval for a given confidence level may be narrowed) using various statistical resampling techniques such as random sampling with replacement (known in the field of statistics as “bootstrapping”) of subsets of the fluorescence data (known as “jackknifing” or “jackknife bootstrapping”). In either case, an improved confidence level in the detection threshold may be obtained by analyzing the variability of the threshold level across replacement data sets.
Similarly, statistical methods may be used to provide other forms of feedback that can result in more efficient use of the amplification system and/or more accurate data analysis. For example, an initial determination of target molecule concentration in the unamplified sample-containing droplets may reveal that the concentration is either too high or too low to be optimal, and this information may be used to adjust various parameters of the system. More specifically, if the target concentration is too low (but nonzero), many droplets may contain no target molecules at all, resulting in poor statistics and wasted resources in preparing and processing large numbers of “empty” droplets despite the fact that some target molecules are present in the sample. On the other hand, if the target concentration is too high, virtually all of the droplets will be saturated with target molecules after amplification, and it will not be possible to determine the target concentration of the original sample accurately because there will be no significant fluorescence variation among droplets. Either of these situations may result in an undesirably large confidence interval for the determination of target concentration.
Several system parameters may be adjusted in response to a determination that the concentration of target molecules in the unamplified sample-containing droplets is not optimal for the existing parameters. For example, the sample-containing solution may be diluted or concentrated prior to droplet generation, to respectively decrease or increase target concentration. Similarly, the size range of the generated droplets may be increased to lower the probability of droplets becoming saturated with the target molecule after amplification, or decreased to increase the likelihood of finding a target molecule (and the average number of target molecules) in each droplet. In addition, various characteristics of the amplification system, such as the thermocycling temperatures and/or the number of thermocycles, may be increased in response to a determination that too little amplification is occurring, or decreased in response to a determination that too much amplification is occurring.
At step 4802, a confidence condition is chosen. This condition can include, for example, a desired confidence level and/or an associated confidence interval.
At step 4804, sample-containing droplets are generated. Various methods and apparatus for generating such droplets are described elsewhere herein, for example, in Sections III and IV.
At step 4806, target molecules within the droplets are amplified by PCR or some other enzymatic amplification technique. Methods and apparatus for amplifying target nucleotide sequences are described elsewhere herein, for example, in Section V.
At step 4808, data such as fluorescence intensity, time of passage, one or more thermal properties, and/or one or more electrical properties, are collected from the droplets. Methods and apparatus for detecting properties of sample-containing droplets are described elsewhere herein, for example, in Section VI.
At step 4810, a measure of target molecule concentration (i.e., the number of target molecules per unit volume) in the unamplified sample is estimated from the collected data. The estimated measure may include the fraction of droplets containing one or more target molecules, and/or an estimate of the actual concentration.
At step 4812, a confidence condition for the measure estimated in step 4810 is determined. Typically, this will include a confidence level and/or an associated confidence interval, which can be compared to the desired confidence condition received at step 4802.
At step 4814, the determined confidence condition is compared with the desired confidence condition, and at step 4816, a determination is made as to whether the desired confidence condition has been attained.
At step 4818, if the desired confidence condition was attained by the estimated measure of step 4810, then the measure is accepted.
At step 4820, if the desired confidence condition was not attained by the estimated measure of step 4810, then a determination is made as to whether a suitable droplet generation parameter adjustment is available. Suitable adjustments may include adjusting the number of droplets generated (i.e., generating more droplets), changing the sample chemistry, diluting or concentrating the sample prior to droplet generation, generating droplets of different sizes, adjusting thermocycling temperatures, and/or adjusting the number of thermocycles applied to the droplets, among others.
At step 4822, if step 4820 determines that a suitable droplet generation parameter adjustment is available, then one or more droplet generation parameter adjustments is made, and the process returns to step 4804 to generate additional droplets using the adjusted parameter(s). The parameter adjustment may in some cases be simply to generate more droplets to improve statistical confidence, without changing any other parameter of the system. In other cases, a sufficient number of appropriate droplets already may have been created, and the parameter adjustment may relate entirely to the thermocycler. In that case, step 4804 need not be performed again, but rather the method may proceed directly from step 4822 back to step 4806. In any event, the method then proceeds cyclically as
Given a set of droplet fluorescence data, there are various techniques that can be used to estimate concentration measures and a confidence condition such as confidence level and confidence interval. The following examples describe several specific statistical techniques that may be applied to the data to extract useful information to a desired degree of accuracy under various circumstances.
This example describes techniques for estimating the concentration per droplet (average number of target molecules per droplet) with the use of some pre-determined calibration or knowledge on the data set, nominally a characteristic such as a fluorescence threshold that may be used to distinguish target-containing droplets from empty droplets, and the statistical characterization of the confidence of this determination. This example assumes that a collection of values representing the fluorescence intensity for each droplet is available. The techniques described in this example can be applied to peak fluorescence data (i.e., the maximum fluorescence intensity emitted by a droplet containing a particular number of target molecules), but are not limited to this type of data. The described techniques may be generalized to any measurements that could be used to distinguish target-containing droplets from empty droplets.
If C is the target concentration of a sample (number of target molecules per unit volume), Vd is the volume of a droplet (assumed constant in this example), and λ=CVd is the average number of copies per droplet, the probability that a given droplet will contain k target molecules is given by the Poisson distribution:
If, for example, there is an average of 3 copies of target nucleic acid per droplet, Poisson's distribution would indicate that an expected 5.0% of droplets would have zero copies, 14.9% would have one copy, 22.4% would have 2 copies, 22.4% would have 3 copies, 16.8% would have 4 copies, and so on. It can be reasonably assumed that a droplet will react if there is one or more target nucleic acid molecules in the volume. In total, 95% of the droplets should be positive, with 5% negative. Because the different numbers of initial copies per droplet can, in general, be distinguished after amplification, a general description of the analysis taking this into account can provide improved accuracy in calculating concentration.
We can define an initial number of copies K after which there is no difference in detection probability. We can now define a variable, X, describing the probability that a given fluorescence measurement will be defined as a positive detection (X=1). As equation (2) below indicates, this is defined to be the sum of the probabilities of a droplet containing any fluorescently distinguishable positive (first term right hand side) plus the fluorescently saturated positives (second term right hand side), plus the negatives that are incorrectly identified as positives (third term right hand side):
This can also be written in terms of λ by substituting equation (1) for the Poisson probabilities:
The probability that a given measurement will be defined as a negative (X=0) can also be defined as:
Pmeasurement(X=0)=1−Pmeasurement(X=1) (4)
The equations above are simplified for an apparatus where K=1, i.e., where one or more target copies per droplet fall within the same fluorescence peak or the separation between positive and negatives is so clear that Pfa can be neglected. In some cases, however, there may be significant overlap between fluorescence peaks of the negative droplets and the positive droplets, so that Pfa is not negligible. This example applies in either case.
The mean of the variable X is the sum of the product of the realizations and the probabilities:
and its standard deviation is given by
Because the definition of X is such that a negative droplet corresponds to X=0 and a positive droplet corresponds to X=1, the mean of X is also the fraction of positive droplets:
Equation 6 and 7 can then be rewritten:
Because of their high degree of non-linearity, equations (9) and (10) cannot be readily used to find λ without prior knowledge of the probabilities Pdi and Pfa. A special case occurs when all droplets are detected (Pdi=1), only one fluorescent state is distinguishable (K=1), and the positive and negative peaks are easily discernible so that the probability of a false detection is negligible (Pfa=0). In this case, equation (9) can be solved for λ:
This example describes extension of the previous example to situations where the simplifying assumptions Pdi=1, K=1, and Pfa=0 are not made. It allows processing the data without the use of some pre-determined calibration or knowledge on the data set. This example relies on a least mean squares (LMS) or similar fit of the data to the general theory as outlined by equation (9). We define F as a function describing the difference between the theoretical ratio of droplets (see equation (9) above) and the measured equivalent:
This difference should be equal to zero if the proper probabilities and λ can be found. F is, in general, a function of the threshold value set to distinguish positives from negatives, and the distribution of fluorescence signals from a set of droplets with the same initial number of target copies, each of which under basic assumptions can be described by Gaussian distribution, although other distributions are possible and are conceptually simple extensions of the described method. More specifically, due to droplet size variation, PCR efficiency, flow rate variability through the detector, electrical noise and other such random factors, for each number i of initial target molecules in equation (12), there will be a distribution of fluorescence values characterized by a mean value, Mi and standard deviation σi:
The droplets detected as positive from these distributions would be dependent on the chosen threshold:
The function F then becomes:
Equation (15) is a general example that applies to a Gaussian distribution of droplet fluorescence including multiple states of detectable positives. A least mean squares fit of equation (15) to a particular data set may be found through iterative numerical methods, resulting in best fit estimates of λ, Mi, and σi for all possible threshold settings. The same technique may be applied to any other well-defined distribution of target molecules. For example, the configuration may be assumed to follow a distribution that takes into account the number of PCR cycles and/or the PCR efficiency.
The remaining steps of method 4900 are generally computationally intensive, and accordingly are typically performed with the aid of a digital processor programmed with suitable instructions. At step 4908, a measured fraction of droplets containing one or more target molecules is determined from the data collected at step 4906. As described above, this fraction will generally be a function of the threshold fluorescence value chosen to distinguish a positive (target-containing) droplet from a negative droplet. At step 4910, a theoretical value of the fraction of droplets containing one or more target molecules is determined as a function of target molecule concentration in the original, unamplified sample. This theoretical value will, like the value determined from the data, generally also be a function of the chosen detection threshold. A suitable theoretical value is provided, for example, by the integral terms of equation (15) above.
At step 4912, the target concentration is estimated by minimizing a measure of the difference between the theoretical fraction determined in step 4910 and the fraction determined in step 4908 from the collected data. More generally, this step may be performed by comparing the measured fraction to the theoretical fraction in some manner.
This example describes methods that may be used to estimate the confidence interval in an estimated value of target concentration that has been obtained, for example, using the methods of Examples 1 and 2 described above. The confidence interval cannot be directly estimated when a non-linear least mean square is used (as in Example 2). The bootstrap method, on the other hand, can provide some idea of the error of the estimation. The principle is based on estimating a plurality of values of target molecule concentration, where each value is estimated based on a subset of the collected fluorescence intensity values, and then determining a mean value and a standard deviation of the estimated concentration from the plurality of estimated concentration values. The subsets of the samples (here the droplet intensities) are chosen randomly (Monte Carlo). The standard deviation and mean can then provide an estimated concentration as well as a confidence interval defined from the standard deviation (if the assumption is that the estimation follows a Gaussian distribution) or directly from the actual results.
One particular type of bootstrap method, which is sometimes referred to as a form of the jackknife bootstrap method, uses data subsets each chosen to include the total number of data points minus 1. This maximizes the statistics available for the estimation while allowing up to the total number of point subsets. This works particularly well for a large data set. In the case of droplet-based detection, the number of measurements is expected to be on the order of thousands or more, so the jackknife bootstrap technique may be particularly appropriate. In the present application of the jackknife bootstrap, this means that each subset includes all but one of the collected fluorescence intensity values.
The confidence interval obtained using the jackknife bootstrap method may be characterized by its dependence on the following factors:
This example describes how the methods of the previous examples may be extended to situations in which droplet size is not uniform, but rather varies among the droplets according to a Gaussian distribution function. The application of equation (15) above relies on the assumption of a constant droplet volume to calculate the initial concentration, C, from the calculated value of λ and the assumed droplet volume V:
λ=CV (16)
If the droplet volume varies significantly, the same principles can be applied to solving for the concentration for a given droplet size distribution. Equation (2) can be restated as a function of volume:
For a Gaussian distribution of droplet volumes with mean MV and standard deviation σV, equation (15) can be placed into the more general form:
Equation (18) can be solved with the same basic principles of least mean squares as equation (15). A knowledge of the mean droplet volume by alternate measurements as described previously, as well as a knowledge of the standard deviation, will help the least mean square process to converge to a stable solution. However, the least mean square process can also be tried without that knowledge, in which case the mean and standard deviation of the droplet volume will be additional unknown variables. Additionally, theoretical studies have shown that a standard deviation of less than 7% of the mean value has a negligible effect on the results. Therefore, extension of equation (15) to the more general case of equation (18) may not be needed for large required confidence intervals
For the special case where all droplets are detected, Pdi=1, only one fluorescence state is distinguishable, K=1, and the positive and negative peaks are easily discernible so that the probability of a false detection is negligible, Pfa=0, equation (17) will give
Mmeasurement=∫0∞P(V)(1−Exp(−CV))dV (19)
and the standard deviation becomes:
In general, for any known or measured droplet volume distribution P(V), the mean and standard deviation can be calculated.
This example describes various alternative methods of estimating droplet concentration, assuming uniform droplet volume and perfect detectability (i.e., all positive droplets detected, and no false detections). Under these assumptions, an analysis can be performed on the volume spacing between positives in the data. It is straightforward to derive the probability of detecting n negative droplets (i.e., droplets containing no target molecules) before detecting a positive. Applying the Poisson distribution of equation (1), the probability of a droplet containing no target molecules is:
P(0; λ)=Exp(−λ)≡N_N (21)
Therefore, the probability of n consecutive droplets containing no target molecules is:
[P(0; λ)]n=[Exp(−λ)]n=Exp(−nλ) (22)
Furthermore, the probability of a droplet containing one or more target molecules is:
Σk=1k=∞P(k; λ)=1−Exp(−λ)≡N+/N (23)
Thus, the theoretical probability distribution of detecting n consecutive droplets containing no target molecules before detecting a droplet containing at least one target molecule is:
[P(n; λ)]=[P(0; λ)]nΣk=1k=∞P(k; λ)=(1−e−λ)enλ (24)
Accordingly, the target molecule concentration may be estimated by comparing the measured probability distribution to this theoretical probability distribution. For example, taking the natural log of both sides,
ln[P(n; λ)]=ln(1−e−λ)−nλ (25)
Accordingly, a plot of ln [P(n; λ)] versus n will be a line with slope −λ and y-intercept ln[1=e−λ], and P(n; λ) as determined from the data may be used to generate different estimate of λ.
Using equation (24), a related estimator for λ may be derived using a maximum likelihood analysis. Specifically, the value of λ that maximizes the probability of a spacing of n droplets before detecting a positive droplet will correspond to the average spacing value. This value may be found by setting the derivative of P with respect to λ equal to zero:
where <n> is the average value of the spacing calculated from the observed data, i.e., the average number of droplets containing no target molecules before detecting a droplet containing at least one target molecule.
This example describes how the confidence interval for the fraction of positive detections can be determined analytically for the case K=1 using the central limit theorem. Recall from above that the mean value of the positive detection ratio may be expressed as:
and its standard deviation is given by
where the positive detection ratio is measured by the ratio of positively detected droplets to the total number of measurements:
The central limit theorem then states that the standard deviation of N measurements is given by Emeasurement/√N. Therefore, with 95% confidence (2 standard deviations), we have:
For simple cases (here shown with K=1, Pdi=Pdk=1, and Pfa=0), λ can be derived by inverting the previous equation and the result with a confidence interval at 95% confidence (2 standard deviations) can be expressed as:
This example describes additional aspects of systems for analyzing data and improving data collection, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure, presented without limitation as a series of numbered sentences.
1. A method of determining target molecule concentration in a sample to a desired degree of confidence, comprising (A) generating sample-containing droplets with a droplet generator; (B) amplifying target molecules within the droplets; (C) collecting data from the droplets including at least values of fluorescence intensity emitted by a plurality of the droplets; (D) estimating target molecule concentration in the sample based on the collected data; (E) comparing a confidence condition for the estimated concentration with a desired confidence condition; and (F) if the desired confidence condition has not been attained, then adjusting at least one droplet generation parameter.
2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generation parameter is the number of droplets generated.
3. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generation parameter is sample chemistry.
4. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generation parameter is droplet concentration.
5. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generation parameter is droplet size.
6. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generation parameter is a thermocycling temperature.
7. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generation parameter is a number of thermocycles.
8. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the droplet generator is a single-use droplet generator.
9. The method of paragraph 1, wherein collecting data includes measuring time of passage of each of the plurality of droplets in a field of view of a detector.
10. The method of paragraph 1, wherein collecting data includes measuring an electrical property of each of the plurality of droplets sufficient to estimate a volume of each droplet.
11. The method of paragraph 1, wherein collecting data includes measuring a thermal property of each of the plurality of droplets sufficient to estimate a volume of each droplet.
12. A method of determining target molecule concentration in a sample, comprising (A) generating sample-containing droplets with a droplet generator; (B) amplifying target molecules within the droplets; (C) collecting data from the droplets including fluorescence intensity emitted by each of a plurality of the droplets; (D) determining from the collected data a measured fraction of droplets containing at least one target molecule; (E) determining a theoretical fraction of droplets containing at least one target molecule, as a function of target molecule concentration; and (F) determining the concentration by comparing the measured fraction to the theoretical fraction.
13. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the theoretical fraction is determined by assuming that the target molecules are randomly distributed in the droplets.
14. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the theoretical fraction is determined by assuming that all droplets are detected, only one fluorescent state is distinguishable, and there are no false detections.
15. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the theoretical fraction is determined by assuming that the droplet fluorescence intensities follow a Gaussian distribution.
16. The method of paragraph 15, wherein comparing the measured fraction to the theoretical fraction includes minimizing a measure of the difference between the theoretical fraction and the measured fraction.
17. The method of paragraph 15, wherein comparing the measured fraction to the theoretical fraction includes applying a least mean squares fit of the theoretical fraction to the collected data.
18. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the measured fraction and the theoretical fraction are both functions of a detection threshold fluorescence value, and wherein determining the concentration includes comparing the measured fraction to the theoretical fraction for a plurality of detection threshold values.
19. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the theoretical fraction is determined by assuming that the droplets have a uniform volume.
20. The method of paragraph 12, wherein the theoretical fraction is determined by assuming that the droplets have a Gaussian distribution of volumes.
21. A method of determining target molecule concentration in a sample, comprising (A) generating sample-containing droplets with a droplet generator; (B) amplifying target molecules within the droplets; (C) collecting data from the droplets including a value of fluorescence intensity emitted by a plurality of the droplets; (D) estimating a plurality of values of target molecule concentration, wherein each value is estimated based on a subset of the collected fluorescence intensity values; and (E) determining a mean value and a standard deviation of the estimated concentration from the plurality of estimated concentration values.
22. The method of paragraph 21, wherein the subsets are chosen randomly.
23. The method of paragraph 22, wherein each subset includes all but one of the collected fluorescence intensity values.
24. A method of determining target molecule concentration in a sample, comprising (A) generating sample-containing droplets with a droplet generator; (B) amplifying target molecules within the droplets; (C) collecting data from the droplets including a value of fluorescence intensity emitted by a plurality of the droplets; (D) determining from the collected data a measured probability distribution of detecting a particular number of droplets containing no target molecules before detecting a droplet containing at least one target molecule; and (E) estimating target molecule concentration by comparing the measured probability distribution to a theoretical probability distribution.
25. The method of paragraph 24, wherein determining the measured probability distribution includes determining the average number of droplets containing no target molecules before detecting a droplet containing at least one target molecule, and wherein estimating target molecule concentration includes estimating a maximum likelihood value of target molecule concentration.
26. A system for determining target molecule concentration in a sample, comprising (A) a droplet generator configured to generate sample-containing droplets; (B) a thermocycler configured to amplify target molecules within the droplets; (C) a fluorescence detector configured to collect values of fluorescence intensity emitted by a plurality of the droplets; and (D) a digital processor configured to estimate target molecule concentration in the sample based on the collected data, compare a confidence condition for the estimated concentration with a desired confidence condition, and send a signal to adjust at least one parameter of the droplet generator or the thermocycler if the desired confidence condition has not been attained.
27. A method of analyzing a sample for a nucleic acid target, comprising (A) removing a portion of a sample; (B) creating an assay mixture from the portion for amplification of the nucleic acid target, if present; (C) generating a packet of droplets from the assay mixture, the packet having an at least substantially predetermined number of the droplets; (D) subjecting the packet to conditions for nucleic acid amplification; (E) performing one or more measurements on each of a plurality of droplets of the packet; (F) using the one or more measurements to determine a number of the plurality of droplets in which amplification of the nucleic acid target occurred; and (G) estimating the total presence of molecules of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on the number of droplets determined.
28. A method of analyzing a sample for a nucleic acid target, comprising (A) generating a first packet of droplets from a sample, each droplet having a composition capable of amplification of the nucleic acid target, if present, in the droplet; (B) subjecting the first packet to conditions for nucleic acid amplification; (C) performing one or more measurements on each of a plurality of droplets of the first packet; (D) using the one or more measurements to determine a first fraction of droplets in which amplification of the nucleic acid target occurred; (E) determining whether the first fraction satisfies a predefined confidence condition for estimating the total presence of target in the sample and, if not, repeating the steps of subjecting, performing, and using with a second packet of droplets having a different average droplet volume and/or a different concentration of the sample relative to the first packet, to determine a second fraction of droplets in which amplification of the nucleic acid target occurred; and (F) estimating the total presence of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on the first fraction, the second fraction, or both.
29. A method for quantifying nucleic acid concentration and/or confidence interval, comprising (A) providing a sample having a given starting volume, the sample to be analyzed for the presence of a target nucleic acid molecule, (B) removing a sub-sample of a predetermined volume from the sample; (C) creating an assay mix by performing the steps of any of combining the sub-sample with any of primers and or probes for replicating the target nucleic acid molecule, diluting the subsample, concentrating the sub-sample, and combinations thereof; (D) creating a droplet packet having a pre-determined number of droplets from the assay mix, the droplets having a droplet volume distribution; (E) subjecting the packets to conditions for nucleic acid replication; (F) performing one or more measurements on at least one droplet from the packets; (G) using the one or more measurements to determine the number of droplets comprising replicated target nucleic acid molecules and optionally droplet volume if the volume distribution is unknown; and (H) using the number of droplets comprising replicated target nucleic acid molecules to estimate any of the number of target nucleic acid molecules in the sample volume and the confidence interval thereof and combinations thereof.
30. The method of paragraph 29, wherein droplet volume is measured using optical (e.g., scattering, fluorescence) or electrical (e.g., conductivity, dielectric permittivity) methods.
31. The method of paragraphs 29 or 30, wherein nucleic assay replication is measured using optical (e.g., luminescence, fluorescence) or electrical (e.g., conductivity, dielectric permittivity) methods.
32. A method for determining concentration by changing droplet volume, comprising (A) adjusting the sample partition volume and measuring the percentage of partitions that amplified at least until finding the responsive range at which point the concentration can be determined, (B) creating a predetermined number of droplets at first volume that has a concentration range spanning a responsive range, (C) subjecting the droplets to conditions that support amplification, (D) measuring a signal (physical property) to determine if amplification has occurred and if DNA was present in the droplets prior to amplification, (E) counting droplets and determining the percentage of droplets that amplified, (F) estimating the concentration range using the percentage droplets amplified from Poisson curve or derivative thereof, and (G) if the estimated concentration is outside the optimal range then performing analysis using a second droplet volume.
33. A method of determining concentration by diluting or concentrating droplet solution, by analogy with paragraph 32.
VIII. Controls and Calibrations for Droplet-based Assays
This Section describes exemplary control and calibration systems, including methods and apparatus, for example, for performing droplet-based assays, such as tests of nucleic acid amplification, that are controlled and/or calibrated using signals detected from droplets. Additional pertinent disclosure may be found in the U.S. provisional patent applications listed above under Cross-References and incorporated herein by reference, particularly Ser. No. 61/275,731, filed Sep. 1, 2009.
A. Introduction
Droplet-based tests for amplification generally need to be accurate. If inaccurate, these tests can generate erroneous results, that is, false negatives and false positives. Each type of erroneous result can have detrimental consequences. False negatives related to detection of a disease could mean that the disease is not treated early and is permitted to spread. In contrast, false positives could cause unnecessary alarm, potentially triggering an unnecessary response that may be costly and disruptive. To avoid problems associated with false negatives and false positives, inaccurate amplification tests must be repeated to improve their reliability, which increases cost and uses more sample and reagent, each of which may be precious.
To improve clarity, the illustrative data shown here and in other figures of this Section are presented as serial data detected from a flow stream containing droplets. However, the methods disclosed in this Section also may be applied to droplet image data, which may be collected from a set of droplets in parallel (e.g., see Sections II and VI). Also, to improve clarity, the illustrative data are presented in a simplified form: each peak has no width and projects from a constant background signal 5713 formed by detection of a continuous phase carrying the droplets. However, a signal peak may have any suitable shape based on, for example, the frequency of detecting signals, the shape of each droplet, the size and geometry of a channel carrying the flow stream, the flow rate, and the like. Moreover, the signal peaks may have any suitable temporal distribution, for example, occurring at relatively constant intervals, as shown here, or at varying intervals. A droplet signal provided by and/or calculated from the peak (e.g., a signal corresponding to peak height or peak area, among others) may be used to determine whether amplification occurred in the corresponding droplet, and thus whether the droplet received at least one molecule of the nucleic acid target when the sample was partitioned.
Each droplet signal may be compared to a signal threshold 5714, also termed a cutoff. This comparison may provide a determination of whether each droplet signal represents a positive signal (target is present) or a negative signal (target is absent and/or not detected), for amplification in the droplet. For example, droplet signals greater than (and, optionally, equal to) the threshold may be considered as representing positive droplets. Conversely, droplet signals less than (and, optionally, equal to) the threshold may be considered as representing negative droplets. (A positive droplet signal above threshold 5714 is indicated at 5716, and a negative droplet signal below threshold 5714 is indicated at 5718 in
There are many factors that can lead to variation in signals detected from droplets. Examples of physical parameters that may affect the signals may include droplet position when detected (e.g., relative to the “sensed volume” of the detector), droplet volume and shape, optical alignment of detection optics (including excitation source, filters, and detector), detector response, temperature, vibration, and flow rate, among others. Examples of reaction chemistry parameters that may affect the fluorescence signal include the number of target molecules and/or the amount of background nucleic acid present in each droplet, amplification efficiency, batch-to-batch variations in reagent concentrations, and volumetric variability in reagent and sample mixing, among others. Variations in these physical and chemical parameters can increase the overlap in the distribution of positive and negative droplet signals, which can complicate data interpretation and affect test performance (e.g., affect the limit of detection). The variations can occur within a run and/or between runs, within a test on a target and/or between tests on different targets, on the same instrument and/or different instruments, with the same operator and/or different operators, and so on.
Thus, there is a need for improved accuracy and reliability in droplet-based assays. For example, it would be desirable to have droplet-based controls for these tests, optionally, droplet-based controls that can be incorporated into test droplets (for performing assays) or incorporated into control droplets (for controlling assays) that can be intermixed with test droplets. Such integrated controls may have the benefit of reducing cost by processing control reactions in parallel with test reactions, which may speed the analysis. It also would be useful to have one or more controls that can be used in system calibration (e.g., to verify hardware, reagent, and/or software (e.g., algorithm) performance, among others).
B. Definitions
Technical terms used in this disclosure have the meanings that are commonly recognized by those skilled in the art. However, the following terms may have additional meanings, as described below.
Signal—detectable and/or detected energy and/or information. Any of the signals detected, after detection, may be described as signals and/or data. For example, detected droplet signals may provide test signals and test data, control signals or control data, reference signals and reference data, calibration signals and calibration data, transformed signals and transformed data, or any combination thereof, among others.
Transform—to change one or more values, and/or the number, of signals of a data set using one or more mathematical and/or logical operations. Transformation of a set of signals may produce a transformed set of the signals by changing values of one or more of the signals and/or by deleting/invalidating any suitable subset of the signals. Signal transformation may include reducing signal variation, deleting/invalidating outlier signals, subtracting a baseline value from signals, reducing the frequency of outliers, reducing the overlap of distributions of positive and negative droplet signals, modifying signals according to a regression line, assigning new values to signals based on comparing signal values to a threshold or range, or any combination thereof, among others.
Run—an operating period during which a set of droplets, generally droplets of about the same size and including partitions of a sample, are tested.
Oligonucleotide—a nucleic acid of less than about one-hundred nucleotides.
Exogenous—originating externally. For example, a nucleic acid exogenous to a sample is external to the sample as originally isolated. As another example, a nucleic acid exogenous to an organism or cell is not native to the organism or cell, such as a nucleic acid introduced into the organism or cell by infection or transfection.
Endogenous—originating internally, such as present in a sample as originally isolated or native to a cell or organism.
C. SUMMARY
The present disclosure provides a system, including methods and apparatus, for performing droplet-based tests of nucleic acid amplification that are controlled and/or calibrated using signals detected from droplets.
The present disclosure provides a method of sample analysis. Droplets may be obtained. The droplets may be generated on-line or at least a subset of the droplets may be pre-formed off-line. At least a subset or all of the droplets may include a partition of a sample to be tested and may be capable of amplification of at least one test nucleic acid target, if present, in the partition. In some embodiments, the droplets may be capable of amplification of a test nucleic acid target and a control nucleic acid target. The droplets collectively or each may include a dye, or at least a first dye and a second dye. In some embodiments, the droplets may be of at least two types, such as two or more types of test droplets, test droplets and calibration droplets, or test droplets and control droplets, among others. In some embodiments, the two or more types of droplets may be distinguishable based on distinct temporal positions of the droplet types in a flow stream (or distinct times of exit from the flow stream, e.g., distinct times at which the droplets are collected in one or more detection chambers for imaging), the presence of respective distinct dyes in the droplet types, distinguishable signal intensities of the same dye (or different dyes), or a combination thereof, among others.
Signals, such as fluorescence signals, may be detected from the droplets. The signals may include test signals, calibration signals, control signals, reference signals, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, test signals and control signals may indicate respectively whether amplification of a test nucleic acid target and a control nucleic acid target occurred in individual droplets. In some embodiments, detection may include (a) exciting first and second dyes with a same wavelength of excitation light and (b) detecting emitted light from the first and second dyes at least substantially independently from one another in respective first and second detector channels.
The signals detected may be analyzed to determine a test result related to a presence (number, concentration, etc.), if any, of a test nucleic acid target in the sample. In some embodiments, analysis may include transforming test signals based on reference signals to reduce variation in the test signals. The test signals and the reference signals may be detected in respective distinct detector channels or in the same detector channel. In some embodiments, the reference signals may be provided by a second dye that is not coupled to an amplification reaction and thus serves as a passive reference. In some embodiments, the reference signals may be provided by control signals detected from a control amplification reaction. The control amplification reaction may measure amplification of an exogenous or endogenous template. In some embodiments, analysis may include (a) comparing test signals, or a transformed set of the test signals, to a signal threshold to assign individual droplets as positive or negative for a test nucleic acid target, and (b) estimating a number of molecules of the test nucleic acid target in the sample based on the comparison. In some embodiments, analysis may include (a) analyzing control signals to determine a control value corresponding to a number and/or fraction of the droplets that are amplification-positive for a control nucleic acid target, and (b) interpreting a test result, such as determining its validity, based on the control value.
The systems disclosed herein may offer improved instrument calibration and/or substantial improvements in the accuracy and/or reliability of droplet-based amplification tests. Exemplary capabilities offered by the present disclosure may include any combination of (1) correcting/minimizing variations in the fluorescence signal to increase the accuracy of droplet PCR results; (2) providing an internal indicator of whether nucleic acid amplification failed (e.g., PCR inhibition from interfering components in the sample, incorrect sample and reagent mixing, incorrect thermal cycling, incorrect droplet formation); (3) providing measurement of droplet volumes without having to add additional hardware components; (4) providing measurement of changes in the baseline fluorescence signal (i.e., baseline drift); (5) providing calibration of a droplet detector before and/or during a run; (6) monitoring the performance of quantitative droplet PCR measurements and data processing algorithms before and/or during a run; (7) verification of droplet integrity (e.g., absence of coalescence); (8) obtaining information on droplet generation and detection frequency (spatially and temporally) using an in-line detector; (9) measuring variations and comparing them to predefined tolerances; (10) processing of raw droplet PCR data to correct for variations and increase test accuracy and performance; (11) incorporating control assays preferably using a single excitation source; and/or (12) quantifying more than one species of genetic target by amplifying and detecting more than one species of genetic target in individual droplets.
D. System Overview
The system may provide at least one flow stream that carries at least one sample and reagents from one or more upstream positions and in a downstream direction to detection station 5748. Signals detected from the flow stream (or detected with stopped flow, such as by imaging), and particularly droplet signals, may be communicated to data analyzer 5752. The data analyzer may analyze the signals to determine one or more test results, control results, calibration results, a quality (e.g., validity, reliability, confidence interval, etc.) of any of the results, or a combination thereof. Any of the results may be communicated to feedback and control portion 5754, which may control and/or adjust control of any of sample preparation station 5742, droplet generator 5744, thermal cycler 5746, detection station 5748, and data analyzer 5752, based on the results determined.
Preparation station 5742 may contain and/or supply at least one sample 5756, at least one set of test reagents 5758 (also termed target reagents), one or more control reagents 5760, one or more calibration reagents 5762, or any combination thereof. Any of the samples and/or reagents may be stored and/or supplied separately, may be stored and/or supplied as one or more pre-formed mixtures, and/or may be mixed selectably before they are supplied to a downstream region of the system (e.g., droplet generator 5744, thermal cycler 5746, or detection station 5748). Furthermore, any of the samples and/or reagents may travel sequentially from sample preparation station 5742 to droplet generator 5744, thermal cycler 5746, and then detection station 5748 for detection of droplet signals. Alternatively, any of the samples and/or reagents may reach the detection station without travel through the droplet generator, as indicated at 5764, the thermal cycler, or both, as indicated at 5766. Accordingly, any of the samples and/or reagents disclosed herein may be stored and/or supplied in pre-formed droplets. Droplets may, for example, be pre-formed off-line, either locally or remotely. Pre-formed droplets may be intermixed randomly with droplets formed by droplet generator 5744 before reaching detection station 5748, or distinct types of droplets may be detected as spatially and/or temporally separated packets of droplets.
Test reagents 5758 may be any reagents used to test for amplification of one or more targets, such as one or more primary targets, in partitions of a sample. Primary targets generally comprise any targets that are of primary interest in a test. Primary targets may be present at an unknown level in a sample, prior to performing tests on the sample. Test reagents 5758 generally include one or more sets of target reagents conferring specificity for amplification of one or more particular nucleic acid targets to be tested in a sample. Thus, the test reagents may include at least one pair (or two or more pairs) of primers capable of priming amplification of at least one (or two or more) nucleic acid target(s). The test reagents also may comprise at least one reporter to facilitate detecting amplification of each test target, a polymerase (e.g., a heat stable polymerase), dNTPs, and/or the like. The test reagents enable detection of test signals from droplets. Control reagents 5760 are any reagents used to control for test signal variation (generally, variation other than that produced by differences in amplification) and/or to interpret results obtained with the test reagents (such as a reliability and/or validity of the results). The control reagents permit control signals and/or reference signals to be detected from droplets, either the same or different droplets from the test signals. Control reagents may be mixed with test reagents prior to droplet formation and/or control droplets containing control reagents may be produced separately from the test droplets and introduced independently of the sample.
The control reagents may provide instrument controls, that is, controls for variation introduced by the system (and/or its environment). Thus, instrument controls may control for variation in droplet volume, droplet detection efficiency, detector drift, and the like. Reference signals may be detected from droplets containing control reagents that function as instrument controls.
The control reagents also or alternatively may provide amplification controls, that is, controls that test for secondary/control amplification in droplets. The control reagents thus may include reagents used to test for amplification of at least one secondary or control target in droplets. The secondary/control target may be of secondary interest in a test, and/or may be present at a known or expected level in the sample, among others. In any event, the control reagents may include one or more sets of target reagents conferring specificity for amplification of one or more control nucleic acid targets to be tested in droplets. The control reagents may include at least one pair (or two or more pairs) of primers capable of priming amplification of at least one (or two or more) control nucleic acid target(s). The control reagents also may comprise at least one reporter to facilitate detecting amplification of each control target, a polymerase (e.g., a heat stable polymerase), dNTPs, and/or the like, or any suitable combination of these control reagents may be supplied by the test reagents. Control signals may be detected from control reagents that function as amplification controls.
Calibration reagents 5762 are any reagents used to calibrate system operation and response. Droplets containing a calibration reagent (i.e., calibration droplets) may be introduced into a flow stream of the system, at any position upstream of the detection station, for the purpose of calibrating the system (e.g., calibrating flow rates, excitation power, optical alignment, detector voltage, amplifier gain, droplet size, droplet spacing, etc.). Calibration droplets may be introduced into a flow stream of the system before, during, and/or after introduction of test droplets into the flow stream. In some embodiments, the level of a dye within control droplets may be used to calibrate and/or validate detector response, such as by using a pair of dye concentrations providing calibration signals that bracket an intended measuring range and/or that are disposed near upper and lower ends of the measuring range. For example, droplets of known size and containing one or more known dye concentrations may be prepared off-line and introduced into the system, and/or may be generated by the system. In some embodiments, calibration droplets may comprise fluorescent particles such as quantum dots, polymer beads, etc.
System 5740 may used to perform a method of analyzing one or more samples. The method may include any suitable combination of the steps disclosed herein, performed in any suitable order.
Droplets may be obtained. The droplets may be of one type or two or more types. At least a subset, or all, of the droplets may be generated by the system or may be pre-formed off-line. At least a subset of the droplets may include test reagents for testing amplification of a test nucleic acid target. At least a subset of the droplets may include control reagents and/or calibration reagents for testing amplification of a control nucleic acid target. The droplets may contain one or more dyes.
The droplets may be introduced into a flow stream upstream of a detector. All of the droplets may be introduced into the flow stream at the same position or the droplets, particularly droplets of different types, may be introduced at two or more distinct positions.
The droplets, in the flow stream, may be subjected to conditions that facilitate amplification. For example, the droplets may be heated and/or may be heated and cooled repeatedly (thermally cycled).
Signals may be detected from the droplets. The signals may include test signals, control signals, reference signals, calibration signals, or any combination thereof.
The signals may be analyzed. Analysis may include transforming test signals. Analysis also or alternatively may include comparing test signals and/or transformed test signals to a signal threshold to assign individual droplets as being positive or negative for amplification of a nucleic acid target. A number and/or fraction of target-positive droplets may be determined based on results of the comparison. Analysis further may include estimating a presence of a nucleic acid target in the sample. The estimated presence may be no target in the sample. Estimation of the presence may (or may not) be performed using Poisson statistics.
E. Exemplary Instrument Controls and Calibrations
Sample preparation station 5742 may supply an amplification mixture to droplet generator 5744. The amplification mixture may incorporate a sample 5756, target reagents 5782 (i.e., test reagents 5758) including a first dye 5784 (dye 1), and a second dye 5786 (dye 2). The second dye and the target reagents may be mixed with one another before introduction into system 5740 or may be mixed within the system. Target reagents 5782 may provide primers for amplification of a nucleic acid target, and the first dye may enable detection of whether amplification occurred. The first and second dyes may be fluorescent dyes that are distinguishable optically. The second dye may be a passive reference or instrument control. In other words, the second dye may provide a detectable signal having an intensity that is at least substantially independent of the extent of amplification, if any, of any nucleic acid target.
Droplet generator 5744 may form droplets of the amplification mixture. The droplets may travel through thermal cycler 5746, to promote amplification of the nucleic acid target, if any, in each droplet. The droplets then may travel to detection station 5748. Station 5748 may detect, for each droplet, a test signal from the first dye and a reference signal (also termed a control signal) from the second dye.
Target reagents may include a reporter, such as a probe 5792, and target-specific forward and reverse primers 5794. Probe 5792 may be an energy transfer probe (e.g., a TAQMAN probe) including a nucleic acid, such as an oligonucleotide 5796, that binds to amplified target, and an energy transfer pair connected to strand 5796. The energy transfer pair may, for example, be formed by first dye 5784 and a quencher 5798.
Control reagent 5760 may include second dye 5786. The second dye may (or may not) be connected to a nucleic acid, such as an oligonucleotide 5800. Connection to the oligonucleotide may be covalent and/or through a binding interaction. Connection of the second dye to an oligonucleotide or other water-soluble molecule may improve retention of the second dye in the aqueous phase of a droplet and/or may facilitate distribution of the dye throughout the aqueous phase, among others.
Test signal variation may introduce errors in data processing. For example, graph 5810 shows substantial variation in the intensity of the test signals detected. As a result, some of the test signals may be erroneously classified as positives or negatives. In the present illustration, two false positives are marked. However, variation of the test signals may be mirrored by variation of the reference signals detected from the same droplets. Accordingly, the test signals may be transformed based on the reference signals, indicated at 5814, to correct for variation in the test signals, as shown in a graph 5816, which plots the transformed test signals. The test signals may be transformed by any suitable operation or set of operation involving the reference signals. For example, the test signals may be transformed through dividing test signals by reference signals, such as dividing each test signal by its corresponding reference signal, which may be described as normalizing the test signals. Alternatively, the test signals may be transformed based on the reference signals by, for example, baseline subtraction, distance from the regression line, or the like. A transformation may compensate for variations in the test channel. This compensation or correction may make the test signals (i.e., negative test signals and/or positive test signals) more uniform in value and/or more Gaussian. The transformation also or alternatively may reduce the frequency of outliers and/or the overlap of the distributions of positive and negative signals.
Calibration and sample testing may be performed serially, without mixing of droplet types, using the same dye (and/or detection of the same wavelength(s)). By keeping calibration and test droplets separate, the distributions of test and calibration signal intensities may overlap. For example, calibration droplets and test droplets may be separated temporally in the flow stream, such that each type of droplet is identifiable based on its time of arrival at the detection station. The time of arrival may be calculated based on the relative time of introduction of each droplet type into the flow stream and the velocity of the flow stream. Thus, the calibration and test droplets may not (or may) be distinguishable based on signal intensity, but may be distinguishable temporally. In particular, the test and calibration droplets may be separated by a temporal (and spatial) gap 5856, which may identify a transition between droplet types. The use of temporal gaps also may permit introduction of a set of calibration droplets within a set of test droplets (i.e., within a test run), with a gap preceding and following the set of calibration droplets, to provide identification of each transition to a different droplet type. Stated differently, calibration may be performed during sample testing, by inserting calibration droplets into a train of test droplets, such that the train of test droplets is divided into two or more discrete groups.
Calibration droplets may include two or more types of droplet, which may be introduced separately or intermixed. For example,
Calibration and sample testing alternatively may be performed with calibration and test droplets randomly intermixed and thus not distinguishable temporally. Intermixed calibration and test droplets may be distinguishable by incorporating distinguishable dyes into the respective droplet types and, optionally, by detection of the distinguishable dyes at respective distinct wavelengths. Alternatively, or in addition, calibration droplets and test droplets may be distinguishable according to signal intensity detected at the same wavelength(s) and optionally from the same dye. In particular, calibration droplets may be designed to have one or more signal intensities outside the signal range of test droplets (i.e., the signal range provided by the collective distribution of signal intensities from negative and positive test droplets (e.g., see
The reference droplets may be formed with the same amount (or two or more discrete amounts) of dye. Accordingly, without signal variation generated by the system, the reference droplets should produce reference signals of the same intensity. Variation in reference signal intensity may be mirrored by corresponding changes in the intensity of test signals. For example, in graph 5888, the intensity of reference signals 5884 and negative test signals 5890 show a gradual increase with respect to time. As a result, test signals from amplification-negative droplets may produce false positives 5892.
Variation in test signals 5882 may be reduced by transforming the test signals, indicated at 5894, based on reference signals 5884, to produce normalized test signals 5896 presented in graph 5898. Transformation may, for example, be performed by transforming each test signal based on one or more reference signals temporally proximate to the test signal, a weighted average of reference signals temporally proximate to the test signal, a sliding window of averaged reference signals that overlaps the test signal, or the like. Transformation before comparing test signals to a threshold may reduce the incidence of false positives, as shown here, the incidence of false negatives, or both.
F. Exemplary Amplification Controls
Amplification of the test and control targets may, for example, be detected via a first dye and a second dye, respectively, which may be included in respective first and second reporters (e.g., first and second probes). Signals from the first and second dyes may be detected in distinct (e.g., at least substantially nonoverlapping) first and second channels (i.e., a test channel and a control channel) as test signals and control signals, respectively.
Control template 5914 may comprise exogenous molecules of the control target. In contrast, the sample may be tested for a presence of endogenous molecules of the test target. The control template 5914 may be present in any suitable amount to provide any suitable average number of control template molecules per droplet, to generate a desired fraction of droplets positive for the control template. For example, the number of template molecules provided by template 5914 may be substantially less than an average of one per droplet, such as an average of about 0.1, 0.05, 0.02, or 0.01 molecule per droplet. Accordingly, the number/concentration of control template molecules may be selected such that the frequency of amplification of both test and control targets in the same droplet is low, which may minimize competition that may be caused by amplification of both test and control targets. For example, the control template may be present in no more than about one in five droplets.
The frequency of amplification of the control target may be determined by performing an analysis with the system. In some embodiments, this frequency may be compared with one or more previously determined frequencies of amplification for the control target and/or may be compared with an expected value for the frequency provided by a manufacturer. In any event, a control value may be determined, with the control value corresponding to a number and/or fraction of the droplets that are amplification-positive for the control nucleic acid target.
Control signals acquired in the control channel may be used to measure and/or verify the quantitative accuracy of a run and/or the measurement precision of the system during two or more runs. The control signals also or alternatively may be used to interpret a test result, such as the quality of test data measured from a sample, for example, to verify the quantitative accuracy of the test data and/or to determine the validity and/or reliability of the test data. The test result may be interpreted based on control value determined. For example, the test result may be determined as being invalid if the control value is less than a threshold value. Furthermore, data acquired from the control channel, such as signals from amplification-negative control droplets, may provide reference signals, as described above in relation to
In configuration 5960, the test and control reagents are disposed separately in distinct droplets, so droplet signals in the first and second channels are not coincident, that is, they are not detected at the same time. In other embodiments, the control target may, instead, be a second test target and the control template may, instead, be another sample (or the same sample). Thus, the use of at least two detector channels permits droplets for distinct amplification tests to be interspersed in the flow stream.
G. Exemplary Multi-channel Detection
Each graph plots the intensity of absorption (“AB”), indicated at 5994, 5996, and emission (“EM”), indicated at 5998, 6000, for the corresponding dye. The dyes may have substantially overlapping absorption spectra, such that the same wavelength of light may be utilized to excite both dyes. In contrast, the dyes may exhibit Stokes shifts (i.e., the difference (in wavelength or frequency units) between the maxima of the absorption and emission spectra) of different magnitudes. For example, dye 1 may exhibit a smaller Stokes shift and dye 2 a larger Stokes shift, or vice versa. Accordingly, the emission spectra of the dyes may be substantially shifted with respect to one another. As a result, emission from the two dyes may be detected at least substantially independently of one another in different detector channels, such as a detector channel that detects light of a first wavelength or wavelength range (e.g., λ1) and another detector channel that detects light of a second wavelength or wavelength range (e.g., λ2).
Detection station 6020 may include a light source 6022 for exciting the fluorescent dyes in the droplets and at least one detector 6024 for detecting light emitted from the droplets. Light source 6022 may, for example, include an LED or laser that emits at least substantially a single wavelength of excitation light. Alternatively, or in addition, the light source may include at least one excitation optical filter that excludes other wavelengths of light emanating from the light source. Detector 6024 may be equipped with detection optics 6026, 6028 (e.g., beamsplitters, emission optical filters, separate detectors) that permit emitted light from the dyes to be detected separately.
Exemplary fluorescent dyes that may detected using system 6010 include a fluorescein derivative, such as carboxyfluorescein (FAM), and a PULSAR 650 dye (a derivative of Ru(bpy)3). FAM has a relatively small Stokes shift, while Pulsar® 650 dye has a very large Stokes shift. Both FAM and PULSAR 650 dye may be excited with light of approximately 460-480 nm. FAM emits light with a maximum of about 520 nm (and not substantially at 650 nm), while PULSAR 650 dye emits light with a maximum of about 650 nm (and not substantially at 520 nm). Carboxyfluorescein may be paired in a probe with, for example, BLACK HOLE Quencher™1 dye, and PULSAR 650 dye may be paired in a probe with, for example, BLACK HOLE Quencher™2 dye.
H. Exemplary Self-Normalization of Droplet Signals
Test signals may be normalized using methods different from those described above in relation to
Graph 6062 presents test data in which the width and height of each droplet peak is shown. (Here, each droplet peak is presented as a square wave to simplify the presentation. However, in other embodiments, each droplet peak may be detected as having any suitable shape, such as a wave with sloped leading and trailing sides.) The width of a droplet fluorescence peak may be used to determine the size and volume of each droplet, if droplet signals are detected in a flow stream with known flow rate, generally within a channel of fixed geometry. Knowing the volume of sample that is tested for amplification in droplets may be required for accurately determining the concentration/number of target molecules in the sample. If droplets of uniform size are desired, peak width may be used to identify droplets of sizes that are outside the desired range. For example, in
I. Selected Embodiments
This subsection describes additional aspects of methods of using controls and calibrations for droplet-based amplification tests, in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure, presented without limitation as a series of numbered sentences.
1. A method of sample analysis, comprising: (A) generating droplets, each droplet including first and second dyes and a partition of a sample and being capable of amplification of a test nucleic acid target, if present, in the partition; (B) detecting respective test signals and control signals from the first and second dyes in the droplets, the test signals and the control signals respectively indicating whether amplification of the test nucleic acid target and a control nucleic acid target occurred in individual droplets; (C) analyzing the test signals to determine a test result related to a presence, if any, of the test nucleic acid target in the sample; (D) analyzing the control signals to determine a control value corresponding to a number and/or fraction of the droplets that are amplification-positive for the control nucleic acid target; and (E) interpreting the test result based on the control value.
2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of generating droplets includes a step of forming droplets that contain primers conferring specificity for amplification of the control nucleic acid target.
3. The method of paragraph 2, wherein the step of forming droplets includes a step of forming one or more droplets that contain a control template corresponding to the control nucleic acid target, and wherein the control template is exogenous to the sample.
4. The method of paragraph 2, wherein the step of forming droplets includes a step of forming one or more droplets that contain a control template corresponding to the control nucleic acid target, and wherein the control template is endogenous to the sample.
5. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of detecting includes a step of exciting the first and second dyes with a same wavelength of excitation light and a step of detecting emitted light from the first and second dyes in respective first and second detector channels.
6. The method of paragraph 1, further comprising a step of transforming the test signals based on the control signals to reduce variation of the test signals.
7. The method of paragraph 6, wherein the step of transforming the test signals includes a step of transforming two or more test signals individually with corresponding control signals each detected from a respective same droplet as each of the two or more test signals.
8. The method of paragraph 7, wherein the step of transforming two or more test signals includes a step of dividing each test signal by its corresponding control signal.
9. The method of paragraph 1, wherein no more than about one in five droplets contain the control template.
10. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of analyzing the test signals includes a step of comparing the test signals, or a transformed set of the test signals, to a signal threshold to assign individual droplets as positive or negative for amplification of the test nucleic acid target, and a step of estimating a number of molecules of the test nucleic acid target in the sample based on results of the step of comparing.
11. The method of paragraph 1, wherein the step of interpreting the test result includes a step of determining a quality of the test result.
12. The method of paragraph 11, wherein the step of determining a quality includes a step of determining the test result as being invalid if the control value is less than a threshold value.
13. A method of sample analysis, comprising: (A) generating droplets, each droplet including first and second dyes and a partition of a sample and being capable of amplification of a test nucleic acid target, if present, in the partition; (B) detecting respective test signals and reference signals from the first and second dyes in the droplets, the test signals indicating whether amplification of the test nucleic acid target occurred in individual droplets; (C) transforming the test signals based on the reference signals to reduce variation of the test signals and to produce a set of transformed test signals; and (D) analyzing the transformed test signals to determine a test result related to a presence, if any, of the test nucleic acid target in the sample.
14. The method of paragraph 13, wherein the step of transforming the test signals includes a step of transforming two or more test signals individually with corresponding reference signals each detected from a respective same droplet as each of the two or more test signals.
15. The method of paragraph 14, wherein the step of transforming two or more test signals includes a step of dividing each test signal by its corresponding reference signal.
16. The method of paragraph 13, wherein the step of detecting includes a step of exciting the first and second dyes with a same wavelength of excitation light and a step of detecting emitted light from the first and second dyes at least substantially independently from one another in respective first and second detector channels.
17. The method of paragraph 13, wherein the step of generating droplets includes a step of forming droplets that contain primers conferring specificity for amplification of a control nucleic acid target, wherein the step of detecting includes a step of detecting control signals from the second dye, and wherein the control signals include the reference signals and indicate whether amplification of the control nucleic acid target occurred in individual droplets.
18. The method of paragraph 17, wherein the reference signals and the control signals are a same set of signals.
19. The method of paragraph 13, wherein the step of analyzing the test signals includes a step of comparing the transformed test signals to a signal threshold to assign individual droplets as positive or negative for amplification of the test nucleic acid target, and a step of estimating a number of molecules of the test nucleic acid target in the sample based on results of the step of comparing.
20. A method of sample analysis, comprising: (A) generating droplets, each droplet including first and second dyes and a partition of a sample and being capable of amplification of a test nucleic acid target, if present, in the partition; (B) exciting the first and second dyes with a same wavelength of excitation light; (C) detecting emitted light from the first and second dyes at least substantially independently from one another in respective first and second detector channels to provide respective test signals and other signals measured from the first and second dyes in the droplets, the test signals indicating whether amplification of the test nucleic acid target occurred in individual droplets; and (D) analyzing the test signals to determine a test result related to a presence, if any, of the test nucleic acid target in the sample, wherein the other signals are utilized to determine the test result, to interpret the test result, to generate another test result, or any combination thereof.
21. The method of paragraph 20, wherein the other signals include reference signals, and wherein the step of analyzing includes (a) a step of transforming the test signals based on the reference signals to reduce variation of the test signals and to produce a set of transformed test signals and (b) a step of utilizing the set of transformed test signals to determine the test result.
22. The method of paragraph 20, wherein the other signals include control signals that indicate whether amplification of a control nucleic acid target occurred in individual droplets.
23. A method of sample analysis, comprising: (A) generating droplets, each droplet including a partition of a sample and being capable of amplification of a nucleic acid target, if present, in the partition; (B) detecting signal peaks corresponding to the droplets, each signal peak including a width and providing a value, the value indicating whether amplification of the nucleic acid target occurred in an individual droplet; (C) transforming the value of each signal peak based of the width of such signal peak to create a set of transformed values; (D) comparing the set of transformed values to a signal threshold to a signal threshold to assign individual droplets as positive or negative for amplification of the test nucleic acid target; and (E) estimating a presence, if any, of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on results of the step of comparing.
24. A method of sample analysis, comprising: (A) obtaining droplets, each droplet of at least a subset of the droplets including a partition of a sample and being capable of amplification of a nucleic acid target, if present, in the partition; (B) detecting test signals and reference signals from the droplets, the test signals indicating whether amplification of the target occurred in individual droplets; (C) transforming the test signals based on the reference signals to obtain transformed test signals; (D) comparing the transformed test signals to a signal threshold to assign individual droplets as positive or negative for amplification of the nucleic acid target; and (E) estimating a number of molecules of the nucleic acid target in the sample based on the step of comparing.
25. The method of paragraph 24, wherein the step of obtaining droplets includes a step of obtaining test droplets and reference droplets, wherein the test droplets and the reference droplets represent respective different types of droplets, and wherein the test signals and the reference signals are detected from the test droplets and the reference droplets, respectively.
26. The method of paragraph 25, wherein the test signals and the reference signals are detected optically at a same wavelength or same wavelength range.
27. The method of paragraph 26, wherein the test droplets and the reference droplets contain a same dye, and wherein fluorescence of the same dye is detected as the test signals and the reference signals.
28. The method of paragraph 26, further comprising a step of distinguishing the test signals from the reference signals by intensity.
29. The method of paragraph 28, wherein the step of distinguishing includes a step of interpreting, as test signals, one or more droplet signals within a range of intensities and, as reference signals, one or more droplet signals outside the range of intensities.
30. The method of paragraph 25, wherein the step of detecting is performed in a detection area, and wherein the droplets travel to the detection area in a flow stream.
31. The method of paragraph 30, wherein the test droplets and the reference droplets are intermixed in the flow stream.
32. The method of paragraph 30, wherein the test droplets are spaced from the reference droplets in the flow stream.
33. The method of paragraph 25, further comprising a step of thermally cycling the test droplets before the step of detecting.
34. The method of paragraph 33, wherein the reference droplets are not thermally cycled after the step of obtaining and before the step of detecting.
35. The method of paragraph 24, wherein the test signals and the reference signals are detected from the same droplets.
36. The method of paragraph 26, wherein the step of transforming includes a step of transforming each test signal detected from a droplet based on a corresponding reference signal detected from the same droplet.
37. The method of paragraph 24, wherein the step of obtaining includes a step of generating droplets each including first and second fluorescent dyes.
38. The method of paragraph 37, wherein the step of detecting includes a step of exciting the fluorescent dyes with a same wavelength of excitation light and a step of detecting emission light from the fluorescent dyes at least substantially independently in respective detector channels.
IX. Clinical Applications for Droplet-based Assays
This Section describes exemplary clinical applications for the droplet-based assays disclosed herein. The assays may be used to perform clinical (and/or forensic) tests related to etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, surveillance, and/or therapy monitoring of any suitable infection, disorder, physiological condition, and/or genotype, among others, as illustrated below. Pathogen testing may involve pathogen detection, speciation, and/or drug sensitivity applications, among others.
Each clinical (or non-clinical) test listed below may analyze any suitable aspect of a particular nucleic acid target or set of two or more targets (e.g., clinically related targets) using any suitable amplification methodology. For example, the test may be qualitative, to determine whether or not the target (or each target) is present at a detectable, statistically significant level above background in a sample, or the test may be quantitative, to determine a total presence (i.e., a concentration/copy number) of the target (or each target) in the sample. Alternatively, or in addition, the test may determine a sequence characteristic of a target (such as to determine the identity of a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in the target, whether the target is wild-type or a variant, to genotype the target, and/or the like). Any suitable amplification methodology may be used in performing the tests, such as any of those described above in Section I.
The tests may provide diagnosis of a genetic disease by testing for a presence (or absence for diseases characterized by deletions) of a nucleic acid target for the genetic disease. Illustrative genetic diseases that may be diagnosed with suitable disease-specific primers include sickle cell anemia, cystic fibrosis (CF), Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS), beta-thalassemia, prothrombin thrombophilia, Williams syndrome, Angelman syndrome, fragile X syndrome, Factor V Leiden, or the like. Exemplary primers include hemoglobin sequences for sickle cell anemia, cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) gene sequences for cystic fibrosis, and so on. The diagnosis may include determining the variant for diseases having more than one form (e.g., distinguishing among sickle trait (AS), sickle cell anemia (SS), hemoglobin SC disease, hemoglobin SD disease, and hemoglobin SO disease, among others, for hemoglobin-related diseases). These tests may be performed pre- or postnatally, to screen for a single disease or variant, or for a panel of diseases and/or variants (for example, in prenatal screens, using genetic material obtained from an amniocentesis or maternal peripheral circulation, among others).
The tests may provide detection and/or delineation of native and/or pathogenic gene transcripts. For example, primers may be chosen to amplify one or more targets that signal initiation and/or amplification of any pathophysiological messaging cascade (e.g., TNF-alpha, one or more interleukins, NF-kappaB, one or more inflammatory modulators/mediators), viable infectious agent proliferation, etc.
The tests may be utilized (e.g., forensically) to determine identity, paternity, maternity, sibling relationships, twin typing, genealogy, etc. These tests may be performed by amplifying nucleic acid from the individuals at issue (including self for identity testing) and comparing nucleic acid sequences, nucleic acid restriction patterns, etc. Suitable nucleic acids may include Y-chromosome DNA for paternity testing, mitochondria DNA for maternity testing, genomic DNA for sibling tests, etc.
The tests may provide detection of viruses, their transcripts, their drug sensitivity, and/or pathogenic consequences thereof. For example, the tests may use primers that amplify one or more viral targets (e.g., at least a region of one or more viral genes or transcripts), to diagnose and/or monitor viral infections, measure viral loads, genotype and/or serotype viruses, and/or the like. Exemplary viral targets may include and/or may be provided by, but are not limited to, hepatitis C virus (HCV), hepatitis B virus (HPB), human papilloma virus (HPV), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), West Nile virus (WNV), varicella zoster virus (VZV), parvovirus, rubella virus, alphavirus, adenovirus, coxsackievirus, human T-lymphotropic virus 1 (HTLV-1), herpes virus (including for Kaposi's sarcoma), influenza virus, enterovirus, and/or the like. In some embodiments, the tests may provide detection/identification of new viral pathogens.
The tests may provide detection of prokaryotic organisms (i.e., bacteria), their transcripts, their drug sensitivity, and/or pathogenic consequences thereof (e.g., bacterial infections). For example, the tests may use primers that amplify one or more bacterial targets (e.g., at least a region of one or more bacterial genes or transcripts). Suitable bacteria that may be detected include, but are not limited to, gram-positive bacteria, gram-negative bacteria, and/or other fastidious infectious agents. Exemplary bacterial diseases/conditions that may be diagnosed and/or monitored include sexually transmitted diseases (e.g., gonorrhea (GC), Chlamydia (CT), syphilis, etc.); healthcare associated infections (HAIs), such as methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), Clostridium difficule (C. diff.), vancomycin resistant entereococci (VRE), etc.; Group B streptococcus (GBS); mycobacteria (e.g., causing tuberculosis, leprosy, etc.); and/or the like. Further aspects of tests for HAIs that may be performed by the system disclosed herein are described in the following U.S. provisional patent applications, which are incorporated herein by reference: Ser. No. 61/206,975, filed Feb. 5, 2009; and Ser. No. 61/271,538, filed Jul. 21, 2009.
The tests may provide detection of fungi (single-celled (e.g., yeast) and/or multi-celled), their transcripts, pathogenic consequences thereof (e.g., fungal infections), and/or drug sensitivity. For example, the tests may use primers that amplify one or more fungal targets (e.g., at least a region of one or more viral genes or transcripts). Exemplary types of fungal infections that may be diagnosed and/or monitored may be caused by Histoplasma (e.g., causing histoplasmosis), Blastomyces (e.g., causing blastomycosis), Crytococcus (e.g., causing meningitis), Coccidia (e.g., causing diarrhea), Candida, Sporothrix genuses of fungi, and/or the like.
The tests may be used for screening, diagnosis, monitoring, and/or designing treatment of diseases such as cancer. For example, tests for cancer may detect one or more cancer mutations (e.g., her2/neu, BRACA-1, etc.), insertion/deletion/fusion genes (bcr-abl, k-ras, EFGR, etc.), amplified genes, epigenetic modifications, etc.; may identify cancer stem cells; may identify, monitor, and/or evaluate residual cancer disease burden, p53 margin assessment, etc.; and/or the like. These tests may use any suitable cancer markers as targets and may be applied to any suitable type of cancer, such as bladder cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, cervical cancer, colorectal cancer, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, uterine cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, melanoma, etc.
The present system may be used to perform any other suitable tests. For example, the system may test, pre- or postnatally for aneuploidy (e.g., Down's Syndrome, Patau Syndrome, Edwards Syndrome, Fragile X Syndrome, etc.), inborn errors of metabolism (e.g., hepatopathies, encephalopathies (e.g., acyl CoA dehydrogenase deficiency)),blood group antigens, a congenital anomalies including but not limited to myelomeningocele (e.g., testing for mutations in methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR), methionine synthase, cystathionine beta-synthase, etc.), and/or the like. Alternatively, or in addition, the system may test for a sign of an auto-immune disorder, such as systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), psoriasis, etc. Autoimmune testing may include HLA classification, analysis of MHC codon biomarkers, and/or the like. The system may test for signals of neurodegeneration or a predisposition thereto using targets such as parkin, PINK1, tau, alpha synuclein, allele specification and triplet penetration depth in huntingtin gene, etc. Tests may be performed for genotyping enzymes engaged in drug metabolism (e.g., cytochrome P alleles, NAT2 polymorphisms, UGT polymorphisms, etc). Genotyping tests may be performed in determination of susceptibility to any particular disease state. Tests may be performed to determine clonality, such as for immunological applications, oncology applications, etc. Tests may be designed to diagnose and/or monitor acute central nervous system (CNS) infection, such as encephalitis, meningitis, etc., for example, using nucleic acid from one or more viruses and/or bacteria capable of causing these disorders for diagnosis and nucleic acid from the virus or bacterium identified as the cause for subsequent monitoring. Tests also may be configured to diagnose acute ischemic disease. Suitable targets for this diagnosis may include CNS cellular transcripts corresponding to circulating receptor fragments post-stroke (glutamate receptors, NMDA receptors, 2nd messenger transcripts, etc.). Other suitable targets may include intracellular cardiomyocyte transcripts released from ischemic cardiac regions. Tests also may be used to assess transcripts (e.g., types, numbers, etc.) in tissue proliferative disorders (e.g., renal failure, cirrhoses, etc.). Exemplary targets for these disorders may include trophic factors and/or extracellular matrix components, among others.
X. Multiplexed Assays
This Section describes exemplary strategies for performing multiplexed detection of nucleic acid targets in the same set of droplets.
Digital PCR assays may be rendered detectable through the use of a 5′-nuclease assay (i.e., a TAQMAN probe) to amplify a target sequence while producing a signal from the probe. The assays disclosed herein may be configured to multiplex the 5′-nuclease assay to permit detection of two or more species of target from individual droplets, which is termed multiplex detection. It is also possible to “query” for multiple target molecules through the presence of the target-specific reagents in each droplet. For example, if one were to have 50 pairs of primers each specific to a different gene sequence in each droplet, then each target molecule present will be counted for analysis. Conversely, any absent target molecules will not be counted. Thus, throughout this Section, the term “query” refers to a digital “yes” or “no” determination for multiple target molecules.
It is possible to distinguish different target molecules in the same volume based on the reporter dyes used in the 5′-nuclease assay. The dyes differ in emission spectra so that they may be distinguished. For example, fluorescein, fluorescein derivatives, and rhodamine dyes may be utilized for multiplexing detection from PCR and the 5′-nuclease assay.
Different dyes could be used to code sets of 5′ nuclease reagents. Thus, one dye could signal the presence or absence of one set of 25 targets while a second dye could signal the presence or absence of a different set of 25 targets. For example, one might code one set as targets from chromosome 18 and another set from chromosome 21. One could then query chromosome 18 and 21 to count the number present based on digital results of two sets of assays.
It is also possible to detect different molecules in the same volume based on the melting curve specific to homoduplexes versus heteroduplexes. A detection station may include a controllable heater to produce one or more melting curves for each droplet, to detect multiple target molecules by digital PCR.
Other multiplexed detection strategies may be utilized in the systems disclosed herein. For example, a flap endonuclease assay, commercially known as an INVADER assay, is multiplexed for SNP detection in tube or microplate-based systems. The INVADER assay may be utilized to provide digital information in a multiplex fashion in the systems disclosed herein. The INVADER assay also can be used to query for many target molecules by formulating a set of two or more in every droplet. Coding is also possible.
Molecular beacon probes also may be used for multiplex detection. These probes may use similar dyes to 5-nuclease assay, but the detection method may be different. The structure of the probe when hybridized vs. un-hybridized produces a signal. The hybridized version produces a measurable signal if and only if the target sequence is amplified. It is possible to use different temperatures to multiplex detect while simultaneously using dyes. For example, three sets of probes may be designed to melt away from their target sequences at three different temperatures. The systems disclosed herein may produce multiplex digital results by both temperature and dye. Thus, in this example, the system can multiplex six assays with two dyes and probes that melt at three temperatures. Also, it is possible to couple querying and coding with molecular beacons.
An assay mixture as disclosed herein may utilize various combinations of primers and one or more reporters to perform a multiplexed assay. Exemplary combinations include (1) a single primer pair and no target-specific probe (e.g., use of an intercalating dye or universal probe as reporter for targets), (2) multiple primer pairs to amplify distinct target species and no target-specific probe (e.g., use of an intercalating dye or universal probe), (3) multiple primer pairs to amplify distinct target species and a single color target-specific probe (e.g., a TAQMAN probe), (4) single primer pairs and multiple one color target-specific probes, (5) multiple primer pairs and multiple one-color target specific probes, or (6) multiple primer pairs and multiple color target specific probes, among others.
The disclosure set forth above may encompass multiple distinct inventions with independent utility. Although each of these inventions has been disclosed in its preferred form(s), the specific embodiments thereof as disclosed and illustrated herein are not to be considered in a limiting sense, because numerous variations are possible. The subject matter of the inventions includes all novel and nonobvious combinations and subcombinations of the various elements, features, functions, and/or properties disclosed herein. The following claims particularly point out certain combinations and subcombinations regarded as novel and nonobvious. Inventions embodied in other combinations and subcombinations of features, functions, elements, and/or properties may be claimed in applications claiming priority from this or a related application. Such claims, whether directed to a different invention or to the same invention, and whether broader, narrower, equal, or different in scope to the original claims, also are regarded as included within the subject matter of the inventions of the present disclosure.
This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/351,354, filed Nov. 14, 2016, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,764,322. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/351,354 is a continuation-in-part of the following U.S. patent applications Ser. No. 12/954,634, filed Nov. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 13/400,030, filed Feb. 17, 2012; Ser. No. 14/020,742, filed Sep. 6, 2013; Ser. No. 14/159,410, filed Jan. 20, 2014, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,492,797; Ser. No. 14/201,752 filed Mar. 7, 2014; and Ser. No. 14/848,311, filed Sep. 8, 2015. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/159,410, in turn, is a continuation-in-part of the following patent applications: Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010; Ser. No. 12/862,542, filed Aug. 24, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,194,861; Ser. No. 12/890,550, filed Sep. 24, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,633,015; Ser. No. 13/245,575, filed Sep. 26, 2011, now abandoned; Ser. No. 13/945,661, filed Jul. 18, 2013, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,417,190; Ser. No. 12/962,507, filed Dec. 7, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,216,392; Ser. No. 12/962,511, filed Dec. 7, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,623,384; Ser. No. 12/962,502, filed Dec. 7, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,248,417; Ser. No. 12/963,523, filed Dec. 8, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,126,160; Ser. No. 13/039,233, filed Mar. 2, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,709,762; Ser. No. 12/976,827, filed Dec. 22, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,598,725; Ser. No. 13/341,669, filed Dec. 30, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,500,664; Ser. No. 13/341,678, filed Dec. 30, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,730,479; Ser. No. 13/072,673, filed Mar. 25, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,132,394; Ser. No. 13/341,688, filed Dec. 30, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,393,560; Ser. No. 13/287,120, filed Nov. 1, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,089,844; Ser. No. 13/424,304, filed Mar. 19, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,222,128; Ser. No. 13/548,062, filed Jul. 12, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,951,939; Ser. No. PCT/US2012/048198, filed Jul. 25, 2012; Ser. No. 13/562,198, filed Jul. 30, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,663,920; Ser. No. 13/287,095, filed Nov. 1, 2011; and Ser. No. 13/863,231, filed Apr. 15, 2013, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,399,215. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/194,043, filed Sep. 23, 2008; Ser. No. 61/206,975, filed Feb. 5, 2009; Ser. No. 61/271,538, filed Jul. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/275,731, filed Sep. 1, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,200, filed Sep. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,203, filed Sep. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,204, filed Sep. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,216, filed Sep. 21, 2009; Ser. No. 61/277,249, filed Sep. 21, 2009; and Ser. No. 61/277,270, filed Sep. 22, 2009. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/862,542, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/275,860, filed Sep. 2, 2009. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/890,550, in turn, is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/245,575, in turn, is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/945,661, in turn, is a continuation-in-part of the following U.S. patent applications: Ser. No. 13/251,016, filed Sep. 30, 2011, now abandoned; Ser. No. 13/245,575, filed Sep. 26, 2011, now abandoned; and Ser. No. 12/976,827, filed Dec. 22, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,598,725, the latter two of which, in turn, claim priority to further applications as listed elsewhere in this section. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/962,507, in turn, is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/962,511, in turn, is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/962,502, in turn, is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/963,523, in turn, is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/039,233, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/309,837, filed Mar. 2, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/976,827, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/309,845, filed Mar. 2, 2010; Ser. No. 61/341,218, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/317,635, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/380,981, filed Sep. 8, 2010; Ser. No. 61/409,106, filed Nov. 1, 2010; Ser. No. 61/409,473, filed Nov. 2, 2010; Ser. No. 61/410,769, filed Nov. 5, 2010; and Ser. No. 61/417,241, filed Nov. 25, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/341,669, in turn, is a continuation of PCT Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2011/030101, filed Mar. 25, 2011, which, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/341,218, filed Mar. 25, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/341,678, in turn, is a continuation of PCT Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2011/030077, filed Mar. 25, 2011, which, in turn, claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/317,684, filed Mar. 25, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/072,673, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/317,635, filed Mar. 25, 2010, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/467,347, filed Mar. 24, 2011, and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/586,626, filed Sep. 23, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,156,010, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/341,688, in turn, is a continuation of PCT Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2011/030097, filed Mar. 25, 2011, which, in turn, claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/341,065, filed Mar. 25, 2010; and Ser. No. 61/467,347, filed Mar. 24, 2011. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/287,120, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/409,106, filed Nov. 1, 2010; Ser. No. 61/409,473, filed Nov. 2, 2010; and Ser. No. 61/410,769, filed Nov. 5, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/424,304, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/454,373, filed Mar. 18, 2011. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/548,062, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/507,082, filed Jul. 12, 2011; and Ser. No. 61/510,013, filed Jul. 20, 2011. PCT Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2012/048198, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/511,445, filed Jul. 25, 2011. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/562,198, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/513,474, filed Jul. 29, 2011; and Ser. No. 61/601,514, filed Feb. 21, 2012. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/287,095, in turn, is continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/976,827, filed Dec. 22, 2010, now U.S. Patent No. 9,598,725, which, in turn, claims priority to further applications as listed above. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/863,231, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/624,199, filed Apr. 13, 2012. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/954,634, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/264,591, filed Nov. 25, 2009; Ser. No. 61/309,845, filed Mar. 2, 2010; Ser. No. 61/309,837, filed Mar. 2, 2010; Ser. No. 61/317,684, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/317,635, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/317,639, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/341,065, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Serial No. 61/341,218, filed Mar. 25, 2010; Ser. No. 61/380,981, filed Sep. 8, 2010; Ser. No. 61/409,106, filed Nov. 1, 2010; Ser. No. 61/409,473, filed Nov. 2, 2010; and Ser. No. 61/410,769, filed Nov. 5, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/400,030, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/444,674, filed Feb. 18, 2011; Ser. No. 61/449,580, filed Mar. 4, 2011; Ser. No. 61/453,537, filed Mar. 16, 2011; Ser. No. 61/478,777, filed Apr. 25, 2011; Ser. No. 61/488,667, filed May 20, 2011; and Ser. No. 61/490,040, filed May 25, 2011. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/020,742, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/697,982, filed Sep. 7, 2012. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/201,752, in turn, is based upon and claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/775,415, filed Mar. 8, 2013. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/848,311, in turn, is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/385,277, filed Feb. 9, 2012, which issued Sep. 8, 2015 as U.S. Pat. No. 9,127,312; which application claims the benefit of the following U.S. provisional patent applications: Ser. No. 61/441,209, filed Feb. 9, 2011; Ser. No. 61/444,539, filed Feb. 18, 2011; Ser. No. 61/454,373, filed Mar. 18, 2011; Ser. No. 61/476,115, filed Apr. 15, 2011; Ser. No. 61/478,777, filed Apr. 25, 2011; Ser. No. 61/484,197, filed May 9, 2011; and Ser. No. 61/490,055, filed May 25, 2011. Each of these priority documents is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
| Number | Name | Date | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| 3575220 | Davis et al. | Apr 1971 | A |
| 4051025 | Ito | Sep 1977 | A |
| 4201691 | Asher et al. | May 1980 | A |
| 4283262 | Cormier et al. | Aug 1981 | A |
| 4348111 | Goulas et al. | Sep 1982 | A |
| 4636075 | Knollenberg | Jan 1987 | A |
| 4948961 | Hillman et al. | Aug 1990 | A |
| 5055390 | Weaver et al. | Oct 1991 | A |
| 5176203 | Larzul | Jan 1993 | A |
| 5225332 | Weaver et al. | Jul 1993 | A |
| 5270183 | Corbett et al. | Dec 1993 | A |
| 5314809 | Erlich et al. | May 1994 | A |
| 5344930 | Riess et al. | Sep 1994 | A |
| 5422277 | Connelly et al. | Jun 1995 | A |
| 5538667 | Hill et al. | Jul 1996 | A |
| 5555191 | Hripcsak | Sep 1996 | A |
| 5585069 | Zanzucchi et al. | Dec 1996 | A |
| 5587128 | Wilding et al. | Dec 1996 | A |
| 5602756 | Atwood et al. | Feb 1997 | A |
| 5720923 | Haff et al. | Feb 1998 | A |
| 5736314 | Hayes et al. | Apr 1998 | A |
| 5779977 | Haff et al. | Jul 1998 | A |
| 5827480 | Haff et al. | Oct 1998 | A |
| 5856174 | Lipshutz et al. | Jan 1999 | A |
| 5912945 | Da Silva et al. | Jun 1999 | A |
| 5928907 | Woudenberg et al. | Jul 1999 | A |
| 5945334 | Besemer et al. | Aug 1999 | A |
| 5972716 | Ragusa et al. | Oct 1999 | A |
| 5980936 | Krafft et al. | Nov 1999 | A |
| 5994056 | Higuchi | Nov 1999 | A |
| 6033880 | Haff et al. | Mar 2000 | A |
| 6042709 | Parce et al. | Mar 2000 | A |
| 6057149 | Burns et al. | May 2000 | A |
| 6123798 | Gandhi et al. | Sep 2000 | A |
| 6126899 | Woudenberg et al. | Oct 2000 | A |
| 6130098 | Handique et al. | Oct 2000 | A |
| 6143496 | Brown et al. | Nov 2000 | A |
| 6146103 | Lee et al. | Nov 2000 | A |
| 6171785 | Higuchi | Jan 2001 | B1 |
| 6175669 | Colston et al. | Jan 2001 | B1 |
| 6176609 | Cleveland et al. | Jan 2001 | B1 |
| 6176962 | Soane et al. | Jan 2001 | B1 |
| 6177479 | Nakajima et al. | Jan 2001 | B1 |
| 6210879 | Meloni et al. | Apr 2001 | B1 |
| 6258569 | Livak et al. | Jul 2001 | B1 |
| 6281254 | Nakajima et al. | Aug 2001 | B1 |
| 6303343 | Kopf-Sill | Oct 2001 | B1 |
| 6357907 | Cleveland et al. | Mar 2002 | B1 |
| 6384915 | Everett et al. | May 2002 | B1 |
| 6391559 | Brown et al. | May 2002 | B1 |
| 6440706 | Vogelstein et al. | Aug 2002 | B1 |
| 6466713 | Everett et al. | Oct 2002 | B2 |
| 6488895 | Kennedy | Dec 2002 | B1 |
| 6489103 | Griffiths et al. | Dec 2002 | B1 |
| 6494104 | Kawakita et al. | Dec 2002 | B2 |
| 6509085 | Kennedy | Jan 2003 | B1 |
| 6521427 | Evans | Feb 2003 | B1 |
| 6524456 | Ramsey et al. | Feb 2003 | B1 |
| 6540895 | Spence et al. | Apr 2003 | B1 |
| 6551841 | Wilding et al. | Apr 2003 | B1 |
| 6558916 | Veerapandian et al. | May 2003 | B2 |
| 6575188 | Parunak | Jun 2003 | B2 |
| 6602472 | Zimmermann et al. | Aug 2003 | B1 |
| 6620625 | Wolk et al. | Sep 2003 | B2 |
| 6637463 | Lei et al. | Oct 2003 | B1 |
| 6638749 | Beckman et al. | Oct 2003 | B1 |
| 6660367 | Yang et al. | Dec 2003 | B1 |
| 6663619 | Odrich et al. | Dec 2003 | B2 |
| 6664044 | Sato | Dec 2003 | B1 |
| 6670153 | Stern | Dec 2003 | B2 |
| 6753147 | Vogelstein et al. | Jun 2004 | B2 |
| 6767706 | Quake et al. | Jul 2004 | B2 |
| 6773566 | Shenderov | Aug 2004 | B2 |
| 6808882 | Griffiths et al. | Oct 2004 | B2 |
| 6814934 | Higuchi | Nov 2004 | B1 |
| 6833242 | Quake et al. | Dec 2004 | B2 |
| 6900021 | Harrison et al. | May 2005 | B1 |
| 6905885 | Colston et al. | Jun 2005 | B2 |
| 6915679 | Chien et al. | Jul 2005 | B2 |
| 6949176 | Vacca et al. | Sep 2005 | B2 |
| 6960437 | Enzelberger et al. | Nov 2005 | B2 |
| 6964846 | Shuber | Nov 2005 | B1 |
| 7010391 | Handique et al. | Mar 2006 | B2 |
| 7041481 | Anderson et al. | May 2006 | B2 |
| 7052244 | Fouillet et al. | May 2006 | B2 |
| 7060227 | Staats | Jun 2006 | B2 |
| 7081336 | Bao et al. | Jul 2006 | B2 |
| 7091048 | Parce et al. | Aug 2006 | B2 |
| 7094379 | Fouillet et al. | Aug 2006 | B2 |
| 7118910 | Unger et al. | Oct 2006 | B2 |
| 7129091 | Ismagilov et al. | Oct 2006 | B2 |
| 7138233 | Griffiths et al. | Nov 2006 | B2 |
| 7141537 | Audenaert et al. | Nov 2006 | B2 |
| 7160687 | Kapur | Jan 2007 | B1 |
| 7192557 | Wu et al. | Mar 2007 | B2 |
| 7198897 | Wangh et al. | Apr 2007 | B2 |
| 7238268 | Ramsey et al. | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7244567 | Chen et al. | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7252943 | Griffiths et al. | Aug 2007 | B2 |
| 7268167 | Higuchi et al. | Sep 2007 | B2 |
| 7268179 | Brown | Sep 2007 | B2 |
| 7270786 | Parunak et al. | Sep 2007 | B2 |
| 7279146 | Nassef et al. | Oct 2007 | B2 |
| 7294468 | Bell et al. | Nov 2007 | B2 |
| 7294503 | Quake et al. | Nov 2007 | B2 |
| 7306929 | Ignatov et al. | Dec 2007 | B2 |
| 7312085 | Chou et al. | Dec 2007 | B2 |
| 7323305 | Leamon et al. | Jan 2008 | B2 |
| 7351376 | Quake | Apr 2008 | B1 |
| 7368233 | Shuber et al. | May 2008 | B2 |
| 7375140 | Higuchi et al. | May 2008 | B2 |
| 7423751 | Hairston et al. | Sep 2008 | B2 |
| 7429467 | Holliger et al. | Sep 2008 | B2 |
| 7567596 | Dantus et al. | Jul 2009 | B2 |
| 7579172 | Cho et al. | Aug 2009 | B2 |
| 7595195 | Lee et al. | Sep 2009 | B2 |
| 7622280 | Holliger et al. | Nov 2009 | B2 |
| 7629123 | Millonig et al. | Dec 2009 | B2 |
| 7776927 | Chu et al. | Aug 2010 | B2 |
| 7807920 | Linke et al. | Oct 2010 | B2 |
| 7842457 | Berka et al. | Nov 2010 | B2 |
| 8399198 | Hiddessen et al. | Mar 2013 | B2 |
| 9328376 | Hiddessen et al. | May 2016 | B2 |
| 9417190 | Hindson et al. | Aug 2016 | B2 |
| 9500664 | Ness et al. | Nov 2016 | B2 |
| 9623384 | Hindson et al. | Apr 2017 | B2 |
| 20010046701 | Schulte et al. | Nov 2001 | A1 |
| 20020003001 | Weigl et al. | Jan 2002 | A1 |
| 20020021866 | Everett et al. | Feb 2002 | A1 |
| 20020022261 | Anderson et al. | Feb 2002 | A1 |
| 20020058332 | Quake et al. | May 2002 | A1 |
| 20020060156 | Mathies et al. | May 2002 | A1 |
| 20020068357 | Mathies et al. | Jun 2002 | A1 |
| 20020089561 | Weitzel et al. | Jul 2002 | A1 |
| 20020093655 | Everett et al. | Jul 2002 | A1 |
| 20020141903 | Parunak et al. | Oct 2002 | A1 |
| 20020142483 | Yao et al. | Oct 2002 | A1 |
| 20020151040 | O'Keefe et al. | Oct 2002 | A1 |
| 20020164820 | Brown | Nov 2002 | A1 |
| 20020195586 | Auslander et al. | Dec 2002 | A1 |
| 20030001121 | Hochstein | Jan 2003 | A1 |
| 20030003054 | McDonald et al. | Jan 2003 | A1 |
| 20030003441 | Colston et al. | Jan 2003 | A1 |
| 20030006140 | Vacca et al. | Jan 2003 | A1 |
| 20030008308 | Enzelberger et al. | Jan 2003 | A1 |
| 20030027150 | Katz | Feb 2003 | A1 |
| 20030027244 | Colston et al. | Feb 2003 | A1 |
| 20030027352 | Hooper et al. | Feb 2003 | A1 |
| 20030032172 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Feb 2003 | A1 |
| 20030049659 | Lapidus et al. | Mar 2003 | A1 |
| 20030087300 | Knapp et al. | May 2003 | A1 |
| 20030170698 | Gascoyne et al. | Sep 2003 | A1 |
| 20030180765 | Traverso et al. | Sep 2003 | A1 |
| 20030204130 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Oct 2003 | A1 |
| 20040007463 | Ramsey et al. | Jan 2004 | A1 |
| 20040037739 | McNeely et al. | Feb 2004 | A1 |
| 20040038385 | Langlois et al. | Feb 2004 | A1 |
| 20040067493 | Matsuzaki et al. | Apr 2004 | A1 |
| 20040068019 | Higuchi et al. | Apr 2004 | A1 |
| 20040074849 | Brown et al. | Apr 2004 | A1 |
| 20040090168 | Kumar et al. | May 2004 | A1 |
| 20040109793 | McNeely et al. | Jun 2004 | A1 |
| 20040171055 | Brown | Sep 2004 | A1 |
| 20040180346 | Anderson et al. | Sep 2004 | A1 |
| 20040208792 | Linton et al. | Oct 2004 | A1 |
| 20040228770 | Gandhi et al. | Nov 2004 | A1 |
| 20050036920 | Gilbert | Feb 2005 | A1 |
| 20050042639 | Knapp et al. | Feb 2005 | A1 |
| 20050064460 | Holliger et al. | Mar 2005 | A1 |
| 20050079510 | Berka et al. | Apr 2005 | A1 |
| 20050112541 | Durack et al. | May 2005 | A1 |
| 20050172476 | Stone et al. | Aug 2005 | A1 |
| 20050202429 | Trau et al. | Sep 2005 | A1 |
| 20050221279 | Carter et al. | Oct 2005 | A1 |
| 20050221373 | Enzelberger et al. | Oct 2005 | A1 |
| 20050227264 | Nobile et al. | Oct 2005 | A1 |
| 20050239192 | Nasarabadi et al. | Oct 2005 | A1 |
| 20050266582 | Modlin et al. | Dec 2005 | A1 |
| 20050277125 | Benn et al. | Dec 2005 | A1 |
| 20050282206 | Michael Corbett et al. | Dec 2005 | A1 |
| 20060014187 | Li et al. | Jan 2006 | A1 |
| 20060024831 | Kao et al. | Feb 2006 | A1 |
| 20060057599 | Dzenitis et al. | Mar 2006 | A1 |
| 20060077755 | Higuchi et al. | Apr 2006 | A1 |
| 20060079583 | Higuchi et al. | Apr 2006 | A1 |
| 20060079584 | Higuchi et al. | Apr 2006 | A1 |
| 20060079585 | Higuchi et al. | Apr 2006 | A1 |
| 20060094108 | Yoder et al. | May 2006 | A1 |
| 20060106208 | Nochumson et al. | May 2006 | A1 |
| 20060188463 | Kim et al. | Aug 2006 | A1 |
| 20060234298 | Chiu et al. | Oct 2006 | A1 |
| 20060275893 | Ishii et al. | Dec 2006 | A1 |
| 20070003442 | Link et al. | Jan 2007 | A1 |
| 20070010974 | Nicoli et al. | Jan 2007 | A1 |
| 20070039866 | Schroeder et al. | Feb 2007 | A1 |
| 20070048756 | Mei et al. | Mar 2007 | A1 |
| 20070054199 | Wakabayashi | Mar 2007 | A1 |
| 20070109542 | Tracy et al. | May 2007 | A1 |
| 20070166200 | Zhou et al. | Jul 2007 | A1 |
| 20070195127 | Ahn et al. | Aug 2007 | A1 |
| 20070196397 | Torii et al. | Aug 2007 | A1 |
| 20070202525 | Quake et al. | Aug 2007 | A1 |
| 20070231393 | Ritter et al. | Oct 2007 | A1 |
| 20070242111 | Pamula et al. | Oct 2007 | A1 |
| 20070248956 | Buxbaum et al. | Oct 2007 | A1 |
| 20070253868 | Beebe et al. | Nov 2007 | A1 |
| 20070258083 | Heppell et al. | Nov 2007 | A1 |
| 20070275415 | Srinivasan et al. | Nov 2007 | A1 |
| 20080003142 | Link et al. | Jan 2008 | A1 |
| 20080014589 | Link et al. | Jan 2008 | A1 |
| 20080038810 | Pollack et al. | Feb 2008 | A1 |
| 20080056948 | Dale et al. | Mar 2008 | A1 |
| 20080070862 | Laster et al. | Mar 2008 | A1 |
| 20080090244 | Knapp et al. | Apr 2008 | A1 |
| 20080138815 | Brown et al. | Jun 2008 | A1 |
| 20080145923 | Hahn et al. | Jun 2008 | A1 |
| 20080153091 | Brown et al. | Jun 2008 | A1 |
| 20080160525 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080161420 | Shuber | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080166720 | Hsieh et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080166793 | Beer et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080169184 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080169195 | Jones et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080171324 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080171325 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080171326 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080171327 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080171380 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080171382 | Brown et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080213766 | Brown et al. | Sep 2008 | A1 |
| 20080214407 | Remacle et al. | Sep 2008 | A1 |
| 20080223721 | Cohen et al. | Sep 2008 | A1 |
| 20080241841 | Murakawa et al. | Oct 2008 | A1 |
| 20080257438 | Wang et al. | Oct 2008 | A1 |
| 20080262384 | Wiederkehr et al. | Oct 2008 | A1 |
| 20080268436 | Duan et al. | Oct 2008 | A1 |
| 20080274455 | Puskas et al. | Nov 2008 | A1 |
| 20080280331 | Davies et al. | Nov 2008 | A1 |
| 20080280865 | Tobita | Nov 2008 | A1 |
| 20080280955 | McCamish | Nov 2008 | A1 |
| 20080314761 | Herminghaus et al. | Dec 2008 | A1 |
| 20090012187 | Chu et al. | Jan 2009 | A1 |
| 20090026082 | Rothberg et al. | Jan 2009 | A1 |
| 20090029867 | Reed et al. | Jan 2009 | A1 |
| 20090035770 | Mathies et al. | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090035838 | Quake et al. | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090047713 | Handique | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090061428 | McBride et al. | Mar 2009 | A1 |
| 20090068170 | Weitz et al. | Mar 2009 | A1 |
| 20090069194 | Ramakrishnan | Mar 2009 | A1 |
| 20090098044 | Kong et al. | Apr 2009 | A1 |
| 20090114043 | Cox | May 2009 | A1 |
| 20090131543 | Weitz et al. | May 2009 | A1 |
| 20090162929 | Ikeda | Jun 2009 | A1 |
| 20090176271 | Durack et al. | Jul 2009 | A1 |
| 20090203063 | Wheeler et al. | Aug 2009 | A1 |
| 20090217742 | Chiu et al. | Sep 2009 | A1 |
| 20090220434 | Sharma | Sep 2009 | A1 |
| 20090235990 | Beer | Sep 2009 | A1 |
| 20090239308 | Dube et al. | Sep 2009 | A1 |
| 20090269248 | Falb et al. | Oct 2009 | A1 |
| 20090291435 | Unger et al. | Nov 2009 | A1 |
| 20090311713 | Pollack et al. | Dec 2009 | A1 |
| 20090325184 | Woudenberg et al. | Dec 2009 | A1 |
| 20090325234 | Gregg et al. | Dec 2009 | A1 |
| 20090325236 | Griffiths et al. | Dec 2009 | A1 |
| 20100009360 | Rosell Costa et al. | Jan 2010 | A1 |
| 20100015606 | Davies et al. | Jan 2010 | A1 |
| 20100018584 | Bransky et al. | Jan 2010 | A1 |
| 20100020565 | Seward | Jan 2010 | A1 |
| 20100022414 | Link et al. | Jan 2010 | A1 |
| 20100022680 | Karnik et al. | Jan 2010 | A1 |
| 20100041046 | Chiu et al. | Feb 2010 | A1 |
| 20100047808 | Reed et al. | Feb 2010 | A1 |
| 20100069250 | White, III et al. | Mar 2010 | A1 |
| 20100069263 | Shendure et al. | Mar 2010 | A1 |
| 20100092973 | Davies et al. | Apr 2010 | A1 |
| 20100137163 | Link et al. | Jun 2010 | A1 |
| 20100173394 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Jul 2010 | A1 |
| 20100184928 | Kumacheva | Jul 2010 | A1 |
| 20100217736 | Sarel | Aug 2010 | A1 |
| 20100248385 | Tan et al. | Sep 2010 | A1 |
| 20100261229 | Lau et al. | Oct 2010 | A1 |
| 20100304446 | Davies et al. | Dec 2010 | A1 |
| 20100304978 | Deng et al. | Dec 2010 | A1 |
| 20110000560 | Miller et al. | Jan 2011 | A1 |
| 20110027394 | McClements et al. | Feb 2011 | A1 |
| 20110053798 | Hindson et al. | Mar 2011 | A1 |
| 20110070589 | Belgrader et al. | Mar 2011 | A1 |
| 20110086780 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Apr 2011 | A1 |
| 20110092373 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Apr 2011 | A1 |
| 20110092376 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Apr 2011 | A1 |
| 20110092392 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Apr 2011 | A1 |
| 20110118151 | Eshoo et al. | May 2011 | A1 |
| 20110160078 | Fodor et al. | Jun 2011 | A1 |
| 20110177563 | Hahn et al. | Jul 2011 | A1 |
| 20110183330 | Lo et al. | Jul 2011 | A1 |
| 20110212516 | Ness et al. | Sep 2011 | A1 |
| 20110217712 | Hiddessen et al. | Sep 2011 | A1 |
| 20110217736 | Hindson | Sep 2011 | A1 |
| 20110218123 | Weitz et al. | Sep 2011 | A1 |
| 20110244455 | Larson et al. | Oct 2011 | A1 |
| 20110250597 | Larson et al. | Oct 2011 | A1 |
| 20110311978 | Makarewicz, Jr. et al. | Dec 2011 | A1 |
| 20120003755 | Chapin et al. | Jan 2012 | A1 |
| 20120021423 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Jan 2012 | A1 |
| 20120028311 | Colston, Jr. et al. | Feb 2012 | A1 |
| 20120122714 | Samuels et al. | May 2012 | A1 |
| 20120152369 | Hiddessen et al. | Jun 2012 | A1 |
| 20120171683 | Ness et al. | Jul 2012 | A1 |
| 20120190032 | Ness et al. | Jul 2012 | A1 |
| 20120190033 | Ness et al. | Jul 2012 | A1 |
| 20120194805 | Ness et al. | Aug 2012 | A1 |
| 20120208241 | Link | Aug 2012 | A1 |
| 20120219947 | Yurkovetsky et al. | Aug 2012 | A1 |
| 20120220494 | Samuels et al. | Aug 2012 | A1 |
| 20120264646 | Link et al. | Oct 2012 | A1 |
| 20120302448 | Hutchison et al. | Nov 2012 | A1 |
| 20120309002 | Link | Dec 2012 | A1 |
| 20120329664 | Saxonov et al. | Dec 2012 | A1 |
| 20130017551 | Dube | Jan 2013 | A1 |
| 20130040841 | Saxonov et al. | Feb 2013 | A1 |
| 20130045875 | Saxonov et al. | Feb 2013 | A1 |
| 20130059754 | Tzonev | Mar 2013 | A1 |
| 20130064776 | El Harrak et al. | Mar 2013 | A1 |
| 20130084572 | Hindson et al. | Apr 2013 | A1 |
| 20130099018 | Miller et al. | Apr 2013 | A1 |
| 20130109575 | Kleinschmidt et al. | May 2013 | A1 |
| 20170065979 | Ness et al. | Mar 2017 | A1 |
| 20170144116 | Ness et al. | May 2017 | A1 |
| 20170144160 | Ness et al. | May 2017 | A1 |
| 20170144161 | Hindson et al. | May 2017 | A1 |
| Number | Date | Country |
|---|---|---|
| 2364458 | Feb 2000 | CN |
| 102005037401 | Feb 2007 | DE |
| 1522582 | Apr 2005 | EP |
| 1677094 | Jul 2006 | EP |
| 1522582 | Apr 2007 | EP |
| 1503163 | Mar 1978 | GB |
| 2097692 | Nov 1982 | GB |
| 0295433 | Apr 1990 | JP |
| 08035971 | Feb 1996 | JP |
| 2002505439 | Feb 2002 | JP |
| 2006180810 | Jul 2006 | JP |
| 2007175002 | Jul 2007 | JP |
| 2009536313 | Oct 2009 | JP |
| 2009538123 | Nov 2009 | JP |
| 2010506136 | Feb 2010 | JP |
| 2011041925 | Mar 2011 | JP |
| 8202562 | Aug 1982 | WO |
| 8402000 | May 1984 | WO |
| 9201812 | Feb 1992 | WO |
| 9405414 | Mar 1994 | WO |
| 9612194 | Apr 1996 | WO |
| 9800231 | Jan 1998 | WO |
| 9816313 | Apr 1998 | WO |
| 9844151 | Oct 1998 | WO |
| 9844152 | Oct 1998 | WO |
| 9847003 | Oct 1998 | WO |
| 9944740 | Sep 1999 | WO |
| 0078455 | Dec 2000 | WO |
| 0107159 | Feb 2001 | WO |
| 0112327 | Feb 2001 | WO |
| 0223163 | Mar 2002 | WO |
| 02060584 | Aug 2002 | WO |
| 02063288 | Aug 2002 | WO |
| 02068104 | Sep 2002 | WO |
| 02081490 | Oct 2002 | WO |
| 02081729 | Oct 2002 | WO |
| 03016558 | Feb 2003 | WO |
| 03042410 | May 2003 | WO |
| 03052428 | Jun 2003 | WO |
| 03072258 | Sep 2003 | WO |
| 2004040001 | May 2004 | WO |
| 2005007812 | Jan 2005 | WO |
| 2005010145 | Feb 2005 | WO |
| 2005021151 | Mar 2005 | WO |
| 2005023091 | Mar 2005 | WO |
| 2005055807 | Jun 2005 | WO |
| 2005073410 | Aug 2005 | WO |
| 2005075683 | Aug 2005 | WO |
| 2006023719 | Mar 2006 | WO |
| 2006027757 | Mar 2006 | WO |
| 2006038035 | Apr 2006 | WO |
| 2006086777 | Aug 2006 | WO |
| 2006095981 | Sep 2006 | WO |
| 2006128098 | Nov 2006 | WO |
| 2007081385 | Jul 2007 | WO |
| 2007091228 | Aug 2007 | WO |
| 2007091230 | Aug 2007 | WO |
| 2007092473 | Aug 2007 | WO |
| 2007091230 | Aug 2007 | WO |
| 2007121489 | Oct 2007 | WO |
| 2007133710 | Nov 2007 | WO |
| 2008021123 | Feb 2008 | WO |
| 2008024114 | Feb 2008 | WO |
| 2008063227 | May 2008 | WO |
| 2008063227 | May 2008 | WO |
| 2008070074 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008070862 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008109176 | Sep 2008 | WO |
| 2008109878 | Sep 2008 | WO |
| 2008112177 | Sep 2008 | WO |
| 2008109176 | Sep 2008 | WO |
| 2009002920 | Dec 2008 | WO |
| 2008148200 | Dec 2008 | WO |
| 2009015863 | Feb 2009 | WO |
| 2009049889 | Apr 2009 | WO |
| 2009085246 | Jul 2009 | WO |
| 2009152520 | Dec 2009 | WO |
| 20100011419 | Jan 2010 | WO |
| 2010018465 | Feb 2010 | WO |
| 2010036352 | Apr 2010 | WO |
| 2011034621 | Mar 2011 | WO |
| 2011079176 | Jun 2011 | WO |
| Entry |
|---|
| 3M Specialty Materials, “3M Fluorinert Electronic Liquid FC-3283,” product information guide, issued Aug. 2001. |
| Abate, Adam R. et al., “Functionalized glass coating for PDMS microfluidic devices,” Lab on a Chip Technology: Fabrication and Microfluidics, 11 pgs., (2009). |
| Abdelgawad, Mohamed et al., “All-terrain droplet actuation,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 8, pp. 672-677, Apr. 2, 2008. |
| Alexandridis, Paschalis, Structural Polymorphism of Poly(ethylene oxide)-Poly(propylene oxide) Block Copolymers in Nonaqueous Polar Solvents, Macromolecules, vol. 31, No. 20, pp. 6935-6942, Sep. 12, 1998. |
| Anna, Shelley L. et al., “Formation of dispersions using “flow focusing” in microchannels,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 82, No. 3, Jan. 20, 2003. |
| Applied Biosystems, “Operator's Manual Tempo Nano LC Tempo NanaTano MDLC Systems”, Jan. 1, 2005, 74 pages. |
| Avilion, Ariel A. et al., “Human Telomerase RNA and Telomerase Activity in Immortal Cell Lines and Tumor Tissues,” Cancer Research 56, pp. 645-650, Feb. 1, 1996. |
| Baroud, Charles N. et al., “Thermocapillary valve for droplet production and sorting,” Physical Review E 75, 046302, pp. 046302-1-046302-5, Apr. 5, 2007. |
| Beer, N. Reginald et al., “On-Chip Single-Copy Real-Time Reverse-Transcription PCR in Isolated Picoliter Droplets,” Analytical Chemistry, vol. 80, No. 6, pp. 1854-1858, Mar. 15, 2008. |
| Beer, N. Reginald et al., “On-Chip, Real-Time, Single-Copy Polymerase Chain Reaction in Picoliter Droplets,” Analytical Chemistry, vol. 79, No. 22, pp. 8471-8475, Nov. 15, 2007. |
| Beer, Neil Reginald et al., “Monodisperse droplet generation and rapid trapping for single molecule detection and reaction kinetics measurement,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 9, pp. 841-844, Dec. 5, 2008. |
| Bhat, Somanath et al., “Effect of sustained elevated temperature prior to amplification on template copy number estimation using digital polymerase chain reaction,” Analyst, vol. 136, pp. 724-732, (2011). |
| Blow, Nathan, “PCR's next frontier,” Nature Methods, vol. 4, No. 10, pp. 869-875, Oct. 2007. |
| Bransky, Avishay et al., “A microfluidic droplet generator based on a piezoelectric actuator,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 9, pp. 516-520, Nov. 20, 2008. |
| Carroll, Nick J. et al., “Droplet-Based Microfluidics for Emulsion and Solvent Evaporation Synthesis of Monodisperse Mesoporous Silica Microspheres,” Langmuir, vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 658-661, Jan. 3, 2008. |
| Cawthon, Richard M., “Telomere length measurement by a novel monochrome multiplex quantitative PCR method,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 1-7, (2009). |
| Cawthon, Richard M., “Telomere measurement by quantitative PCR,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1-6, (2002). |
| Chabert, Max et al., “Droplet fusion by alternating current (AC) field electrocoalescence in microchannels,” Electrophoresis, vol. 26, pp. 3706-3715, (2005). |
| Chen, Chia-Hung et al., “Janus Particles Templated from Double Emulsion Droplets Generated Using Microfluidics,” Langmuir, vol. 29, No. 8, pp. 4320-4323, Mar. 18, 2009. |
| Chen, Delai L. et al., “Using Three-Phase Flow of Immiscible Liquids to Prevent Coalescence of Droplets in Microfluidic Channels: Criteria to Identify The Third Liquid and Validation with Protein Crystallization,” Langmuir, vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 2255-2260, (2007). |
| Chittofrati, A. et al., “Perfluoropolyether microemulsions,” Progress in Colloid & Polymer Science 79, pp. 218-225, (1989). |
| Chloroform (Phenomenex), Solvent Miscibility Table, Internet Archive WayBackMachine, 3 pgs., Feb. 1, 2008. |
| Clausell-Tormos, Jenifer et al., “Droplet-Based Microfluidic Platforms for the Encapsulation and Screening of Mammalian Cells and Multicellular Organisms,” Chemistry & Biology, vol. 15, pp. 427-437, May 2008. |
| Da Rocha, Sandro R. P. et al., “Effect of Surfactants on the Interfacial Tension and Emulsion Formation between Water and Carbon Dioxide,” Langmuir, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 419-428, (1999), published on web Dec. 29, 1998. |
| Dasgupta, Purnendu K. et al., “Light emitting diode-based detectors Absorbance, fluorescence and spectroelectrochemical measurements in a planar flow-through cell,” Analytica Chimica Acta 500, pp. 337-364, (2003). |
| Diehl, Frank et al., “Digital quantification of mutant DNA in cancer patients,” Current Opinion in Oncology, vol. 19, pp. 36-42, (2007). |
| Diekema, Daniel J. et al., “Look before You Leap: Active Surveillance for Multidrug-Resistant Organisms,” Healthcare Epidemiology ⋅ CID 2007:44, pp. 1101-1107 (Apr. 15), electronically published Mar. 2, 2007. |
| Ding, Chunming et al., “Direct molecular haplotyping of long-range genomic DNA with M1-PCR,” PNAS, vol. 100, No. 13, pp. 7449-7453, Jun. 24, 2003. |
| Dorfman, Kevin D. et al., “Contamination-Free Continuous Flow Microfluidic Polymerase Chain Reaction for Quantitative and Clinical Applications,” Analytical Chemistry vol. 77, No. 11, pp. 3700-3704, Jun. 1, 2005. |
| Dressman, Devin et al., “Transforming single DNA molecules into fluorescent magnetic particles for detection and enumeration of genetic variations,” PNAS, vol. 100, No. 15, Jul. 22, 2003. |
| Dube, Simant et al., “Mathematical Analysis of Copy Number Variation in a DNA Sample Using Digital PCR on a Nanofluidic Device,” PLoS One, vol. 3, Issue 8, pp. 1-9, Aug. 6, 2008. |
| Eksigent, “Product Note Eksigent: NanoFlow Metering System”, Jan. 1, 2010, 4 pages. |
| Emerson, David et al., “Microfluidic Modelling Activities at C3M,” Centre for Microfluidics & Microsystems Modelling, Daresbury Laboratory, pp. 1-26, May 15, 2006. |
| Eschenback Optik GMBH, Optics for Concentrated Photovoltaics (CPV), 1 pg., date unknown. |
| Fan, Jian-Bing et al., “Highly parallel genomic assays,” Nature Reviews/Genetics, vol. 7, pp. 632-644, Aug. 2006. |
| Fidalgo, Luis M. et al., “Coupling Microdroplet Microreactors with Mass Spectrometry: Reading the Contents of Single Droplets Online,” Angewandte Chemie, vol. 48, pp. 3665-3668, Apr. 7, 2009. |
| Fielden, Peter et al., “Micro-Droplet Technology for High Throughout Systems and Methods,” 1 pg., Mar. 8, 2006. |
| Garstecki, Piotr et al., “Formation of droplets and bubbles in a microfluidic T-junction—scaling and mechanism of break-up,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 6, pp. 437-446, (2006). |
| Garstecki, Piotr et al., “Mechanism for Flow-Rate Controlled Breakup in Confined Geometries: A Route to Monodisperse Emulsions,” Physical Review Letters, 164501, pp. 164501-1-164501-4, Apr. 29, 2005. |
| Garti, N. et al., “Water Solubilization in Nonionic Microemulsions Stabilized by Grafted Siliconic Emulsifiers,” Journal of Colloid and Interface Science vol. 233, pp. 286-294, (2001). |
| Gasperlin, M. et al., “The structure elucidation of semisolid w/o emulsion systems containing silicone surfactant,” International Journal of Pharmaceutics 107, pp. 51-56, (1994). |
| Ge, Qinyu et al., “Emulsion PCR-based method to detect Y chromosome microdeletions,” Analytical Biochemistry, vol. 367, pp. 173-178, May 10, 2007. |
| Ghenciu, E. G. et al., “Affinity Extraction into Carbon Dioxide. 1. Extraction of Avidin Using a Biotin-Functional Fluoroether Surfactant,” Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. vol. 36, No. 12, pp. 5366-5370, Dec. 1, 1997. |
| Glotsos, Dimitris et al., “Robust Estimation of Bioaffinity Assay Fluorescence Signals,” IEEE Transactions on Information Technology in Biomedicine, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 733-739, Oct. 2006. |
| Goldschmidt GMBH, “Abil® EM 90 Emulsifier for the formulation of cosmetic W/O creams and lotions,” degussa. creating essentials brochure, pp. 1-7, May 2003. |
| Griffiths, Andrew D. et al., “Miniaturising the laboratory in emulsion droplets,” Trends in Biotechnology, vol. 24, No. 9, pp. 395-402, Jul. 14, 2006. |
| Gullberg, Mats et al., “Cytokine detection by antibody-based proximity ligation,” PNAS, vol. 101, No. 22, pp. 8420-8424, Jun. 1, 2004. |
| Guo, Zhen et al “Enhanced discrimination of single nucleotide polymorphisms by artificial mismatch hybridization,” Nature Biotechnology vol. 15, pp. 331-335, Apr. 1997. |
| Gustafsdottir, Sigrun M. et al., “In vitro analysis of DNA-protein interactions by proximity ligation,” PNAS, vol. 104, No. 9, pp. 3067-3072, Feb. 27, 2007. |
| Higuchi, Russell et al., “Kinetic PCR Analysis: Real-time Monitoring of DNA Amplification Reactions,” Bio/Technology vol. II, pp. 1026-1030, Sep. 11, 1993. |
| Hill, Randla M., “Silicone surfactants—new developments,” Current Opinion in Colloid & Interface Science 7, pp. 255-261, (2002). |
| Hobbs, Helen R. et al., “Homogeneous Biocatalysis in both Fluorous Biphasic and Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Systems,” Angewandte Chemie, vol. 119, pp. 8006-8009, Sep. 6, 2007. |
| Holtze, C. et al., “Biocompatible surfactants for water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 8, pp. 1632-1639, Sep. 2, 2008. |
| Hori, Machiko et al., “Uniform amplification of multiple DNAs by emulsion PCR,” Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, vol. 352, pp. 323-328, (2007). |
| Huang, Jiaqi et al., “Rapid Screening of Complex DNA Samples by Single-Molecule Amplification and Sequencing,” PLoS ONE, vol. 6, Issue 5, pp. 1-4, May 2011. |
| Hung, Lung-Hsin et al., “Rapid microfabrication of solvent-resistant biocompatible microfluidic devices,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 8, pp. 983-987, Apr. 8, 2008. |
| Jarvius, Jonas et al., “Digital quantification using amplified single-molecule detection,” Nature Methods, vol. 3, No. 9, pp. 15 pgs, Sep. 2006. |
| Jin, Dayong et al., “Practical Time-Gated Luminescence Flow Cytometry. II: Experimental Evaluation Using UV LED Excitation,” Cytometry Part A ⋅ 71A, pp. 797-808, Aug. 24, 2007. |
| Kalinina, Olga et al., “Nanoliter scale PCR with TaqMan Detection,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 25, No. 10 pp. 1999-2004, (1997). |
| Katsura, Shinji et al., “Indirect micromanipulation of single molecules in water-in-oil emulsion,” Electrophoresis, vol. 22, pp. 289-293, (2001). |
| Kekevi, Burcu et al., Synthesis and Characterization of Silicone-Based Surfactants as Anti-Foaming Agents, J. Surfact Deterg (2012), vol. 15, pp. 7381, published online Jul. 7, 2011. |
| Kiss, Margaret Macris et al., “High-Throughput Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction in Picoliter Droplets,” Analytical Chemistry, 8 pgs., downloaded Nov. 17, 2008. |
| Kumaresan, Palani et al., “High-Throughput Single Copy DNA Amplification and Cell Analysis in Engineered Nanoliter Droplets,” Analytical Chemistry, 17 pgs., Apr. 15, 2008. |
| Kunieda, Hironobu et al., “Effect of Hydrophilic- and Hydrophobic-Chain Lengths on the Phase Behavior of A-B-type Silicone Surfactants in Water,” J. Phys. Chem. B, vol. 105, No. 23, pp. 5419-5426, (2001). |
| Labsmith, “CapTite™ Microfluidic Interconnects” webpage, downloaded Jul. 11, 2012. |
| Labsmith, “Microfluid Components” webpage, downloaded Jul. 11, 2012. |
| Landegren, Ulf et al., “Padlock and proximity probes for in situ and array-based analyses: tools for the post-genomic era,” Comp. Funct. Genom, vol. 4, pp. 525-530, (2003). |
| Leamon, John H. et al., “Overview: methods and applications for droplet compartmentalization of biology,” Nature Methods, vol. 3, No. 7, pp. 541-543, Jul. 2006. |
| Lin, Yen-Heng et al., “Droplet Formation Utilizing Controllable Moving-Wall Structures for Double-Emulsion Applications,” Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 573-581, Jun. 2008. |
| Link, Darren R. et al., “Electric Control of Droplets in Microfluidic Devices,” Angewandte Chemie Int. Ed., vol. 45, pp. 2556-2560, (2006). |
| Liu, Kan et al., “Droplet-based synthetic method using microflow focusing and droplet fusion,” Microfluid Nanfluid, vol. 3, pp. 239-243, (2007), published online Sep. 22, 2006. |
| Lo, Y. M. Dennis et al., “Digital PCR for the molecular detection of fetal chromosomal aneuploidy,” PNAS, vol. 104, No. 32, pp. 13116-13121, Aug. 7, 2007. |
| Luk, Vivienne N. et al., “Pluronic Additives: A Solution to Sticky Problems in Digital Microfluidics,” Langmuir, vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 6382-6289, May 16, 2008. |
| Margulies, Marcel et al., “Genome sequencing in microfabricated high-density picolitre reactors,” Nature, vol. 437, 51 pgs., Sep. 15, 2005. |
| Markey, Amelia L. et al., “High-throughput droplet PCR,” Methods, vol. 50, pp. 277-281, Feb. 2, 2010. |
| Mazutis, Linas et al., “A fast and efficient microfluidic system for highly selective one-to-one droplet fusion,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 9, pp. 2665-2672, Jun. 12, 2009. |
| Mazutis, Linas et al., “Droplet-Based Microfluidic Systems for High-Throughput Single DNA Molecule Isothermal Amplification and Analysis,” Analytical Chemistry, vol. 81, No. 12, pp. 4813-4821, Jun. 15, 2009. |
| McCaughan, Frank et al., “Single-molecule genomics,” Journal of Pathology, vol. 220, pp. 297-306, Nov. 19, 2009. |
| Mehta, Somil C. et a., “Mechanism of Stabilization of Silicone Oil—Water Emulsions Using Hybrid Siloxane Polymers,” Langmuir, vol. 24, No. 9, pp. 4558-4563, Mar. 26, 2008. |
| Mohr, S. et al., “Numerical and experimental study of a droplet-based PCR chip,” Microfluid Nanofluid, vol. 3, pp. 611-621, (2007). |
| Musyanovych, Anna et al., “Miniemulsion Droplets as Single Molecule Nanoreactors for Polymerase Chain Reaction,” Biomacromolecules, vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 1824-1828, (2005). |
| Nagai, Hidenori et al., “Development of a Microchamber Array for Picoliter PCR,” Analytical Chemistry, vol. 73, No. 5, pp. 1043-1047, Mar. 1, 2001. |
| Nam, Yoon Sung et al., “Nanosized Emulsions Stabilized by Semisolid Polymer Interphase,” Langmuir, ACS Publications, Jul. 23, 2010. |
| Newman, D.A. et al., “Phase Behavior of Fluoroether-Functional Amphiphiles in Supercritical Carbon Dioxide,” The Journal of Supercritical Fluids, vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 205-210, (1993). |
| Nie, Shuming et al., “Optical Detection of Single Molecules,” Annu. Rev. Biophys. BiomoL Struct. vol. 26, pp. 567-596, (1997). |
| O'Lenick, Anthony J. Jr., “Silicone Emulsions and Surfactants,” Journal of Surfactants and Detergents, vol. 3, No. 3, Jul. 2000. |
| O'Lenick, Anthony J., Jr., “Silicone Emulsions and Surfactants—A Review,” Silicone Spectator, Silitech LLC, May, 2009 (original published May 2000). |
| Pamme, Nicole, “continuous flow separations in microfluidic devices,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 7, pp. 1644-1659, Nov. 2, 2007. |
| Piatyszek, Mieczyslaw A. et al., “Detection of telomerase activity in human cells and tumors by a telomeric repeat amplification protocol (TRAP),” Methods in Cell Science 17, pp. 1-15, (1995). |
| Pinheiro, Leonardo B. et al., “Evaluation of a Droplet Digital Polymerase Chain Reaction Format for DNA Copy Number Quantification,” Analytical Chemistry, vol. 84, pp. 1003-1011, Nov. 28, 2011. |
| Pohl, Gudrun et al., “Principle and applications of digital PCR” review, www.future-drugs.com, Expert Rev. Mol. Diagn. 4(1), pp. 41-47, (2004). |
| Polydimethylsiloxane, 5 pgs., published in FNP 52 (1992). |
| Price, Christopher B., “Regular Review Point of Care Testing,” BMJ, vol. 322, May 26, 2001. |
| Qin, Jian et al., “Studying copy number variations using a nanofluidic platform,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 36, No. 18, pp. 1-8, Aug. 18, 2008. |
| Roach, L. Spencer et al., “Controlling Nonspecific Protein Absorption in a Plug-Based Microfluidic System by Controlling Interfacial Chemistry Using Fluorous-Phase Surfactants,” Analytical Chemistry vol. 77, No. 3, pp. 785-796, Feb. 1, 2005. |
| Rutledge, R. G. et al., “Mathematics of quantitative kinetic PCR and the application of standard curves,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 31, No. 16, pp. 1-6, (2003). |
| Rutledge, R. G., “Sigmoidal curve-fitting redefines quantitative real-time PCR with the prospective of developing automated high-throughput applications,” Nucleic Acids Research. vol. 32, No. 22, pp. 1-8, (2004). |
| Scherer, A., California Institute of Technology, “Polymerase Chain Reactors” PowerPoint presentation, 24 pgs., date unknown. |
| Schneegaß, Ivonne et al., “Miniaturized flow-through PCR with different template types in a silicon chip thermocycler,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 1, pp. 42-49, (2001). |
| Schroeder, Groff M. et al., “Introduction to Flow Cytometry” version 5.1, 182 pgs. (2004). |
| Schütze, Tatjana et al., “A streamlined protocol for emulsion polymerase chain reaction and subsequent purification,” Analytical Biochemistry, vol. 410, pp. 155-157, Nov. 25, 2010. |
| Sela, Y. et al., “Newly designed polysiloxane-graft-poly (oxyethylene) copolymeric surfactants: preparation, surface activity and emulsification properties,” Colloid & Polymer Science 272, pp. 684-691, (1994). |
| Shah, Rhutesh K. et al., “Polymers fit for function Making emulsions drop by drop,” Materials Today, vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 18-27, Apr. 2008. |
| Shendure, Jay et al., “Next-generation DNA sequencing,” Nature Biotechnology, vol. 26, No. 10, pp. 1135-1145, Oct. 2008. |
| Shuber, Anthony P. et al., “A Simplified Procedure for Developing Multiplex PCRs,” Genome Research, published by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, pp. 488-493, (1995). |
| Sigma-Aldrich, “Synthesis of Mesoporous Materials,” Material Matters, 3.1, 17, (2008). |
| Singley, Edith J. et al., “Phase behavior and emulsion formation of novel fluoroether amphiphiles in carbon dioxide,” Fluid Phase Equilibria 128, pp. 199-219, (1997). |
| Smid-Korbar, J. et al., “Efficiency and usability of silicone surfactants in emulsions,” International Journal of Cosmetic Science 12, pp. 135-139, (1990), presented at the 15th IFSCC International Congress, Sep. 26-29, 1988, London. |
| Snow, Steven A. “Synthesis and Characterization of Zwitterionic Silicone Sulfobetaine Surfactants,” Langmuir, vol. 6, No. 2, American Chemical Society, pp. 385-391, (1990). |
| Solimini, Nicole L. et al., “Recurrent Hemizygous Deletions in Cancers May Optimize Proliferative Potential,” Science, vol. 337, pp. 104-109, Jul. 6, 2012. |
| Swillens, Stéphane et al., “Instant evaluation of the absolute initial No. Of cDNA copies from a single real-time PCR curve,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 32, No. 6, pp. 1-6, (2004). |
| Tan, Yung-Chieh et al., “Monodispersed microfluidic droplet generation by shear focusing microfluidic device”, Sensors and Actuators B, vol. 114 (2006) pp. 350-356. |
| Takaaki Kojima et al., “PCR amplification from single DNA molecules on magnetic beads in emulsion: application for high-throughput screening of transcription factor targets,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 33, No. 17, pp. 1-9, (2005). |
| Tanner, Nathan A. et al., “Simultaneous multiple target detection in real-time loop-mediated isothermal amplification,” BioTechniques, vol. 53, pp. 8-19, Aug. 2012. |
| The, Shia-Yen et al., “Droplet microfluidics,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 8, pp. 198-220, Jan. 11, 2008. |
| Thinxxs Microtechnology AG, “Emerald Biosystems: Protein Crystallization,” 1 pg., downloaded Mar. 8, 2011. |
| Thurecht, Kristofer J. et al., “Investigation of spontaneous microemulsion formation in supercritical carbon dioxide using high-pressure NMR,” Journal of Supercritical Fluids, vol. 38, pp. 111-118, (2006). |
| Thurecht, Kristofer J. et al., “Kinetics of Enzymatic Ring-Opening Polymerization of €-Caprolactone in Supercritical Carbon Dioxide,” Macromolecules, vol. 39, pp. 7967-7972, (2006). |
| Vogelstein, Bert et al., “Digital PCR,” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 96, pp. 9236-9241, Aug. 1999. |
| Vulto, Paul et al., “Phaseguides: a paradigm shift in microfluidic priming and emptying,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 11, No. 9, pp. 1561-1700, May 7, 2011. |
| Wang, Anfeng et al., “Direct Force Measurement of Silicone- and Hydrocarbon-Based ABA Triblock Surfactants in Alcoholic Media by Atomic Force Mircroscopy,” Journal of Colloid and Interface Science 256, pp. 331-340 (2002). |
| Weaver, Suzanne et al., “Taking qPCR to a higher level: Analysis of CNV reveals the power of high throughput qPCR to enhance quantitative resolution,” Methods, vol. 50, pp. 271-276, Jan. 15, 2010. |
| Weitz, David A., “Novel Surfactants for Stabilizing Emulsions of Water or Hydrocarbon Oil-Based Droplets in a Fluorocarbon Oil Continuous Phase,” Harvard Office of Technology Development: Available Technologies, pp. 1-3, downloaded Nov. 28, 2008. |
| Wetmur, James G. et al., “Molecular haplotyping by linking emulsion PCR: analysis of paraoxonase 1 haplotypes and phenotypes,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 33, No. 8, pp. 2615-2619, (2005). |
| Wetmur, James G., et al., “Linking Emulsion PCR Haplotype Analysis,” PCR Protocols, Methods in Molecular Biology, vol. 687, pp. 165-175, (2011). |
| Williams, Richard et al., “Amplification of complex gene libraries by emulsion PCR,” Nature Methods, vol. 3, No. 7, pp. 545-550, Jul. 2006. |
| Yazdi, A. V. et al., “Highly Carbon Dioxide Soluble Surfactants, Dispersants and Chelating Agents,” Fluid Phase Equilibria, vol. 117, pp. 297-303, (1996). |
| Zhang, Chunsun et al., “Miniaturized PCR chips for nucleic acid amplification and analysis: latest advances and future trends,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 35, No. 13, pp. 4223-4237, Jun. 18, 2007. |
| Zhang, Tianhao et al., “Behavioral Modeling and Performance Evaluation of Microelectrofluidics-Based PCR Systems Using SystemC,” IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits and Systems, vol. 23, No. 6, pp. 843-858, Jun. 2004. |
| Zhao, Yuejun et al., “Microparticle Concentration and Separation by Traveling-Wave Dielectrophoresis (twDEP) for Digital Microfluidics,” Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems, vol., 16, No. 6, pp. 1472-1481, Dec. 2007. |
| Zhelev, Toshko et al., “Heat Integration in Micro-Fluidic Devices,” 16th European Symposium on Computer Aided Process Engineering and 9th International Symposium on Process Systems Engineering, pp. 1863-1868 published by Elsevier B.V. (2006). |
| Zhong, Qun et al., “Multiplex digital PCR: breaking the one target per color barrier of quantitative PCR,” Lab on a Chip, vol. 11, pp. 2167-2174, (2011). |
| Zimmermann, Bernhard G. et al., “Digital PCR: a powerful new tool for noninvasive prenatal diagnosis?,” Prenatal Diagnosis, vol. 28 pp. 1087-1093, Nov. 10, 2008. |
| Bécamel, Philippe, Authorized Officer, The International Bureau of WIPO, “International Preliminary Report on Patentability” in connection with related International App. No. PCT/US2011/030101, dated Sep. 25, 2012, 7 pgs. |
| Becker, Holger et al., “Polymer microfabrication technologies for microfluidic systems”, Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, vol. 390, Nov. 8, 2007, pp. 89-111. |
| Bemoulli Pressure Lowering, http:\hyperphysics, pp. 1-4, included as an exhibit in IPR2018-00300, IPR2018-00301 and IPR2018-00302 Petitions filed Dec. 14, 2017 and IPR2018-00432, IPR2018-00433 and IPR2018-00434 Petitions filed Jan. 9, 2018, 4 pgs. |
| Brody, James P. et al., “Biotechnology at Low Reynolds Numbers”, Biophysical Journal. vol. 71, Dec. 1996, pp. 3430-3441. |
| Chien, Ring-Ling et al., “Multiport flow-control system for lab-on-a-chip microfluidic devices”, Fresenius Journal of Analytical Chemistry, vol. 371, Jul. 27, 2001, pp. 106-111. |
| De Mello, Andrew J. et al., “Chip technology for micro-separation”, BioMethods, vol. 10, (1999), pp. 129-177. |
| Duffy, David C. et al., Rapid Prototyping of Microfluidic Systems in Poly(dimethylsiloxane), Analytical Chemistry, vol. 70, No. 23, Dec. 1, 1998, pp. 4974-4984. |
| Duijs, Eric, Examiner, European Patent Office, “Extended European Search Report” in connection with related European Patent Application No. 09816582.2, dated Feb. 27, 2018, 12 pgs. |
| Edgar, J. Scott et al., “Capillary Electrophoresis Separation in the Presence of an Immiscible Boundary for Droplet Analysis”, Analytical Chemistry, vol. 78, No. 19, Oct. 1, 2006, pp. 6948-6954. |
| Falb, Peter W. et al., U.S. Appl. No. 61/047,377, filed Apr. 23, 2008, included as an axhibit in IPR2018-00300, IPR2018-00301 and IPR2018-00302 Petitions filed Dec. 14, 2017 and PR2018-00432, IPR2018-00433 and IPR2018-00434 Petitions filed Jan. 9, 2018, 75 pgs. |
| Galambos, Paul et al., “Precision Alignment Packaging for Microsystems with Multiple Fluid Connections”, Proceedings of 2001 ASME: International Mechanical Engineering Conference and Exposition, Nov. 11-16, 2001 New York, NY, 8 pgs. |
| Giffo-Schmitt, Beate, Authorized Officer, The International Bureau of WIPO, “International Preliminary Report on Jatentability” in connection with related International Application No. PCT/US2009/005317, dated Mar. 29, 2011, 8 pgs. |
| Kawai, A. et al., “Mass-Production System of Nearly Monodisperse Diameter Gel Particles Using Droplets Formation in a Microchannel”, Micro Total Analysis Systems, vol. 1, 2002, pp. 368-370. |
| Kojima, Takaaki et al., “PCR amplification from single DNA molecules on magnetic beads in emulsion: application for high-throughput screening of transcription factor targets,” Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 33, No. 17, pp. 1-9, (2005). |
| Kumacheva, Eugenia, U.S. Appl. No. 60/924,921, filed Jun. 5, 2007, included as an exhibit in IPR2018-00300, IPR2018-00301 and IPR2018-00302 Petitions filed Dec. 14, 2017 and PR2018-00432, IPR2018-00433 and IPR2018-00434 Petitions filed Jan. 9, 2018, 46 pgs. |
| Li, Paul C. H. et al., “Microfluidic Lab-on-a-Chip”, (Book Chapter) Ewing's Analytical Instrumentation Handbook Third Edition, (2005), pp. 581-679. |
| Mair, Dieudonne A. et al., “Injection molded microfluidic chips featuring integrated interconnects”, Lab on a Chip, vol. 6, Jul. 31, 2006, pp. 1346-1354. |
| Merriam-Webster Dictionary definition of “Gasket”, included as an exhibit in IPR2018-00300 Petition filed Dec. 14, 2017, 1 page. |
| Nisisako, Takasi et al., “Microfluidic large-scale integration on a chip for mass production of monodisperse droplets and particles”, Lab on a Chip, vol. 8, (2008), pp. 287-293. |
| Whitesides, George M. et al., “Flexible Methods for Microfluidics”, Physics Today, Jun. 2001, pp. 42-48. |
| www.smithbearing.com, Fractional, Letter & Number Drill Sizes, included as an exhibit in IPR2018-00301 Petition filed Dec. 14, 2017 and IPR2018-00433 Petition filed Jan. 9, 2018, 1 page. |
| Young, Lee W, Authorized Officer, International Searching Authority, Commissioner of Patents, “International Search Report” in connection with related International App. No. PCT/US2011/030101, dated Jun. 1, 2011, 2 pgs. |
| Young, Lee W, Authorized Officer, International Searching Authority, Commissioner of Patents, “International Search Report” in connection with related International App. No. PCT/US2011/030101, dated Jun. 1, 2011, 9 pgs. |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 20180147573 A1 | May 2018 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 61194043 | Sep 2008 | US | |
| 61206978 | Feb 2009 | US | |
| 61271538 | Jul 2009 | US | |
| 61275731 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61277200 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61277203 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61277204 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61277216 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61277249 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61277270 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61275860 | Sep 2009 | US | |
| 61309837 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61309845 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61341218 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61317635 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61380981 | Sep 2010 | US | |
| 61409106 | Nov 2010 | US | |
| 61409473 | Nov 2010 | US | |
| 61410769 | Nov 2010 | US | |
| 61417241 | Nov 2010 | US | |
| 61317681 | Mar 2011 | US | |
| 61467347 | Mar 2011 | US | |
| 61341065 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61454373 | Mar 2011 | US | |
| 61507082 | Jul 2011 | US | |
| 61510013 | Jul 2011 | US | |
| 61511445 | Jul 2011 | US | |
| 61513474 | Jul 2011 | US | |
| 61601514 | Feb 2012 | US | |
| 61624199 | Apr 2012 | US | |
| 61264591 | Nov 2009 | US | |
| 61317684 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61317639 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61341065 | Mar 2010 | US | |
| 61444674 | Feb 2011 | US | |
| 61449580 | Mar 2011 | US | |
| 61453537 | Mar 2011 | US | |
| 61478777 | Apr 2011 | US | |
| 61488667 | May 2011 | US | |
| 61490040 | May 2011 | US | |
| 61697982 | Sep 2012 | US | |
| 61775415 | Mar 2013 | US | |
| 61441209 | Feb 2011 | US | |
| 61444539 | Feb 2011 | US | |
| 61476115 | Apr 2011 | US | |
| 61484197 | May 2011 | US | |
| 61490055 | May 2011 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | 13385277 | Feb 2012 | US |
| Child | 14848311 | Sep 2015 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | 15351354 | Nov 2016 | US |
| Child | 15707908 | US | |
| Parent | 12586626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 13245575 | Sep 2011 | US |
| Parent | 12586626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 12962507 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Parent | 12588626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 12962511 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Parent | 12588626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 12962502 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Parent | 12586626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 12963523 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Parent | PCT/US2011/030101 | Mar 2011 | US |
| Child | 13341669 | Dec 2011 | US |
| Parent | PCT/US2011/030077 | Mar 2011 | US |
| Child | 13341678 | Dec 2011 | US |
| Parent | PCT/US2011/030097 | Mar 2011 | US |
| Child | 13341688 | Dec 2011 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | 12954634 | Nov 2010 | US |
| Child | 15351354 | US | |
| Parent | 13400030 | Feb 2012 | US |
| Child | 12954634 | US | |
| Parent | 14020742 | Sep 2013 | US |
| Child | 13400030 | US | |
| Parent | 14159410 | Jan 2014 | US |
| Child | 14020742 | US | |
| Parent | 14201752 | Mar 2014 | US |
| Child | 14159410 | US | |
| Parent | 14848311 | Sep 2015 | US |
| Child | 14201752 | US | |
| Parent | 12586626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 14159410 | Jan 2014 | US |
| Parent | 12862542 | Aug 2010 | US |
| Child | 12586626 | US | |
| Parent | 12890550 | Sep 2010 | US |
| Child | 12862542 | US | |
| Parent | 13245575 | Sep 2011 | US |
| Child | 12890550 | US | |
| Parent | 13945661 | Jul 2013 | US |
| Child | 13245575 | US | |
| Parent | 12962507 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Child | 13945661 | US | |
| Parent | 12962511 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Child | 12962507 | US | |
| Parent | 12962502 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Child | 12962511 | US | |
| Parent | 12963523 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Child | 12962502 | US | |
| Parent | 13039233 | Mar 2011 | US |
| Child | 12963523 | US | |
| Parent | 12976827 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Child | 13039233 | US | |
| Parent | 13341669 | Dec 2011 | US |
| Child | 12976827 | US | |
| Parent | 13341678 | Dec 2011 | US |
| Child | 13341669 | US | |
| Parent | 13072673 | Mar 2011 | US |
| Child | 13341678 | US | |
| Parent | 13341688 | Dec 2011 | US |
| Child | 13072673 | US | |
| Parent | 13287120 | Nov 2011 | US |
| Child | 13341688 | US | |
| Parent | 13424304 | Mar 2012 | US |
| Child | 13287120 | US | |
| Parent | 13548062 | Jul 2012 | US |
| Child | 13424304 | US | |
| Parent | PCT/US2012/048198 | Jul 2012 | US |
| Child | 13548062 | US | |
| Parent | 13562198 | Jul 2012 | US |
| Child | PCT/US2012/048198 | US | |
| Parent | 13287095 | Nov 2011 | US |
| Child | 13562198 | US | |
| Parent | 13863231 | Apr 2013 | US |
| Child | 13287095 | US | |
| Parent | 12586626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 12890550 | Sep 2010 | US |
| Parent | 13251016 | Sep 2011 | US |
| Child | 13945661 | Jul 2013 | US |
| Parent | 13245575 | Sep 2011 | US |
| Child | 13251016 | US | |
| Parent | 12976827 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Child | 13245575 | US | |
| Parent | 12586626 | Sep 2009 | US |
| Child | 13072673 | Mar 2011 | US |
| Parent | 12976827 | Dec 2010 | US |
| Child | 13287095 | Nov 2011 | US |
